aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorDima Dorfman <dd@FreeBSD.org>2001-07-15 07:53:42 +0000
committerDima Dorfman <dd@FreeBSD.org>2001-07-15 07:53:42 +0000
commit7ebcc426efefea9cd16ac6f565e72030c608f7a4 (patch)
treed6c008b8ae357e7c4c800baa477713b82a6ee2f2
parentd087ad9cc9c9a047e48ac7d97861bd67e56c4085 (diff)
downloadsrc-7ebcc426efefea9cd16ac6f565e72030c608f7a4.tar.gz
src-7ebcc426efefea9cd16ac6f565e72030c608f7a4.zip
Remove whitespace at EOL.
Notes
Notes: svn path=/head/; revision=79754
-rw-r--r--bin/chio/chio.12
-rw-r--r--bin/chmod/chmod.134
-rw-r--r--bin/cp/cp.118
-rw-r--r--bin/csh/USD.doc/csh.114
-rw-r--r--bin/csh/USD.doc/csh.226
-rw-r--r--bin/csh/USD.doc/csh.34
-rw-r--r--bin/date/date.16
-rw-r--r--bin/domainname/domainname.12
-rw-r--r--bin/ed/ed.114
-rw-r--r--bin/expr/expr.128
-rw-r--r--bin/hostname/hostname.12
-rw-r--r--bin/ln/ln.14
-rw-r--r--bin/ln/symlink.76
-rw-r--r--bin/ls/ls.16
-rw-r--r--bin/mv/mv.12
-rw-r--r--bin/pax/pax.178
-rw-r--r--bin/rm/rm.110
-rw-r--r--bin/sh/bltin/echo.12
-rw-r--r--bin/test/test.112
-rw-r--r--games/atc/atc.694
-rw-r--r--games/battlestar/battlestar.68
-rw-r--r--games/canfield/canfield/canfield.68
-rw-r--r--games/factor/factor.64
-rw-r--r--games/fortune/fortune/fortune.64
-rw-r--r--games/fortune/strfile/strfile.82
-rw-r--r--games/morse/morse.62
-rw-r--r--games/phantasia/phantasia.614
-rw-r--r--games/piano/piano.62
-rw-r--r--games/pom/pom.62
-rw-r--r--games/sail/sail.662
-rw-r--r--games/wump/wump.62
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/compat-43/gethostid.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/compat-43/setruid.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/compat-43/sigpause.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/compat-43/sigsetmask.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/compat-43/sigvec.218
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/gen/exec.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/gen/getprogname.34
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/gen/glob.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/gen/sem_destroy.36
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/gen/sem_getvalue.36
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/gen/sem_init.36
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/gen/sem_open.310
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/gen/sem_post.36
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/gen/sem_wait.38
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/gen/setproctitle.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/gen/syslog.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/gmon/moncontrol.34
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_get_ioperm.26
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_get_ldt.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_set_watch.34
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_vm86.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/locale/euc.420
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/locale/euc.520
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/locale/isalnum.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/locale/isalpha.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/locale/isascii.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/locale/mbrune.34
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/locale/multibyte.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/locale/rune.310
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/locale/setlocale.34
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/locale/toupper.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/net/addr2ascii.34
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/net/byteorder.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/net/ethers.34
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/net/gethostbyname.310
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/net/getnetent.310
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/net/getprotoent.34
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/net/getservent.38
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/net/inet.36
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/net/inet6_option_space.34
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/net/iso_addr.34
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/net/linkaddr.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/net/ns.36
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/net/nsdispatch.310
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/net/rcmd.310
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/net/resolver.34
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/nls/catclose.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/nls/catgets.310
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/nls/catopen.322
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/posix1e/acl.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/posix1e/acl_delete.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/posix1e/acl_from_text.34
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/posix1e/acl_get.34
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/posix1e/acl_set.34
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/posix1e/acl_to_text.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/posix1e/acl_valid.34
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/posix1e/cap.310
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/posix1e/cap_clear.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/posix1e/cap_dup.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/posix1e/cap_free.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/posix1e/cap_get_flag.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/posix1e/cap_get_proc.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/posix1e/cap_init.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/posix1e/cap_set_flag.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/posix1e/cap_set_proc.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/posix1e/cap_to_text.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/posix1e/posix1e.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/regex/re_format.74
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/rpc/bindresvport.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/rpc/getrpcent.34
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/rpc/rpc_clnt_auth.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/rpc/rpc_clnt_calls.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/stdio/fgets.34
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/stdio/fseek.312
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/stdio/funopen.310
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/stdio/getc.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/stdio/mktemp.316
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/stdio/remove.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/stdio/setbuf.36
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/stdio/stdio.34
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/stdio/tmpnam.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/stdlib/alloca.34
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/stdlib/bsearch.34
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/stdlib/exit.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/stdlib/getenv.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/stdlib/getopt.312
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/stdlib/malloc.316
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/stdlib/qsort.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/stdlib/radixsort.34
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/stdlib/rand.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/stdlib/random.38
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/stdlib/realpath.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/stdlib/strtod.34
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/stdlib/system.34
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/stdlib/tsearch.34
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/stdtime/ctime.310
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/stdtime/strptime.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/string/bcmp.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/string/bcopy.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/string/bzero.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/string/index.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/string/rindex.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/string/strlcpy.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/string/strtok.38
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/_exit.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/access.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/acct.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/adjtime.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/aio_error.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/aio_read.26
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/aio_return.24
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/aio_suspend.24
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/aio_write.210
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/bind.24
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/brk.24
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/chdir.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/chmod.26
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/chown.24
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/chroot.212
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/clock_gettime.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/close.24
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/connect.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/dup.24
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/execve.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/fcntl.218
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/flock.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/getdirentries.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/getfsstat.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/getgid.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/getgroups.24
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/getitimer.28
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/getpeername.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/getpgrp.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/getpid.24
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/getpriority.26
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/getrlimit.28
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/getrusage.24
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/getsockname.24
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/getsockopt.212
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/gettimeofday.24
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/getuid.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/intro.234
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/ioctl.24
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/jail.24
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/kill.24
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/kldfind.24
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/kldfirstmod.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/kldload.24
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/kldnext.24
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/kldstat.24
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/kqueue.252
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/ktrace.24
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/link.26
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/listen.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/lseek.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/madvise.214
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/minherit.26
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/mkdir.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/mkfifo.24
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/mmap.226
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/modfind.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/mount.28
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/mprotect.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/msync.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/nanosleep.214
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/nfssvc.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/open.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/pipe.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/ptrace.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/quotactl.26
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/read.214
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/recv.28
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/rename.210
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/rfork.24
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/rtprio.214
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/sched_get_priority_max.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/sched_setparam.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/sched_setscheduler.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/sched_yield.24
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/select.210
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/semctl.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/semop.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/send.210
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/setgroups.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/setpgid.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/setreuid.24
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/setuid.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/shmat.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/shmget.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/sigaction.236
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/sigaltstack.24
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/sigpending.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/sigreturn.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/sigstack.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/sigsuspend.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/sigwait.26
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/socket.26
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/stat.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/swapon.26
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/sync.24
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/umask.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/utimes.210
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/vfork.22
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/wait.28
-rw-r--r--lib/libc/sys/write.212
-rw-r--r--lib/libc_r/man/pthread_attr.38
-rw-r--r--lib/libc_r/man/pthread_condattr.36
-rw-r--r--lib/libc_r/man/pthread_detach.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc_r/man/pthread_exit.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc_r/man/pthread_kill.36
-rw-r--r--lib/libc_r/man/pthread_mutexattr.36
-rw-r--r--lib/libc_r/man/pthread_once.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc_r/man/pthread_rwlock_destroy.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc_r/man/pthread_rwlockattr_destroy.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libc_r/man/pthread_schedparam.36
-rw-r--r--lib/libc_r/man/pthread_sigmask.36
-rw-r--r--lib/libc_r/man/sem_destroy.36
-rw-r--r--lib/libc_r/man/sem_getvalue.36
-rw-r--r--lib/libc_r/man/sem_init.36
-rw-r--r--lib/libc_r/man/sem_open.310
-rw-r--r--lib/libc_r/man/sem_post.36
-rw-r--r--lib/libc_r/man/sem_wait.38
-rw-r--r--lib/libc_r/man/sigwait.36
-rw-r--r--lib/libcalendar/calendar.36
-rw-r--r--lib/libcam/cam.312
-rw-r--r--lib/libcam/cam_cdbparse.38
-rw-r--r--lib/libcompat/4.1/cftime.314
-rw-r--r--lib/libcompat/4.1/ftime.34
-rw-r--r--lib/libcompat/4.1/getpw.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libcompat/4.1/stty.34
-rw-r--r--lib/libcompat/4.3/insque.38
-rw-r--r--lib/libcompat/4.3/lsearch.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libcompat/4.3/re_comp.310
-rw-r--r--lib/libcompat/4.3/rexec.310
-rw-r--r--lib/libcompat/4.4/cuserid.310
-rw-r--r--lib/libcrypt/crypt.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libdevinfo/devinfo.34
-rw-r--r--lib/libdevstat/devstat.342
-rw-r--r--lib/libdisk/libdisk.34
-rw-r--r--lib/libedit/editline.316
-rw-r--r--lib/libedit/editrc.56
-rw-r--r--lib/libfetch/fetch.338
-rw-r--r--lib/libftpio/ftpio.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libipsec/ipsec_set_policy.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libipx/ipx.36
-rw-r--r--lib/libkvm/kvm_geterr.34
-rw-r--r--lib/libkvm/kvm_getprocs.320
-rw-r--r--lib/libkvm/kvm_getswapinfo.34
-rw-r--r--lib/libkvm/kvm_open.320
-rw-r--r--lib/libkvm/kvm_read.36
-rw-r--r--lib/libm/common_source/acos.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libm/common_source/acosh.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libm/common_source/asinh.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libm/common_source/atan2.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libm/common_source/cos.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libm/common_source/cosh.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libm/common_source/erf.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libm/common_source/exp.38
-rw-r--r--lib/libm/common_source/ieee.332
-rw-r--r--lib/libm/common_source/infnan.310
-rw-r--r--lib/libm/common_source/j0.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libm/common_source/lgamma.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libm/common_source/math.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libm/common_source/sinh.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libmd/mdX.310
-rw-r--r--lib/libmd/ripemd.38
-rw-r--r--lib/libmd/sha.38
-rw-r--r--lib/libnetgraph/netgraph.34
-rw-r--r--lib/libpthread/man/pthread_attr.38
-rw-r--r--lib/libpthread/man/pthread_condattr.36
-rw-r--r--lib/libpthread/man/pthread_detach.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libpthread/man/pthread_exit.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libpthread/man/pthread_kill.36
-rw-r--r--lib/libpthread/man/pthread_mutexattr.36
-rw-r--r--lib/libpthread/man/pthread_once.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libpthread/man/pthread_rwlock_destroy.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libpthread/man/pthread_rwlockattr_destroy.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libpthread/man/pthread_schedparam.36
-rw-r--r--lib/libpthread/man/pthread_sigmask.36
-rw-r--r--lib/libpthread/man/sem_destroy.36
-rw-r--r--lib/libpthread/man/sem_getvalue.36
-rw-r--r--lib/libpthread/man/sem_init.36
-rw-r--r--lib/libpthread/man/sem_open.310
-rw-r--r--lib/libpthread/man/sem_post.36
-rw-r--r--lib/libpthread/man/sem_wait.38
-rw-r--r--lib/libpthread/man/sigwait.36
-rw-r--r--lib/libstand/libstand.350
-rw-r--r--lib/libtacplus/libtacplus.36
-rw-r--r--lib/libutil/auth.38
-rw-r--r--lib/libutil/login.38
-rw-r--r--lib/libutil/login.conf.52
-rw-r--r--lib/libutil/login_auth.36
-rw-r--r--lib/libutil/login_cap.316
-rw-r--r--lib/libutil/login_ok.320
-rw-r--r--lib/libutil/login_times.32
-rw-r--r--lib/libutil/login_tty.38
-rw-r--r--lib/libutil/logout.38
-rw-r--r--lib/libutil/logwtmp.38
-rw-r--r--lib/libutil/property.312
-rw-r--r--lib/libutil/pty.310
-rw-r--r--lib/libutil/uucplock.310
-rw-r--r--lib/libvgl/vgl.3118
-rw-r--r--lib/libz/zlib.32
-rw-r--r--lib/msun/man/acos.32
-rw-r--r--lib/msun/man/acosh.36
-rw-r--r--lib/msun/man/asin.36
-rw-r--r--lib/msun/man/asinh.36
-rw-r--r--lib/msun/man/atan.32
-rw-r--r--lib/msun/man/atan2.32
-rw-r--r--lib/msun/man/atanh.34
-rw-r--r--lib/msun/man/cos.34
-rw-r--r--lib/msun/man/cosh.34
-rw-r--r--lib/msun/man/erf.36
-rw-r--r--lib/msun/man/exp.316
-rw-r--r--lib/msun/man/floor.32
-rw-r--r--lib/msun/man/ieee.328
-rw-r--r--lib/msun/man/ieee_test.324
-rw-r--r--lib/msun/man/j0.32
-rw-r--r--lib/msun/man/lgamma.32
-rw-r--r--lib/msun/man/math.36
-rw-r--r--lib/msun/man/rint.32
-rw-r--r--lib/msun/man/sinh.32
-rw-r--r--lib/msun/man/tanh.32
-rw-r--r--libexec/bootpd/bootpd.84
-rw-r--r--libexec/fingerd/fingerd.84
-rw-r--r--libexec/ftpd/ftpd.820
-rw-r--r--libexec/getNAME/getNAME.14
-rw-r--r--libexec/getty/getty.82
-rw-r--r--libexec/getty/ttys.52
-rw-r--r--libexec/pppoed/pppoed.84
-rw-r--r--libexec/rexecd/rexecd.812
-rw-r--r--libexec/rlogind/rlogind.810
-rw-r--r--libexec/rpc.rquotad/rpc.rquotad.88
-rw-r--r--libexec/rpc.rstatd/rpc.rstatd.86
-rw-r--r--libexec/rpc.rusersd/rpc.rusersd.84
-rw-r--r--libexec/rpc.rwalld/rpc.rwalld.810
-rw-r--r--libexec/rpc.sprayd/rpc.sprayd.86
-rw-r--r--libexec/rshd/rshd.814
-rw-r--r--libexec/telnetd/telnetd.810
-rw-r--r--libexec/tftpd/tftpd.814
-rw-r--r--libexec/xtend/xtend.82
-rw-r--r--sbin/atm/atm/atm.82
-rw-r--r--sbin/badsect/badsect.88
-rw-r--r--sbin/bsdlabel/bsdlabel.58
-rw-r--r--sbin/bsdlabel/bsdlabel.866
-rw-r--r--sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.812
-rw-r--r--sbin/ccdconfig/ccdconfig.88
-rw-r--r--sbin/cxconfig/cxconfig.818
-rw-r--r--sbin/disklabel/disklabel.58
-rw-r--r--sbin/disklabel/disklabel.866
-rw-r--r--sbin/dump/dump.82
-rw-r--r--sbin/dumpon/dumpon.812
-rw-r--r--sbin/fdisk/fdisk.82
-rw-r--r--sbin/fdisk_pc98/fdisk.84
-rw-r--r--sbin/ffsinfo/ffsinfo.810
-rw-r--r--sbin/fsck/fsck.810
-rw-r--r--sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck_ffs.822
-rw-r--r--sbin/fsck_ifs/fsck_ifs.824
-rw-r--r--sbin/fsdb/fsdb.816
-rw-r--r--sbin/growfs/growfs.836
-rw-r--r--sbin/i386/cxconfig/cxconfig.818
-rw-r--r--sbin/i386/fdisk/fdisk.82
-rw-r--r--sbin/i386/nextboot/nextboot.820
-rw-r--r--sbin/init/init.822
-rw-r--r--sbin/kget/kget.82
-rw-r--r--sbin/md5/md5.12
-rw-r--r--sbin/mdconfig/mdconfig.810
-rw-r--r--sbin/mknod/mknod.82
-rw-r--r--sbin/mount_nfs/mount_nfs.82
-rw-r--r--sbin/mount_ntfs/mount_ntfs.84
-rw-r--r--sbin/mount_nullfs/mount_nullfs.832
-rw-r--r--sbin/mount_nwfs/mount_nwfs.830
-rw-r--r--sbin/mount_std/mount_std.812
-rw-r--r--sbin/mount_umapfs/mount_umapfs.834
-rw-r--r--sbin/mount_unionfs/mount_unionfs.82
-rw-r--r--sbin/mountd/netgroup.54
-rw-r--r--sbin/newfs/newfs.814
-rw-r--r--sbin/nextboot/nextboot.820
-rw-r--r--sbin/nfsd/nfsd.84
-rw-r--r--sbin/nologin/nologin.58
-rw-r--r--sbin/nologin/nologin.82
-rw-r--r--sbin/nos-tun/nos-tun.86
-rw-r--r--sbin/pc98/fdisk/fdisk.84
-rw-r--r--sbin/ping/ping.814
-rw-r--r--sbin/quotacheck/quotacheck.814
-rw-r--r--sbin/reboot/boot_i386.826
-rw-r--r--sbin/reboot/reboot.88
-rw-r--r--sbin/restore/restore.826
-rw-r--r--sbin/route/route.828
-rw-r--r--sbin/slattach/slattach.86
-rw-r--r--share/man/man3/pthread_attr.38
-rw-r--r--share/man/man3/pthread_condattr.36
-rw-r--r--share/man/man3/pthread_detach.32
-rw-r--r--share/man/man3/pthread_exit.32
-rw-r--r--share/man/man3/pthread_kill.36
-rw-r--r--share/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr.36
-rw-r--r--share/man/man3/pthread_once.32
-rw-r--r--share/man/man3/pthread_rwlock_destroy.32
-rw-r--r--share/man/man3/pthread_rwlockattr_destroy.32
-rw-r--r--share/man/man3/pthread_schedparam.36
-rw-r--r--share/man/man3/pthread_sigmask.36
-rw-r--r--usr.sbin/mount_nwfs/mount_nwfs.830
-rw-r--r--usr.sbin/mountd/netgroup.54
-rw-r--r--usr.sbin/nfsd/nfsd.84
-rw-r--r--usr.sbin/nologin/nologin.58
-rw-r--r--usr.sbin/nologin/nologin.82
437 files changed, 1754 insertions, 1754 deletions
diff --git a/bin/chio/chio.1 b/bin/chio/chio.1
index 020963efaa42..0ce507f621dd 100644
--- a/bin/chio/chio.1
+++ b/bin/chio/chio.1
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ is only supported by few media changers. If it is not supported by a
device, using this command will usually result in a "Invalid Field in
CDB" error message on the console.
.Pp
-If the
+If the
.Fl c
flag is specified, the volume tag of the specified element is
cleared. If the
diff --git a/bin/chmod/chmod.1 b/bin/chmod/chmod.1
index fe0a640136c0..3fb03caccba1 100644
--- a/bin/chmod/chmod.1
+++ b/bin/chmod/chmod.1
@@ -113,42 +113,42 @@ one or more of the following values:
.Pp
.Bl -tag -width 6n -compact -offset indent
.It Li 4000
-(the set-user-ID-on-execution bit) Executable files with this bit set
+(the set-user-ID-on-execution bit) Executable files with this bit set
will run with effective uid set to the uid of the file owner.
-Directories with the set-user-id bit set will force all files and
-sub-directories created in them to be owned by the directory owner
-and not by the uid of the creating process, if the underlying file
-system supports this feature: see
+Directories with the set-user-id bit set will force all files and
+sub-directories created in them to be owned by the directory owner
+and not by the uid of the creating process, if the underlying file
+system supports this feature: see
.Xr chmod 2
-and the
+and the
.Ar suiddir
option to
.Xr mount 8 .
.It Li 2000
-(the set-group-ID-on-execution bit) Executable files with this bit set
-will run with effective gid set to the gid of the file owner.
+(the set-group-ID-on-execution bit) Executable files with this bit set
+will run with effective gid set to the gid of the file owner.
.It Li 1000
-(the sticky bit)
+(the sticky bit)
When set on a directory, unprivileged users can delete and rename
-only those files in the directory that are owned by them, regardless of
+only those files in the directory that are owned by them, regardless of
the permissions on the directory. Under
.Fx ,
-the sticky bit is
-ignored for executable files and may only be set for directories (see
+the sticky bit is
+ignored for executable files and may only be set for directories (see
.Xr sticky 8 ) .
.It Li 0400
Allow read by owner.
.It Li 0200
Allow write by owner.
.It Li 0100
-For files, allow execution by owner. For directories, allow the owner to
+For files, allow execution by owner. For directories, allow the owner to
search in the directory.
.It Li 0040
Allow read by group members.
.It Li 0020
Allow write by group members.
.It Li 0010
-For files, allow execution by group members. For directories, allow
+For files, allow execution by group members. For directories, allow
group members to search in the directory.
.It Li 0004
Allow read by others.
@@ -159,9 +159,9 @@ For files, allow execution by others. For directories allow others to
search in the directory.
.El
.Pp
-For example, the absolute mode that permits read, write and execute by
-the owner, read and execute by group members, read and execute by
-others, and no set-uid or set-gid behaviour is 755
+For example, the absolute mode that permits read, write and execute by
+the owner, read and execute by group members, read and execute by
+others, and no set-uid or set-gid behaviour is 755
(400+200+100+040+010+004+001).
.Pp
The symbolic mode is described by the following grammar:
diff --git a/bin/cp/cp.1 b/bin/cp/cp.1
index f49b44b1a2ae..130eeedb9bc5 100644
--- a/bin/cp/cp.1
+++ b/bin/cp/cp.1
@@ -128,7 +128,7 @@ Cause
to write a prompt to the standard error output before copying a file
that would overwrite an existing file.
If the response from the standard input begins with the character
-.Sq Li y
+.Sq Li y
or
.Sq Li Y ,
the file copy is attempted.
@@ -168,12 +168,12 @@ ID are unchanged unless the
.Fl p
option was specified.
.Pp
-In the second synopsis form,
-.Ar target_directory
+In the second synopsis form,
+.Ar target_directory
must exist unless there is only one named
.Ar source_file
-which is a directory and the
-.Fl R
+which is a directory and the
+.Fl R
flag is specified.
.Pp
If the destination file does not exist, the mode of the source file is
@@ -192,12 +192,12 @@ conditions must be fulfilled or both bits are removed.
.Pp
Appropriate permissions are required for file creation or overwriting.
.Pp
-Symbolic links are always followed unless the
-.Fl R
+Symbolic links are always followed unless the
+.Fl R
flag is set, in which case symbolic links are not followed, by default.
The
.Fl H
-or
+or
.Fl L
flags (in conjunction with the
.Fl R
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ option is non-standard and its use in scripts is not recommended.
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr mv 1 ,
.Xr rcp 1 ,
-.Xr umask 2 ,
+.Xr umask 2 ,
.Xr fts 3 ,
.Xr symlink 7
.Sh STANDARDS
diff --git a/bin/csh/USD.doc/csh.1 b/bin/csh/USD.doc/csh.1
index db6d46866a0a..bcc57245e3e5 100644
--- a/bin/csh/USD.doc/csh.1
+++ b/bin/csh/USD.doc/csh.1
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ for it in the glossary.
Acknowledgements
.PP
Numerous people have provided good input about previous versions
-of
+of
.I csh
and aided in its debugging and in the debugging of its documentation.
I would especially like to thank Michael Ubell
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ is to be read ``control-\fIx\fR'' and represents the striking of the \fIx\fR
key while the control key is held down.)
The mail program
then echoed the characters `EOT' and transmitted our message.
-The characters `% ' were printed before and after the mail command
+The characters `% ' were printed before and after the mail command
by the shell to indicate that input was needed.
.PP
After typing the `% ' prompt the shell was reading command input from
@@ -292,7 +292,7 @@ rather than having a large number of hard to remember options.
.NH 2
Output to files
.PP
-Commands that normally read input or write output on the terminal
+Commands that normally read input or write output on the terminal
can also be executed with this input and/or output done to
a file.
.PP
@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ beginning are treated specially.
Neither `*' or `?' or the `[' `]' mechanism will match it.
This prevents accidental matching of the filenames `.' and `..'
in the working directory which have special meaning to the system,
-as well as other files such as
+as well as other files such as
.I \&.cshrc
which are not normally
visible.
@@ -732,7 +732,7 @@ as it is used less frequently.
Quotation
.PP
We have already seen a number of metacharacters used by the shell.
-These metacharacters pose a problem in that we cannot use them directly
+These metacharacters pose a problem in that we cannot use them directly
as parts of words.
Thus the command
.DS
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ will not echo the character `*'.
It will either echo an sorted list of filenames in the
current
.I "working directory,"
-or print the message `No match' if there are
+or print the message `No match' if there are
no files in the working directory.
.PP
The recommended mechanism for placing characters which are neither numbers,
@@ -826,7 +826,7 @@ The shell also terminates when it gets an end-of-file printing `logout';
\s-2UNIX\s0 then logs you off the system.
Since this means that typing too many ^D's can accidentally log us off,
the shell has a mechanism for preventing this.
-This
+This
.I ignoreeof
option will be discussed in section 2.2.
.PP
diff --git a/bin/csh/USD.doc/csh.2 b/bin/csh/USD.doc/csh.2
index 043b73f71748..d9e800159f35 100644
--- a/bin/csh/USD.doc/csh.2
+++ b/bin/csh/USD.doc/csh.2
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ We will later see what kinds of commands are usefully placed there.
For now we need not have this file and the shell does not complain about
its absence.
.PP
-A
+A
.I "login shell" ,
executed after you login to the system,
will, after it reads commands from
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ processing my
.I \&.login
file and begin reading commands from the terminal, prompting for each with
`% '.
-When I log off (by giving the
+When I log off (by giving the
.I logout
command) the shell
will print `logout' and execute commands from the file `.logout'
@@ -328,11 +328,11 @@ main()
printf("hello);
}
% cc !$
-cc bug.c
+cc bug.c
"bug.c", line 4: newline in string or char constant
"bug.c", line 5: syntax error
% ed !$
-ed bug.c
+ed bug.c
29
4s/);/"&/p
printf("hello");
@@ -340,10 +340,10 @@ w
30
q
% !c
-cc bug.c
+cc bug.c
% a.out
hello% !e
-ed bug.c
+ed bug.c
30
4s/lo/lo\e\en/p
printf("hello\en");
@@ -356,7 +356,7 @@ cc bug.c \-o bug
a.out: 2784+364+1028 = 4176b = 0x1050b
bug: 2784+364+1028 = 4176b = 0x1050b
% ls \-l !*
-ls \-l a.out bug
+ls \-l a.out bug
\(mirwxr\(mixr\(mix 1 bill 3932 Dec 19 09:41 a.out
\(mirwxr\(mixr\(mix 1 bill 3932 Dec 19 09:42 bug
% bug
@@ -364,14 +364,14 @@ hello
% num bug.c | spp
spp: Command not found.
% ^spp^ssp
-num bug.c | ssp
+num bug.c | ssp
1 main()
3 {
4 printf("hello\en");
5 }
% !! | lpr
num bug.c | ssp | lpr
-%
+%
.DE
.KE
In this example we have a very simple C program which has a bug (or two)
@@ -645,7 +645,7 @@ EOT
.DE
If the job did not terminate normally the `Done' message might say
something else like `Killed'.
-If you want the
+If you want the
terminations of background jobs to be reported at the time they occur
(possibly interrupting the output of other foreground jobs), you can set
the
@@ -770,7 +770,7 @@ job \- identified by a `\-' in the output of
.I jobs.
When the current job terminates, the previous job becomes the current job.
When given, the argument is either `%\-' (indicating
-the previous job); `%#', where # is the job number;
+the previous job); `%#', where # is the job number;
`%pref' where pref is some unique prefix of the command name
and arguments of one of the jobs; or `%?' followed by some string found
in only one of the jobs.
@@ -859,7 +859,7 @@ text editor might take a long time.
Stopped
% bg
[1] ed bigfile &
-%
+%
. . . some foreground commands
.ta 1.75i
[1] Stopped (tty input) ed bigfile
@@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ ed bigfile
w
120000
q
-%
+%
.so tabs
.DE
So after the `s' command was issued, the `ed' job was stopped with ^Z
diff --git a/bin/csh/USD.doc/csh.3 b/bin/csh/USD.doc/csh.3
index 083fbcc7d429..4f6e1b7f8ad7 100644
--- a/bin/csh/USD.doc/csh.3
+++ b/bin/csh/USD.doc/csh.3
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ of the shell and some of its control structure follows:
# already in ~/backup
#
set noglob
-foreach i ($argv)
+foreach i ($argv)
if ($i !~ *.c) continue # not a .c file so do nothing
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ for each of the values given between `(' and `)' with the named
variable, in this case `i' set to successive values in the list.
Within this loop we may use the command
.I break
-to stop executing the loop
+to stop executing the loop
and
.I continue
to prematurely terminate one iteration
diff --git a/bin/date/date.1 b/bin/date/date.1
index 0dc116a8540b..a8a1203fea39 100644
--- a/bin/date/date.1
+++ b/bin/date/date.1
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ Set the system's value for minutes west of
.Tn GMT .
.Ar minutes_west
specifies the number of minutes returned in
-.Fa tz_minuteswest
+.Fa tz_minuteswest
by future calls to
.Xr gettimeofday 2 .
.It Fl u
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ Display or set the date in
Adjust (i.e., take the current date and display the result of the
adjustment; not actually set the date) the second, minute, hour, month
day, week day, month or year according to
-.Ar val .
+.Ar val .
If
.Ar val
is preceded with a plus or minus sign,
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ An operand with a leading plus
sign signals a user-defined format string
which specifies the format in which to display the date and time.
The format string may contain any of the conversion specifications
-described in the
+described in the
.Xr strftime 3
manual page, as well as any arbitrary text.
A newline
diff --git a/bin/domainname/domainname.1 b/bin/domainname/domainname.1
index 5f40980aada2..9a67bdabef58 100644
--- a/bin/domainname/domainname.1
+++ b/bin/domainname/domainname.1
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ convenience.
.Xr getdomainname 3
.Sh HISTORY
The
-.Nm
+.Nm
command appeared in
.Fx
1.1, based on a similar command in
diff --git a/bin/ed/ed.1 b/bin/ed/ed.1
index 003b28b3a6b6..50df1038e4cb 100644
--- a/bin/ed/ed.1
+++ b/bin/ed/ed.1
@@ -223,7 +223,7 @@ The next line.
This is equivalent to
.Em +1
and may be repeated with cumulative effect.
-.It +n
+.It +n
The
.Em n Ns th
next line, where
@@ -525,7 +525,7 @@ and
.Em V .
A newline alone in
.Ar command-list
-is equivalent to a
+is equivalent to a
.Em p
command.
.It (1,$)G/re/
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ Interactively edit the addressed lines matching a regular expression
For each matching line,
the line is printed,
the current address is set,
-and the user is prompted to enter a
+and the user is prompted to enter a
.Ar command-list .
At the end of the
.Em G
@@ -576,11 +576,11 @@ deleted or otherwise modified.
.It (.,.)l
Print the addressed lines unambiguously.
If a single line fills for than one screen (as might be the case
-when viewing a binary file, for instance), a `--More--'
-prompt is printed on the last line.
+when viewing a binary file, for instance), a `--More--'
+prompt is printed on the last line.
.Nm Ed
waits until the RETURN key is pressed
-before displaying the next screen.
+before displaying the next screen.
The current address is set to the last line
printed.
.It (.,.)m(.)
@@ -870,7 +870,7 @@ printed with the
.Em h
(help) command.
.Pp
-Since the
+Since the
.Em g
(global) command masks any errors from failed searches and substitutions,
it can be used to perform conditional operations in scripts; e.g.,
diff --git a/bin/expr/expr.1 b/bin/expr/expr.1
index 523cd1fe8564..9da526984a99 100644
--- a/bin/expr/expr.1
+++ b/bin/expr/expr.1
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Nm
-utility evaluates
+utility evaluates
.Ar expression
and writes the result on standard output.
.Pp
@@ -55,8 +55,8 @@ Operators are listed below in order of increasing precedence.
Operators with equal precedence are grouped within { } symbols.
.Bl -tag -width indent
.It Ar expr1 Li | Ar expr2
-Return the evaluation of
-.Ar expr1
+Return the evaluation of
+.Ar expr1
if it is neither an empty string nor zero;
otherwise, returns the evaluation of
.Ar expr2 .
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Return the evaluation of
if neither expression evaluates to an empty string or zero;
otherwise, returns zero.
.It Ar expr1 Li "{=, >, >=, <, <=, !=}" Ar expr2
-Return the results of integer comparison if both arguments are integers;
+Return the results of integer comparison if both arguments are integers;
otherwise, returns the results of string comparison using the locale-specific
collation sequence.
The result of each comparison is 1 if the specified relation is true,
@@ -76,23 +76,23 @@ Return the results of addition or subtraction of integer-valued arguments.
.It Ar expr1 Li "{*, /, %}" Ar expr2
Return the results of multiplication, integer division, or remainder of integer-valued arguments.
.It Ar expr1 Li : Ar expr2
-The
+The
.Dq \&:
-operator matches
-.Ar expr1
-against
+operator matches
+.Ar expr1
+against
.Ar expr2 ,
which must be a regular expression. The regular expression is anchored
-to the beginning of the string with an implicit
+to the beginning of the string with an implicit
.Dq ^ .
.Pp
If the match succeeds and the pattern contains at least one regular
-expression subexpression
-.Dq "\e(...\e)" ,
-the string corresponding to
+expression subexpression
+.Dq "\e(...\e)" ,
+the string corresponding to
.Dq "\e1"
is returned;
-otherwise the matching operator returns the number of characters matched.
+otherwise the matching operator returns the number of characters matched.
If the match fails and the pattern contains a regular expression subexpression
the null string is returned;
otherwise 0.
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ otherwise 0.
Parentheses are used for grouping in the usual manner.
.Sh EXAMPLES
.Bl -enum
-.It
+.It
The following example adds one to the variable a.
.Dl a=`expr $a + 1`
.It
diff --git a/bin/hostname/hostname.1 b/bin/hostname/hostname.1
index 5251b3ab801d..b83d5344a510 100644
--- a/bin/hostname/hostname.1
+++ b/bin/hostname/hostname.1
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ Trim off any domain information from the printed
name.
.El
.Sh SEE ALSO
-.Xr gethostname 3 ,
+.Xr gethostname 3 ,
.Xr rc.conf 5
.Sh HISTORY
The
diff --git a/bin/ln/ln.1 b/bin/ln/ln.1
index 8c6ba5c9d06a..d651b98549df 100644
--- a/bin/ln/ln.1
+++ b/bin/ln/ln.1
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ Cause
.Nm
to write a prompt to standard error if the target file exists.
If the response from the standard input begins with the character
-.Sq Li y
+.Sq Li y
or
.Sq Li Y ,
then unlink the target file so that the link may occur.
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ operation using the two passed arguments.
.Xr symlink 2 ,
.Xr symlink 7
.Sh COMPATIBILITY
-The
+The
.Fl h ,
.Fl i ,
.Fl n
diff --git a/bin/ln/symlink.7 b/bin/ln/symlink.7
index 3e7445466faf..0e7384b302b4 100644
--- a/bin/ln/symlink.7
+++ b/bin/ln/symlink.7
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ name arguments, to commands which are not traversing a file tree.
.Pp
Except as noted below, commands follow symbolic links named as command
line arguments.
-For example, if there were a symbolic link
+For example, if there were a symbolic link
.Dq Li slink
which pointed to a file named
.Dq Li afile ,
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ command is also an exception to this rule.
The
.Xr file 1
command does not follow symbolic links named as argument by default.
-The
+The
.Xr file 1
command does follow symbolic links named as argument if
.Fl L
@@ -303,7 +303,7 @@ walk (where symbolic links referencing directories are followed).
As consistently as possible, you can make commands doing a file tree
walk follow any symbolic links named on the command line, regardless
of the type of file they reference, by specifying the
-.Fl H
+.Fl H
(for
.Dq half\-logical )
flag.
diff --git a/bin/ls/ls.1 b/bin/ls/ls.1
index 1076a37e222f..8728d7a72eba 100644
--- a/bin/ls/ls.1
+++ b/bin/ls/ls.1
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ Display whiteouts when scanning directories.
Include directory entries whose names begin with a
dot (.).
.It Fl b
-As
+As
.Fl B ,
but use C escape codes whenever possible.
.It Fl c
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ Directories are listed as plain files (not searched recursively).
Output is not sorted.
.It Fl g
This option is deprecated and is only available for compatibility
-with
+with
.Bx 4.3 ;
it was used to display the group name in the long
.Pq Fl l
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ format output.
.It Fl i
For each file, print the file's file serial number (inode number).
.It Fl k
-If the
+If the
.Fl s
option is specified, print the file size allocation in kilobytes,
not blocks. This option overrides the environment variable BLOCKSIZE.
diff --git a/bin/mv/mv.1 b/bin/mv/mv.1
index c76c69b5e1e5..6c1cab644c9f 100644
--- a/bin/mv/mv.1
+++ b/bin/mv/mv.1
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ Cause
to write a prompt to standard error before moving a file that would
overwrite an existing file.
If the response from the standard input begins with the character
-.Sq Li y
+.Sq Li y
or
.Sq Li Y ,
the move is attempted.
diff --git a/bin/pax/pax.1 b/bin/pax/pax.1
index cdbb6d82f83a..cf3849fd216c 100644
--- a/bin/pax/pax.1
+++ b/bin/pax/pax.1
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@
.Nm Pax
will read, write, and list the members of an archive file,
and will copy directory hierarchies.
-.Nm Pax
+.Nm Pax
operation is independent of the specific archive format,
and supports a wide variety of different archive formats.
A list of supported archive formats can be found under the description of the
@@ -216,7 +216,7 @@ and is written using single line buffering.
.Nm Pax
extracts the members of the archive file read from the
.Dv standard input ,
-with pathnames matching the specified
+with pathnames matching the specified
.Ar patterns .
The archive format and blocking is automatically determined on input.
When an extracted file is a directory, the entire file hierarchy
@@ -229,16 +229,16 @@ option.
.It Fl w
.Em Write .
.Nm Pax
-writes an archive containing the
+writes an archive containing the
.Ar file
operands to
.Dv standard output
using the specified archive format.
-When no
+When no
.Ar file
-operands are specified, a list of files to copy with one per line is read from
+operands are specified, a list of files to copy with one per line is read from
.Dv standard input .
-When a
+When a
.Ar file
operand is also a directory, the entire file hierarchy rooted
at that directory will be included.
@@ -249,7 +249,7 @@ copies the
.Ar file
operands to the destination
.Ar directory .
-When no
+When no
.Ar file
operands are specified, a list of files to copy with one per line is read from
the
@@ -306,10 +306,10 @@ operand is used to select one or more pathnames of archive members.
Archive members are selected using the pattern matching notation described
by
.Xr fnmatch 3 .
-When the
+When the
.Ar pattern
operand is not supplied, all members of the archive will be selected.
-When a
+When a
.Ar pattern
matches a directory, the entire file hierarchy rooted at that directory will
be selected.
@@ -347,11 +347,11 @@ If any intermediate directories are needed in order to extract an archive
member, these directories will be created as if
.Xr mkdir 2
was called with the bitwise inclusive
-.Dv OR
+.Dv OR
of
.Dv S_IRWXU , S_IRWXG ,
and
-.Dv S_IRWXO
+.Dv S_IRWXO
as the mode argument.
When the selected archive format supports the specification of linked
files and these files cannot be linked while the archive is being extracted,
@@ -378,7 +378,7 @@ If an archive format is not specified with a
.Fl x
option, the format currently being used in the archive will be selected.
Any attempt to append to an archive in a format different from the
-format already used in the archive will cause
+format already used in the archive will cause
.Nm
to exit immediately
with a non-zero exit status.
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ can be separated by
to indicate a product.
A specific archive device may impose additional restrictions on the size
of blocking it will support.
-When blocking is not specified, the default
+When blocking is not specified, the default
.Ar blocksize
is dependent on the specific archive format being used (see the
.Fl x
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ If this line consists of a single period, the
file or archive member is processed with no modification to its name.
Otherwise, its name is replaced with the contents of the line.
.Nm Pax
-will immediately exit with a non-zero exit status if
+will immediately exit with a non-zero exit status if
.Dv <EOF>
is encountered when reading a response or if
.Pa /dev/tty
@@ -498,7 +498,7 @@ No more than one archive member is matched for each
.Ar pattern .
When members of type directory are matched, the file hierarchy rooted at that
directory is also matched (unless
-.Fl d
+.Fl d
is also specified).
.It Fl o Ar options
Information to modify the algorithm for extracting or writing archive files
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ and
.Cm p .
Multiple characteristics can be concatenated within the same string
and multiple
-.Fl p
+.Fl p
options can be specified.
The meaning of the specification characters are as follows:
.Bl -tag -width 2n
@@ -535,10 +535,10 @@ This is intended to be used by
.Em root ,
someone with all the appropriate privileges, in order to preserve all
aspects of the files as they are recorded in the archive.
-The
+The
.Cm e
flag is the sum of the
-.Cm o
+.Cm o
and
.Cm p
flags.
@@ -551,7 +551,7 @@ Preserve the user ID and group ID.
.Sq Preserve
the file mode bits.
This intended to be used by a
-.Em user
+.Em user
with regular privileges who wants to preserve all aspects of the file other
than the ownership.
The file times are preserved by default, but two other flags are offered to
@@ -565,7 +565,7 @@ extracted file, subject to the permissions of the invoking
process.
Otherwise the attribute of the extracted file is determined as
part of the normal file creation action.
-If neither the
+If neither the
.Cm e
nor the
.Cm o
@@ -573,7 +573,7 @@ specification character is specified, or the user ID and group ID are not
preserved for any reason,
.Nm
will not set the
-.Dv S_ISUID
+.Dv S_ISUID
.Em ( setuid )
and
.Dv S_ISGID
@@ -671,7 +671,7 @@ the output has the format:
.Dl <ls -l listing> == <link name>
For pathnames representing a symbolic link, the output has the format:
.Dl <ls -l listing> => <link name>
-Where <ls -l listing> is the output format specified by the
+Where <ls -l listing> is the output format specified by the
.Xr ls 1
utility when used with the
.Fl l
@@ -783,7 +783,7 @@ to indicate a product.
.Em Warning :
Only use this option when writing an archive to a device which supports
an end of file read condition based on last (or largest) write offset
-(such as a regular file or a tape drive).
+(such as a regular file or a tape drive).
The use of this option with a floppy or hard disk is not recommended.
.It Fl D
This option is the same as the
@@ -814,7 +814,7 @@ of
will cause
.Nm
to attempt to recover from read errors forever.
-The default
+The default
.Ar limit
is a small positive number of retries.
.Pp
@@ -832,7 +832,7 @@ name, or when starting with a
a numeric gid.
A '\\' can be used to escape the
.Cm # .
-Multiple
+Multiple
.Fl G
options may be supplied and checking stops with the first match.
.It Fl H
@@ -845,12 +845,12 @@ Do not follow symbolic links, perform a physical file system traversal.
This is the default mode.
.It Fl T Ar [from_date][,to_date][/[c][m]]
Allow files to be selected based on a file modification or inode change
-time falling within a specified time range of
+time falling within a specified time range of
.Ar from_date
to
.Ar to_date
(the dates are inclusive).
-If only a
+If only a
.Ar from_date
is supplied, all files with a modification or inode change time
equal to or younger are selected.
@@ -858,7 +858,7 @@ If only a
.Ar to_date
is supplied, all files with a modification or inode change time
equal to or older will be selected.
-When the
+When the
.Ar from_date
is equal to the
.Ar to_date ,
@@ -867,7 +867,7 @@ time will be selected.
.Pp
When
.Nm
-is in the
+is in the
.Em write
or
.Em copy
@@ -884,7 +884,7 @@ The
.Ar c
specifies the comparison of inode change time (the time when the file
inode was last changed; e.g. a change of owner, group, mode, etc).
-When
+When
.Ar c
and
.Ar m
@@ -925,14 +925,14 @@ The minute field
is required, while the other fields are optional and must be added in the
following order:
.Dl Cm hh , dd , mm , yy .
-The
+The
.Cm ss
field may be added independently of the other fields.
Time ranges are relative to the current time, so
.Dl Fl T Ar 1234/cm
would select all files with a modification or inode change time
of 12:34 PM today or later.
-Multiple
+Multiple
.Fl T
time range can be supplied and checking stops with the first match.
.It Fl U Ar user
@@ -943,14 +943,14 @@ name, or when starting with a
a numeric uid.
A '\\' can be used to escape the
.Cm # .
-Multiple
+Multiple
.Fl U
options may be supplied and checking stops with the first match.
.It Fl X
When traversing the file hierarchy specified by a pathname,
do not descend into directories that have a different device ID.
See the
-.Li st_dev
+.Li st_dev
field as described in
.Xr stat 2
for more information about device ID's.
@@ -1005,7 +1005,7 @@ Then the
and
.Fl Z
options will be applied based on the final pathname.
-Finally the
+Finally the
.Fl v
option will write the names resulting from these modifications.
.Pp
@@ -1021,13 +1021,13 @@ based only on the user specified pathnames as modified by the
.Fl D ,
.Fl G ,
.Fl T ,
-and
+and
.Fl U
options (the
.Fl D
option only applies during a copy operation).
Then any
-.Fl s
+.Fl s
and
.Fl i
options will modify in that order, the names of these selected files.
@@ -1072,7 +1072,7 @@ directory hierarchy to
.Pp
The command:
.Dl pax -r -s ',^//*usr//*,,' -f a.pax
-reads the archive
+reads the archive
.Pa a.pax ,
with all files rooted in ``/usr'' into the archive extracted relative to the
current directory.
@@ -1148,7 +1148,7 @@ will exit with one of the following values:
.Bl -tag -width 2n
.It 0
All files were processed successfully.
-.It 1
+.It 1
An error occurred.
.El
.Pp
diff --git a/bin/rm/rm.1 b/bin/rm/rm.1
index 7d50274c9c96..da13c3b41222 100644
--- a/bin/rm/rm.1
+++ b/bin/rm/rm.1
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ the exit status to reflect an error.
The
.Fl f
option overrides any previous
-.Fl i
+.Fl i
options.
.It Fl i
Request confirmation before attempting to remove each file, regardless of
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ terminal.
The
.Fl i
option overrides any previous
-.Fl f
+.Fl f
options.
.It Fl P
Overwrite regular files before deleting them.
@@ -86,14 +86,14 @@ Files are overwritten three times, first with the byte pattern 0xff,
then 0x00, and then 0xff again, before they are deleted.
.It Fl R
Attempt to remove the file hierarchy rooted in each file argument.
-The
+The
.Fl R
option implies the
.Fl d
option.
If the
.Fl i
-option is specified, the user is prompted for confirmation before
+option is specified, the user is prompted for confirmation before
each directory's contents are processed (as well as before the attempt
is made to remove the directory).
If the user does not respond affirmatively, the file hierarchy rooted in
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ utility differs from historical implementations in that the
.Fl f
option only masks attempts to remove non-existent files instead of
masking a large variety of errors.
-The
+The
.Fl v
option is non-standard and its use in scripts is not recommended.
.Pp
diff --git a/bin/sh/bltin/echo.1 b/bin/sh/bltin/echo.1
index 5d77ff8ae541..c7f093673851 100644
--- a/bin/sh/bltin/echo.1
+++ b/bin/sh/bltin/echo.1
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Nm
.Op Fl n | Fl e
-.Ar args...
+.Ar args...
.Sh DESCRIPTION
.Nm
prints its arguments on the standard output, separated by spaces.
diff --git a/bin/test/test.1 b/bin/test/test.1
index fde84341164d..cddafd5337b3 100644
--- a/bin/test/test.1
+++ b/bin/test/test.1
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ is a named pipe
.Po Tn FIFO Pc .
.It Fl r Ar file
True if
-.Ar file
+.Ar file
exists and is readable.
.It Fl s Ar file
True if
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ True if the length of
.Ar string
is zero.
.It Fl L Ar file
-True if
+True if
.Ar file
exists and is a symbolic link.
.It Fl O Ar file
@@ -219,7 +219,7 @@ True if
.Ar \&s\&1
is not the null
string.
-.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \&eq Ar \&n\&2
+.It Ar \&n\&1 Fl \&eq Ar \&n\&2
True if the integers
.Ar \&n\&1
and
@@ -287,11 +287,11 @@ operator has higher precedence than the
.Fl o
operator.
.Sh GRAMMAR AMBIGUITY
-The
+The
.Nm
grammar is inherently ambiguous. In order to assure a degree of consistency,
-the cases described in the
-.St -p1003.2 ,
+the cases described in the
+.St -p1003.2 ,
section D11.2/4.62.4, standard
are evaluated consistently according to the rules specified in the
standards document. All other cases are subject to the ambiguity in the
diff --git a/games/atc/atc.6 b/games/atc/atc.6
index 335994dfafa1..8251371de06a 100644
--- a/games/atc/atc.6
+++ b/games/atc/atc.6
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
.in +\\n(I\\n(IRu
.ti -\\n(I\\n(IRu
..
-.\" Copyright (c) 1986 Ed James. All rights reserved.
+.\" Copyright (c) 1986 Ed James. All rights reserved.
.\"
.TH ATC 6 "May 31, 1993"
.UC
@@ -85,14 +85,14 @@ Same as
.B \-s.
.TP
.B \-p
-Print the path to the special directory where
+Print the path to the special directory where
.I atc
expects to find its private files. This is used during the
installation of the program.
.TP
.B "\-g game"
Play the named game. If the game listed is not one of the
-ones printed from the
+ones printed from the
.B \-l
option, the default game is played.
.TP
@@ -104,37 +104,37 @@ Same as
Set the random seed. The purpose of this flag is questionable.
.SH GOALS
.LP
-Your goal in
+Your goal in
.I atc
-is to keep the game going as long as possible.
+is to keep the game going as long as possible.
There is no winning state, except to beat the times of other players.
You will need to: launch planes at airports (by instructing them to
increase their altitude); land planes at airports (by instructing them to
go to altitude zero when exactly over the airport); and maneuver planes
-out of exit points.
+out of exit points.
.LP
Several things will cause the end of the game.
-Each plane has a destination (see information area), and
+Each plane has a destination (see information area), and
sending a plane to the wrong destination is an error.
Planes can run out of fuel, or can collide. Collision is defined as
adjacency in any of the three dimensions. A plane leaving the arena
in any other way than through its destination exit is an error as well.
.LP
Scores are sorted in order of the number of planes safe. The other
-statistics are provided merely for fun. There is no penalty for
+statistics are provided merely for fun. There is no penalty for
taking longer than another player (except in the case of ties).
.LP
Suspending a game is not permitted. If you get a talk message, tough.
When was the last time an Air Traffic Controller got called away to
-the phone?
+the phone?
.SH "THE DISPLAY"
.LP
-Depending on the terminal you run
+Depending on the terminal you run
.I atc
-on, the screen will be divided into 4 areas.
+on, the screen will be divided into 4 areas.
It should be stressed that the terminal driver portion of the
game was designed to be reconfigurable, so the display format can vary
-depending the version you are playing. The descriptions here are based
+depending the version you are playing. The descriptions here are based
on the ASCII version
of the game. The game rules and input format, however,
should remain consistent.
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ Control-L redraws the screen, should it become muddled.
The first screen area is the radar display, showing the relative locations
of the planes, airports, standard entry/exit points, radar
beacons, and "lines" which simply serve to aid you in guiding
-the planes.
+the planes.
.IP
Planes are shown as a single letter with an altitude. If
the numerical altitude is a single digit, then it represents
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ planes and the jets. On ASCII terminals, prop planes are
represented by a upper case letter, jets by a lower case letter.
.IP
Airports are shown as a number and some indication of the direction
-planes must be going to land at the airport.
+planes must be going to land at the airport.
On ASCII terminals, this is one of '^', '>', '<', and 'v', to indicate
north (0 degrees), east (90), west (270) and south (180), respectively.
The planes will also
@@ -164,9 +164,9 @@ Beacons are represented as circles or asterisks and a number.
Their purpose is to offer a place of easy reference to the plane pilots.
See 'the delay command' under the input section of this manual.
.IP
-Entry/exit points are displayed as numbers along the border of the
+Entry/exit points are displayed as numbers along the border of the
radar screen. Planes will enter the arena from these points without
-warning. These points have a direction associated with them, and
+warning. These points have a direction associated with them, and
planes will always enter the arena from this direction. On the
ASCII version of
.I atc,
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ this direction is not displayed. It will become apparent
what this direction is as the game progresses.
.IP
Incoming planes will always enter at the same altitude: 7000 feet.
-For a plane to successfully depart through an entry/exit point,
+For a plane to successfully depart through an entry/exit point,
it must be flying at 9000 feet.
It is not necessary for the planes to be flying in any particular
direction when they leave the arena (yet).
@@ -183,12 +183,12 @@ direction when they leave the arena (yet).
The second area of the display is the information area, which lists
the time (number of updates since start), and the number of planes you
have directed safely out of the arena.
-Below this is a list of planes currently in the air, followed by a
+Below this is a list of planes currently in the air, followed by a
blank line, and then a list of planes on the ground (at airports).
-Each line lists the plane name and its current altitude,
+Each line lists the plane name and its current altitude,
an optional asterisk indicating low fuel, the plane's destination,
and the plane's current command. Changing altitude is not considered
-to be a command and is therefore not displayed. The following are
+to be a command and is therefore not displayed. The following are
some possible information lines:
.IP
B4*A0: Circle @ b1
@@ -200,11 +200,11 @@ feet. It is low on fuel (note the '*'). It's destination is
Airport #0.
The next command it expects
to do is circle when it reaches Beacon #1.
-The second example shows a jet named 'g' at 7000 feet, destined for
+The second example shows a jet named 'g' at 7000 feet, destined for
Exit #4. It is just now executing a turn to 225 degrees (South-West).
.SS "INPUT AREA"
.IP
-The third area of the display is the input area. It is here that
+The third area of the display is the input area. It is here that
your input is reflected. See the INPUT heading of this manual
for more details.
.SS "AUTHOR AREA"
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@ This area is used simply to give credit where credit is due. :-)
A command completion interface is built into
the game. At any time, typing '?' will list possible input characters.
Typing a backspace (your erase character) backs up, erasing the last part
-of the command. When a command is complete, a return enters it, and
+of the command. When a command is complete, a return enters it, and
any semantic checking is done at that time. If no errors are detected,
the command is sent to the appropriate plane. If an error is discovered
during the check, the offending statement will be underscored and a
@@ -223,25 +223,25 @@ during the check, the offending statement will be underscored and a
.LP
The command syntax is broken into two parts:
.I "Immediate Only"
-and
+and
.I Delayable
commands.
.I "Immediate Only"
commands happen on the next
-update.
+update.
.I Delayable
commands also happen on the next update unless they
-are followed by an optional predicate called the
-.I Delay
+are followed by an optional predicate called the
+.I Delay
command.
.LP
-In the following tables, the syntax
+In the following tables, the syntax
.B [0\-9]
-means any single digit, and
+means any single digit, and
.B <dir>
refers to the keys around the 's' key, namely ``wedcxzaq''.
In absolute references, 'q' refers to North-West or 315 degrees, and 'w'
-refers to North, or 0 degrees.
+refers to North, or 0 degrees.
In relative references, 'q' refers to -45 degrees or 45 degrees left, and 'w'
refers to 0 degrees, or no change in direction.
.LP
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ line of dashes if there is no command.
.RE
.B "\- u Unmark:"
.RS
-Same as ignore, but if a delayed command is processed,
+Same as ignore, but if a delayed command is processed,
the plane will become marked. This is useful if you want
to forget about a plane during part, but not all, of its
journey.
@@ -383,11 +383,11 @@ The airport number.
.RE
.SS THE DELAY COMMAND
.LP
-The
+The
.B Delay
(a/@)
-command may be appended to any
-.B Delayable
+command may be appended to any
+.B Delayable
command. It allows the controller to instruct a plane to do an action
when the plane reaches a particular beacon (or other objects in future
versions).
@@ -412,10 +412,10 @@ The beacon number.
.RE
.SS "MARKING, UNMARKING AND IGNORING"
.LP
-Planes are
+Planes are
.B marked
when they enter the arena. This means they are displayed in highlighted
-mode on the radar display. A plane may also be either
+mode on the radar display. A plane may also be either
.B unmarked
or
.B ignored.
@@ -425,18 +425,18 @@ plane is drawn in unhighlighted mode, and a line of dashes is displayed in
the command field of the information area. The plane will remain this
way until a mark command has been issued. Any other command will be issued,
but the command line will return to a line of dashes when the command
-is completed.
+is completed.
.LP
An
.B ignored
plane is treated the same as an unmarked plane, except that it will
-automatically switch to
+automatically switch to
.B marked
status when a delayed command has been processed. This is useful if
you want to forget about a plane for a while, but its flight path has
not yet been completely set.
.LP
-As with all of the commands, marking, unmarking and ignoring will take effect
+As with all of the commands, marking, unmarking and ignoring will take effect
at the beginning of the next update. Do not be surprised if the plane does
not immediately switch to unhighlighted mode.
.SS EXAMPLES
@@ -473,7 +473,7 @@ Planes flying at an altitude of 0 crash if they are not over an airport.
Planes waiting at airports can only be told to take off (climb in altitude).
.SH "NEW GAMES"
.LP
-The
+The
.B Game_List
file lists the currently available play fields. New field description
file names must be placed in this file to be 'playable'. If a player
@@ -485,7 +485,7 @@ must be set. These variables are set with the syntax:
.IP
variable = number;
.LP
-Variable may be one of:
+Variable may be one of:
.B update,
indicating the number of seconds between forced updates;
.B newplane,
@@ -509,7 +509,7 @@ line: [ (x1 y1) (x2 y2) ] ... ;
.LP
For beacons, a simple x, y coordinate pair is used (enclosed in parenthesis).
Airports and exits require a third value, a direction, which is one
-of
+of
.B wedcxzaq.
For airports, this is the direction that planes must be going to take
off and land, and for exits, this is the direction that planes will going
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ when they
the arena. This may not seem intuitive, but as there is no restriction on
direction of exit, this is appropriate.
Lines are slightly different, since they need two coordinate pairs to
-specify the line endpoints. These endpoints must be enclosed in
+specify the line endpoints. These endpoints must be enclosed in
square brackets.
.LP
All statements are semi-colon (;) terminated. Multiple item statements
@@ -528,8 +528,8 @@ and terminate with a newline.
The coordinates are between zero and width-1 and height-1
inclusive. All of the exit coordinates must lie on the borders, and
all of the beacons and airports must lie inside of the borders.
-Line endpoints may be anywhere within the field, so long as
-the lines are horizontal, vertical or
+Line endpoints may be anywhere within the field, so long as
+the lines are horizontal, vertical or
.B "exactly diagonal."
.SS "FIELD FILE EXAMPLE"
.RS
@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ line: [ ( 1 1 ) ( 6 6 ) ]
.RE
.SH FILES
.LP
-Files are kept in a special directory. See the OPTIONS for a way to
+Files are kept in a special directory. See the OPTIONS for a way to
print this path out.
.TP \w'/usr/share/games/atc/Game_List\ \ \ 'u
/var/games/atc_score
@@ -583,7 +583,7 @@ of a game written for some unknown PC many years ago, maybe.
The screen sometimes refreshes after you have quit.
.LP
Yet Another Curses Bug was discovered during the development of this game.
-If your curses library clrtobot.o is version 5.1 or earlier,
+If your curses library clrtobot.o is version 5.1 or earlier,
you will have erase problems with the backspace operator in the input
window.
diff --git a/games/battlestar/battlestar.6 b/games/battlestar/battlestar.6
index 814c299d4e83..72f71bfa600c 100644
--- a/games/battlestar/battlestar.6
+++ b/games/battlestar/battlestar.6
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ heavens...
One to bring good luck and simple feats of wonder,
Two to wash the lands and churn the waves asunder,
Three to rule the world and purge the skies with thunder.
-
+
.fi
.PP
In those times great wizards were known and their powers were beyond
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ fleet of battlestars was reduced to a single ship.
throw <object> <direction>
! <shell esc>
-
+
.fi
.SH "IMPLIED OBJECTS"
.nf
@@ -117,7 +117,7 @@ fleet of battlestars was reduced to a single ship.
>-: get
knife:
Taken.
-
+
.fi
.PP
Notice that the "shadow" of the next word stays around if you
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ always printed in R, L, A, & B relative directions.
I wrote Battlestar in 1979 in order to experiment with the niceties of
the C Language.
Most interesting things that happen in the game are hardwired into the
-code, so don't
+code, so don't
send me any hate mail about it! Instead, enjoy art for art's sake!
.SH AUTHOR
David Riggle
diff --git a/games/canfield/canfield/canfield.6 b/games/canfield/canfield/canfield.6
index 0d7c7feac503..37de31b4cedf 100644
--- a/games/canfield/canfield/canfield.6
+++ b/games/canfield/canfield/canfield.6
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ If you have never played solitaire before, it is recommended
that you consult a solitaire instruction book. In
Canfield, tableau cards may be built on each other downward
in alternate colors. An entire pile must be moved as a unit
-in building. Top cards of the piles are available
+in building. Top cards of the piles are available
to be played on foundations, but never into empty spaces.
.PP
Spaces must be filled from the stock. The top card of
@@ -64,8 +64,8 @@ available.
The command 'c' causes
.I canfield
to maintain card counting statistics
-on the bottom of the screen.
-When properly used this can greatly increase one's chances of
+on the bottom of the screen.
+When properly used this can greatly increase one's chances of
winning.
.PP
The rules for betting are somewhat less strict than
@@ -114,5 +114,5 @@ It is impossible to cheat.
.SH AUTHORS
Originally written: Steve Levine
.br
-Further random hacking by: Steve Feldman, Kirk McKusick,
+Further random hacking by: Steve Feldman, Kirk McKusick,
Mikey Olson, and Eric Allman.
diff --git a/games/factor/factor.6 b/games/factor/factor.6
index 576e9528b1c2..f5e23e519f91 100644
--- a/games/factor/factor.6
+++ b/games/factor/factor.6
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ utility prints primes in ascending order, one per line, starting at or above
and continuing until, but not including
.B stop.
The
-.B start
+.B start
value must be at least 0 and not greater than
.B stop.\&
The
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ The input line must not be longer than 255 characters.
.B \-h
Print the results in hexadecimal rather than decimal.
.SH DIAGNOSTICS
-Out of range or invalid input results in `ouch' being
+Out of range or invalid input results in `ouch' being
written to standard error.
.SH BUGS
.I Factor
diff --git a/games/fortune/fortune/fortune.6 b/games/fortune/fortune/fortune.6
index e0bd60427097..8d16fb6ccd51 100644
--- a/games/fortune/fortune/fortune.6
+++ b/games/fortune/fortune/fortune.6
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ fortune 90% funny 10% not-funny
.Pp
will pick out 90% of its fortunes from
.Em funny
-(the
+(the
.Dq 10% not-funny
is unnecessary, since 10% is all that's left).
The
@@ -174,7 +174,7 @@ fortune 50% funny 50% not-funny
.It Pa /usr/games/fortune
.Pp
.It Pa /usr/share/games/fortune/*
-the fortunes databases (those files ending
+the fortunes databases (those files ending
.Dq -o
contain the
.Bf -symbolic
diff --git a/games/fortune/strfile/strfile.8 b/games/fortune/strfile/strfile.8
index 7c715a4f04fb..0ac3090fa9f6 100644
--- a/games/fortune/strfile/strfile.8
+++ b/games/fortune/strfile/strfile.8
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
.\" Copyright (c) 1989, 1991, 1993
.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
.\"
-.\"
+.\"
.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
.\" Ken Arnold.
.\"
diff --git a/games/morse/morse.6 b/games/morse/morse.6
index 9ae31b049ffc..d22e1ddbea10 100644
--- a/games/morse/morse.6
+++ b/games/morse/morse.6
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ Not all prosigns have corresponding characters. Use
for
.Em AS ,
.Ql @
-for
+for
.Em SK ,
.Ql *
for
diff --git a/games/phantasia/phantasia.6 b/games/phantasia/phantasia.6
index 062f44904ddd..ceae5a9e75ed 100644
--- a/games/phantasia/phantasia.6
+++ b/games/phantasia/phantasia.6
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@ They are:
.PP
.TP .5i
.B \-s
-Invokes
+Invokes
.I phantasia
without header information.
.TP .5i
@@ -745,7 +745,7 @@ but bigger.
.TP 1.5i
.B Type six
.I priest
-\- rests to maximum; adds
+\- rests to maximum; adds
.B mana, brains;
and halves
.B sin.
@@ -815,7 +815,7 @@ with a
and gives bearer first hit on all monsters.
.br
.I quicksilver
-\- adds to
+\- adds to
.B quickness.
.TP 1.5i
.B Type ten
@@ -928,7 +928,7 @@ reaches
are converted to
.I gold.
.PP
-Once a player is king, he/she may do certain things while in
+Once a player is king, he/she may do certain things while in
the Lord's Chamber (0,0). These are exercised with the
.B decree
('0') option.
@@ -980,7 +980,7 @@ The king collects the accrued taxes with this option.
.PP
The
.B king
-may also
+may also
.B teleport
anywhere for free by using the origin as a starting place.
.sh "Council of the Wise, Valar"
@@ -1044,7 +1044,7 @@ who uses them.
are essentially immortal, but are actually given five lives.
If these are used up, the player is left to die, and becomes an
.B ex-valar.
-A
+A
.B valar
cannot
.I move, teleport,
@@ -1174,7 +1174,7 @@ is always limited to a maximum of 99.
.I Books
bought at a
.B trading post
-increase
+increase
.B brains,
based upon the number bought.
It is unwise, however to buy more than 1/10 of one's
diff --git a/games/piano/piano.6 b/games/piano/piano.6
index f6813f28ea1f..8078b6c6e712 100644
--- a/games/piano/piano.6
+++ b/games/piano/piano.6
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ to generate
.It Fl V
The
.Fl V
-option is for
+option is for
.Nm
usage.
.It Fl i Ar string
diff --git a/games/pom/pom.6 b/games/pom/pom.6
index 00dae120f1b9..1a5325b4b5a0 100644
--- a/games/pom/pom.6
+++ b/games/pom/pom.6
@@ -42,5 +42,5 @@ pom \- display the phase of the moon
The
.I pom
utility displays the current phase of the moon.
-Useful for selecting software completion target dates and predicting
+Useful for selecting software completion target dates and predicting
managerial behavior.
diff --git a/games/sail/sail.6 b/games/sail/sail.6
index 26787c40853b..14e71de1ce60 100644
--- a/games/sail/sail.6
+++ b/games/sail/sail.6
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ players or the computer. They may re-enact one of the many
historical sea battles recorded in the game, or they can choose
a fictional battle.
.PP
-As a sea captain in the
+As a sea captain in the
.I Sail
Navy, the player has complete control over the workings of his ship.
He must order every maneuver, change the set of his sails, and judge the
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ must calculate moves for each ship it controls, the
more ships the computer is playing, the slower the game will appear.
.PP
If a player joins a game in progress, he will synchronize
-with the other players (a rather slow process for everyone), and
+with the other players (a rather slow process for everyone), and
then he may play along with the rest.
.PP
To implement a multi-user game in Version 7 UNIX, which was the operating
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ shared file. For example,
.I Sail
uses a temporary file named /tmp/#sailsink.21 for scenario 21, and
corresponding file names for the other scenarios. To provide exclusive
-access to the temporary file,
+access to the temporary file,
.I Sail
uses a technique stolen from an old game called "pubcaves" by Jeff Cohen.
Processes do a busy wait in the loop
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ Processes do a busy wait in the loop
.br
.sp
until they are able to create a link to a file named "/tmp/#saillock.??".
-The "??" correspond to the scenario number of the game. Since UNIX
+The "??" correspond to the scenario number of the game. Since UNIX
guarantees that a link will point to only one file, the process that succeeds
in linking will have exclusive access to the temporary file.
.PP
@@ -147,10 +147,10 @@ The most noticeable effect this communication has on the game is the
delay in moving. Suppose a player types a move for his ship and hits
return. What happens then? The player process saves up messages to
be written to the temporary file in a buffer. Every 7 seconds or so, the
-player process gets exclusive access to the temporary file and writes
+player process gets exclusive access to the temporary file and writes
out its buffer to the file. The driver, running asynchronously, must
read in the movement command, process it, and write out the results. This
-takes two exclusive accesses to the temporary file. Finally, when the player
+takes two exclusive accesses to the temporary file. Finally, when the player
process gets around to doing another 7 second update, the results of the
move are displayed on the screen. Hence, every movement requires four
exclusive accesses to the temporary file (anywhere from 7 to 21 seconds
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ sail around quite quickly.
If the player types several movement commands between two 7 second updates,
only the last movement command typed will be seen by the driver. Movement
commands within the same update "overwrite" each other, in a sense.
-.SH THE HISTORY OF SAIL
+.SH THE HISTORY OF SAIL
I wrote the first version of
.I Sail
on a PDP 11/70 in the fall of 1980. Needless to say, the code was horrendous,
@@ -177,7 +177,7 @@ tremendous rewrite from the top down, I got the first working version up by
1981. There were several annoying bugs concerning firing broadsides and
finding angles.
.I Sail
-uses no floating point, by the way, so the direction routines are rather
+uses no floating point, by the way, so the direction routines are rather
tricky.
Ed Wang rewrote my angle() routine in 1981 to be more correct (although
it still doesn't work perfectly), and he added code to let a player select
@@ -207,7 +207,7 @@ result was very much cleaner and (?) faster. He added window movement
commands and find ship commands.
.SH HISTORICAL INFO
Old Square Riggers were very maneuverable ships capable of intricate
-sailing. Their only disadvantage was an inability to sail very
+sailing. Their only disadvantage was an inability to sail very
close to the wind. The design of a wooden ship allowed only for the
guns to bear to the left and right sides. A few guns of small
aspect (usually 6 or 9 pounders) could point forward, but their
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ or boat actions. They could hit hard and get away fast.
Lastly, there were the corvettes, sloops, and brigs. These were smaller
ships mounting typically fewer than 20 guns. A corvette was only slightly
smaller than a frigate, so one might have up to 30 guns. Sloops were used
-for carrying dispatches or passengers. Brigs were something you built for
+for carrying dispatches or passengers. Brigs were something you built for
land-locked lakes.
.SH SAIL PARTICULARS
Ships in
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ the ship, and the other represents the stern. Ships have nationalities
and numbers. The first ship of a nationality is number 0, the second
number 1, etc. Therefore, the first British ship in a game would be
printed as "b0". The second Brit would be "b1", and the fifth Don
-would be "s4".
+would be "s4".
.PP
Ships can set normal sails, called Battle Sails, or bend on extra canvas
called Full Sails. A ship under full sail is a beautiful sight indeed,
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ be it 0,1,2,3,4, or 5. E.g., the "b0" captured by an American becomes the
The ultimate example is, of course, an exploding Brit captured by an
American: "#&".
.SH MOVEMENT
-Movement is the most confusing part of
+Movement is the most confusing part of
.I Sail
to many. Ships can head in 8 directions:
.nf
@@ -339,15 +339,15 @@ at all for two turns, it will begin to drift. If a ship has begun to
drift, then it must move forward before it turns, if it plans to do
more than make a right or left turn, which is always possible.
.PP
-Movement commands to
+Movement commands to
.I Sail
are a string of forward moves and turns. An example is "l3". It will
turn a ship left and then move it ahead 3 spaces. In the drawing above,
-the "b0" made 7 successive left turns. When
+the "b0" made 7 successive left turns. When
.I Sail
-prompts you for a move, it prints three characters of import. E.g.,
+prompts you for a move, it prints three characters of import. E.g.,
.nf
- move (7, 4):
+ move (7, 4):
.fi
The first number is the maximum number of moves you can make,
including turns. The second number is the maximum number of turns
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ if you turn closer to the wind, you most likely won't be able to sail the
full allowance printed in the "move" prompt.
.PP
Old sailing captains had to keep an eye constantly on the wind. Captains
-in
+in
.I Sail
are no different. A ship's ability to move depends on its attitude to the
wind. The best angle possible is to have the wind off your quarter, that is,
@@ -397,7 +397,7 @@ sail speeds are given first, and full sail speeds are given in parenthesis.
-^-3(6)
/|\\
| 4(7)
- 3(6)
+ 3(6)
.fi
Pretend the bow of your ship (the "^") is pointing upward and the wind is
@@ -436,7 +436,7 @@ The number of fouls and grapples you have are displayed on the upper
right of the screen.
.SH BOARDING
Boarding was a very costly venture in terms of human life. Boarding parties
-may be formed in
+may be formed in
.I Sail
to either board an enemy ship or to defend your own ship against attack.
Men organized as Defensive Boarding Parties fight twice as hard to save
@@ -447,10 +447,10 @@ number of men sent.
.SH CREW QUALITY
The British seaman was world renowned for his sailing abilities. American
sailors, however, were actually the best seamen in the world. Because the
-American Navy offered twice the wages of the Royal Navy, British seamen
+American Navy offered twice the wages of the Royal Navy, British seamen
who liked the sea defected to America by the thousands.
.PP
-In
+In
.I Sail,
crew quality is quantized into 5 energy levels. "Elite" crews can outshoot
and outfight all other sailors. "Crack" crews are next. "Mundane" crews
@@ -483,10 +483,10 @@ ship:
.nf
Load D! R!
- Hull 9
+ Hull 9
Crew 4 4 2
- Guns 4 4
- Carr 2 2
+ Guns 4 4
+ Carr 2 2
Rigg 5 5 5 5
.fi
@@ -508,14 +508,14 @@ mere opportunity to fire them does not guarantee any hits. Many factors
influence the destructive force of a broadside. First of all, and the chief
factor, is distance. It is harder to hit a ship at range ten than it is
to hit one sloshing alongside. Next is raking. Raking fire, as
-mentioned before,
+mentioned before,
can sometimes dismast a ship at range ten. Next, crew size and quality affects
the damage done by a broadside. The number of guns firing also bears on the
point,
so to speak. Lastly, weather affects the accuracy of a broadside. If the
seas are high (5 or 6), then the lower gunports of ships of the line can't
even be opened to run out the guns. This gives frigates and other flush
-decked vessels an advantage in a storm. The scenario
+decked vessels an advantage in a storm. The scenario
.I Pellew vs. The Droits de L'Homme
takes advantage of this peculiar circumstance.
.SH REPAIRS
@@ -523,7 +523,7 @@ Repairs may be made to your Hull, Guns, and Rigging at the slow rate of
two points per three turns. The message "Repairs Completed" will be
printed if no more repairs can be made.
.SH PECULIARITIES OF COMPUTER SHIPS
-Computer ships in
+Computer ships in
.I Sail
follow all the rules above with a few exceptions. Computer ships never
repair damage. If they did, the players could never beat them. They
@@ -536,7 +536,7 @@ A.I. distance function and a depth first search to find the maximum "score."
It seems to work fairly well, although I'll be the first to admit it isn't
perfect.
.SH HOW TO PLAY
-Commands are given to
+Commands are given to
.I Sail
by typing a single character. You will then be prompted for further
input. A brief summary of the commands follows.
@@ -547,7 +547,7 @@ input. A brief summary of the commands follows.
'f' Fire broadsides if they bear
'l' Reload
'L' Unload broadsides (to change ammo)
- 'm' Move
+ 'm' Move
'i' Print the closest ship
'I' Print all ships
'F' Find a particular ship or ships (e.g. "a?" for all Americans)
@@ -572,7 +572,7 @@ input. A brief summary of the commands follows.
.fi
.br
.SH SCENARIOS
-Here is a summary of the scenarios in
+Here is a summary of the scenarios in
.I Sail:
.br
@@ -868,7 +868,7 @@ has been a group effort.
.SH AUTHOR
Dave Riggle
.SH CO-AUTHOR
-Ed Wang
+Ed Wang
.SH REFITTING
Craig Leres
.SH CONSULTANTS
diff --git a/games/wump/wump.6 b/games/wump/wump.6
index 61bf26ef74fd..4ad38a86affe 100644
--- a/games/wump/wump.6
+++ b/games/wump/wump.6
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ wump [-h] [-a arrows] [-b bats] [-p pits] [-r rooms] [-t tunnels]
.ft R
.SH DESCRIPTION
The game
-.I wump
+.I wump
is based on a fantasy game first presented in the pages of
.I "People's Computer Company"
in 1973.
diff --git a/lib/libc/compat-43/gethostid.3 b/lib/libc/compat-43/gethostid.3
index 837cecf9bbae..dcf62505be74 100644
--- a/lib/libc/compat-43/gethostid.3
+++ b/lib/libc/compat-43/gethostid.3
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ The
.Fn gethostid
and
.Fn sethostid
-syscalls appeared in
+syscalls appeared in
.Bx 4.2
and were dropped in
.Bx 4.4 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/compat-43/setruid.3 b/lib/libc/compat-43/setruid.3
index 7c87821e6653..b90656b2b2a9 100644
--- a/lib/libc/compat-43/setruid.3
+++ b/lib/libc/compat-43/setruid.3
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ The
.Fn setruid
and
.Fn setrgid
-syscalls appeared in
+syscalls appeared in
.Bx 4.2
and were dropped in
.Bx 4.4 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/compat-43/sigpause.2 b/lib/libc/compat-43/sigpause.2
index 516486eaa18e..53333153eeff 100644
--- a/lib/libc/compat-43/sigpause.2
+++ b/lib/libc/compat-43/sigpause.2
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@
.Xr sigsuspend 2 .
.Pp
.Fn Sigpause
-assigns
+assigns
.Fa sigmask
to the set of masked signals
and then waits for a signal to arrive;
diff --git a/lib/libc/compat-43/sigsetmask.2 b/lib/libc/compat-43/sigsetmask.2
index 59944d6061d2..305f9d210153 100644
--- a/lib/libc/compat-43/sigsetmask.2
+++ b/lib/libc/compat-43/sigsetmask.2
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ This interface is made obsolete by:
.Fn Sigsetmask
sets the current signal mask to the specified
.Fa mask .
-Signals are blocked from delivery if the corresponding bit in
+Signals are blocked from delivery if the corresponding bit in
.Fa mask
is a 1.
.Fn Sigblock
diff --git a/lib/libc/compat-43/sigvec.2 b/lib/libc/compat-43/sigvec.2
index 1e45736803b2..eb94904dc34e 100644
--- a/lib/libc/compat-43/sigvec.2
+++ b/lib/libc/compat-43/sigvec.2
@@ -58,10 +58,10 @@ This interface is made obsolete by sigaction(2).
.Pp
The system defines a set of signals that may be delivered to a process.
Signal delivery resembles the occurrence of a hardware interrupt:
-the signal is blocked from further occurrence, the current process
+the signal is blocked from further occurrence, the current process
context is saved, and a new one is built. A process may specify a
.Em handler
-to which a signal is delivered, or specify that a signal is to be
+to which a signal is delivered, or specify that a signal is to be
.Em blocked
or
.Em ignored .
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ Signal routines execute with the signal that caused their
invocation
.Em blocked ,
but other signals may yet occur.
-A global
+A global
.Em "signal mask"
defines the set of signals currently blocked from delivery
to a process. The signal mask for a process is initialized
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ signals pending for the process. If the signal is not currently
.Em blocked
by the process then it is delivered to the process. When a signal
is delivered, the current state of the process is saved,
-a new signal mask is calculated (as described below),
+a new signal mask is calculated (as described below),
and the signal handler is invoked. The call to the handler
is arranged so that if the signal handling routine returns
normally the process will resume execution in the context
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ or
.Xr sigsetmask 2
call is made).
This mask is formed by taking the current signal mask,
-adding the signal to be delivered, and
+adding the signal to be delivered, and
.Em or Ns 'ing
in the signal mask associated with the handler to be invoked.
.Pp
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ the system will deliver the signal to the process on a
.Em "signal stack" ,
specified with
.Xr sigaltstack 2 .
-If
+If
.Fa ovec
is non-zero, the previous handling information for the signal
is returned to the user.
@@ -241,7 +241,7 @@ Ignored signals remain ignored;
the signal mask remains the same;
signals that interrupt system calls continue to do so.
.Sh NOTES
-The mask specified in
+The mask specified in
.Fa vec
is not allowed to block
.Dv SIGKILL
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ of the following occurs:
.It Bq Er EFAULT
Either
.Fa vec
-or
+or
.Fa ovec
points to memory that is not a valid part of the process
address space.
@@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ struct sigcontext *scp;
Here
.Fa sig
is the signal number, into which the hardware faults and traps are
-mapped as defined below.
+mapped as defined below.
.Fa Code
is a parameter that is either a constant
as given below or, for compatibility mode faults, the code provided by
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/exec.3 b/lib/libc/gen/exec.3
index e8f6403c8fdd..6d7e80c309e4 100644
--- a/lib/libc/gen/exec.3
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/exec.3
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ The search path is the path specified in the environment by
.Dq Ev PATH
variable.
If this variable isn't specified,
-the default path is set according to the
+the default path is set according to the
.Dv _PATH_DEFPATH
definition in
.Aq paths.h ,
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/getprogname.3 b/lib/libc/gen/getprogname.3
index 74225956f5d7..ea9c3531bc3f 100644
--- a/lib/libc/gen/getprogname.3
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/getprogname.3
@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 2001 Christopher G. Demetriou
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
.\" information about NetBSD.
.\" 4. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
.\" derived from this software without specific prior written permission.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/glob.3 b/lib/libc/gen/glob.3
index efc413c15a75..5c2da2167111 100644
--- a/lib/libc/gen/glob.3
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/glob.3
@@ -386,7 +386,7 @@ was set or
returned non-zero.
.It Dv GLOB_LIMIT
The flag
-.Dv GLOB_MAXPATH
+.Dv GLOB_MAXPATH
was provided, and the specified limit passed to
.Fn glob
in
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sem_destroy.3 b/lib/libc/gen/sem_destroy.3
index 4074adcb35d0..0de46913728b 100644
--- a/lib/libc/gen/sem_destroy.3
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/sem_destroy.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd February 15, 2000
.Dt SEM_DESTROY 3
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sem_getvalue.3 b/lib/libc/gen/sem_getvalue.3
index e9ac2a6466f5..3ee947af7ad8 100644
--- a/lib/libc/gen/sem_getvalue.3
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/sem_getvalue.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd February 15, 2000
.Dt SEM_GETVALUE 3
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sem_init.3 b/lib/libc/gen/sem_init.3
index a727fe2053b7..5f43c08e3789 100644
--- a/lib/libc/gen/sem_init.3
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/sem_init.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd February 15, 2000
.Dt SEM_INIT 3
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sem_open.3 b/lib/libc/gen/sem_open.3
index 22229b33954d..eec5a5798a0d 100644
--- a/lib/libc/gen/sem_open.3
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/sem_open.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,14 +24,14 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd February 15, 2000
.Dt SEM_OPEN 3
.Os
.Sh NAME
-.Nm sem_open ,
-.Nm sem_close ,
+.Nm sem_open ,
+.Nm sem_close ,
.Nm sem_unlink
.Nd named semaphore operations
.Sh LIBRARY
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sem_post.3 b/lib/libc/gen/sem_post.3
index 970550dbce82..0c8dea4934ef 100644
--- a/lib/libc/gen/sem_post.3
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/sem_post.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd February 15, 2000
.Dt SEM_POST 3
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/sem_wait.3 b/lib/libc/gen/sem_wait.3
index beff2e315dec..397cbfe1663f 100644
--- a/lib/libc/gen/sem_wait.3
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/sem_wait.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,13 +24,13 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd February 15, 2000
.Dt SEM_WAIT 3
.Os
.Sh NAME
-.Nm sem_wait ,
+.Nm sem_wait ,
.Nm sem_trywait
.Nd decrement (lock) a semaphore
.Sh LIBRARY
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/setproctitle.3 b/lib/libc/gen/setproctitle.3
index a09d539ecee2..96fbc5aaed9d 100644
--- a/lib/libc/gen/setproctitle.3
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/setproctitle.3
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ source code by
.Sh BUGS
Never pass a string with user-supplied data as a format without using
.Ql %s .
-An attacker can put format specifiers in the string to mangle your stack,
+An attacker can put format specifiers in the string to mangle your stack,
leading to a possible security hole.
This holds true even if the string was built using a function like
.Fn snprintf ,
diff --git a/lib/libc/gen/syslog.3 b/lib/libc/gen/syslog.3
index 18dd3cb96504..6852bc05bb61 100644
--- a/lib/libc/gen/syslog.3
+++ b/lib/libc/gen/syslog.3
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ functions appeared in
.Sh BUGS
Never pass a string with user-supplied data as a format without using
.Ql %s .
-An attacker can put format specifiers in the string to mangle your stack,
+An attacker can put format specifiers in the string to mangle your stack,
leading to a possible security hole.
This holds true even if the string was built using a function like
.Fn snprintf ,
diff --git a/lib/libc/gmon/moncontrol.3 b/lib/libc/gmon/moncontrol.3
index 127382463851..1966d72e8ddd 100644
--- a/lib/libc/gmon/moncontrol.3
+++ b/lib/libc/gmon/moncontrol.3
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ to resume the collection of histogram ticks and call counts use
.Fn moncontrol 1 .
This feature allows the cost of particular operations to be measured.
Note that an output file will be produced on program exit
-regardless of the state of
+regardless of the state of
.Fn moncontrol .
.Pp
Programs that are not loaded with
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ the lowest address sampled is that of
.Fa lowpc
and the highest is just below
.Fa highpc .
-Only functions in that range that have been compiled with the
+Only functions in that range that have been compiled with the
.Fl pg
option to
.Xr cc 1
diff --git a/lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_get_ioperm.2 b/lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_get_ioperm.2
index aad357bef7a4..27b38c7a5892 100644
--- a/lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_get_ioperm.2
+++ b/lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_get_ioperm.2
@@ -50,8 +50,8 @@ and the number of contiguous entries will be returned in
.Pp
.Fn i386_set_ioperm
will set access to a range of I/O ports described by the
-.Fa start
-and
+.Fa start
+and
.Fa length
arguments to the state specified by the
.Fa enable
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ and
will fail if:
.Bl -tag -width Er
.It Bq Er EINVAL
-An invalid range was specified by the
+An invalid range was specified by the
.Fa start
or
.Fa length
diff --git a/lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_get_ldt.2 b/lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_get_ldt.2
index c1e9584f34ae..5b6070e1487b 100644
--- a/lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_get_ldt.2
+++ b/lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_get_ldt.2
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ LDT.
Both routines accept a starting selector number
.Fa start_sel
, an array of memory that
-will contain the descriptors to be set or returned
+will contain the descriptors to be set or returned
.Fa descs
, and the number of entries to set or return
.Fa num_sels .
diff --git a/lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_set_watch.3 b/lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_set_watch.3
index a85ae85c7b5e..6c49cbed4cd4 100644
--- a/lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_set_watch.3
+++ b/lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_set_watch.3
@@ -55,9 +55,9 @@ parameters. The
argument specifies which watch register is used, 0, 1, 2, 3, or -1. If
.Fa watchnum
is -1, a free watch register is found and used. If there are no free
-watch registers, an error code of -1 is returned.
+watch registers, an error code of -1 is returned.
.Fa Watchaddr
-specifies the watch address,
+specifies the watch address,
.Fa size
specifies the size in bytes of the area to be watched (1, 2, or 4 bytes),
and
diff --git a/lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_vm86.2 b/lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_vm86.2
index fd9c89e063f3..3c85ade2953e 100644
--- a/lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_vm86.2
+++ b/lib/libc/i386/sys/i386_vm86.2
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ it will be dispatched by the vm86 interrupt table.
.\" .It Dv VM86_INTCALL
.El
.Pp
-vm86 mode is entered by calling
+vm86 mode is entered by calling
.Xr sigreturn 2
with the correct machine context for vm86, and with the
.Em PSL_VM
diff --git a/lib/libc/locale/euc.4 b/lib/libc/locale/euc.4
index ce319ba37ff4..548d9caece8a 100644
--- a/lib/libc/locale/euc.4
+++ b/lib/libc/locale/euc.4
@@ -42,18 +42,18 @@
.Nm euc
.Nd EUC encoding of runes
.Sh SYNOPSIS
-.Nm ENCODING
+.Nm ENCODING
.Qq EUC
.Pp
.Nm VARIABLE
-.Ar len1
-.Ar mask1
-.Ar len2
-.Ar mask2
-.Ar len3
-.Ar mask3
-.Ar len4
-.Ar mask4
+.Ar len1
+.Ar mask1
+.Ar len2
+.Ar mask2
+.Ar len3
+.Ar mask3
+.Ar len4
+.Ar mask4
.Ar mask
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ A multibyte character in the fourth codeset consists of
.Ar len4
bytes starting with the byte 0x8f.
.Pp
-The
+The
.Ev rune_t
encoding of
.Nm EUC
diff --git a/lib/libc/locale/euc.5 b/lib/libc/locale/euc.5
index ce319ba37ff4..548d9caece8a 100644
--- a/lib/libc/locale/euc.5
+++ b/lib/libc/locale/euc.5
@@ -42,18 +42,18 @@
.Nm euc
.Nd EUC encoding of runes
.Sh SYNOPSIS
-.Nm ENCODING
+.Nm ENCODING
.Qq EUC
.Pp
.Nm VARIABLE
-.Ar len1
-.Ar mask1
-.Ar len2
-.Ar mask2
-.Ar len3
-.Ar mask3
-.Ar len4
-.Ar mask4
+.Ar len1
+.Ar mask1
+.Ar len2
+.Ar mask2
+.Ar len3
+.Ar mask3
+.Ar len4
+.Ar mask4
.Ar mask
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ A multibyte character in the fourth codeset consists of
.Ar len4
bytes starting with the byte 0x8f.
.Pp
-The
+The
.Ev rune_t
encoding of
.Nm EUC
diff --git a/lib/libc/locale/isalnum.3 b/lib/libc/locale/isalnum.3
index 4a69ff9b9e25..6b239aab1005 100644
--- a/lib/libc/locale/isalnum.3
+++ b/lib/libc/locale/isalnum.3
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Fn isalnum
-function tests for any character for which
+function tests for any character for which
.Xr isalpha 3
or
.Xr isdigit 3
diff --git a/lib/libc/locale/isalpha.3 b/lib/libc/locale/isalpha.3
index 80953cde6858..54d7e2064cdd 100644
--- a/lib/libc/locale/isalpha.3
+++ b/lib/libc/locale/isalpha.3
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
.Lb libc
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Fd #include <ctype.h>
-.Ft int
+.Ft int
.Fn isalpha "int c"
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
diff --git a/lib/libc/locale/isascii.3 b/lib/libc/locale/isascii.3
index 027f79453933..0a67f79ac122 100644
--- a/lib/libc/locale/isascii.3
+++ b/lib/libc/locale/isascii.3
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ The
.Fn isascii
function tests for an
.Tn ASCII
-character, which is any character
+character, which is any character
between 0 and octal 0177 inclusive.
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr ctype 3 ,
diff --git a/lib/libc/locale/mbrune.3 b/lib/libc/locale/mbrune.3
index 680b01ecaa4b..959f8395b254 100644
--- a/lib/libc/locale/mbrune.3
+++ b/lib/libc/locale/mbrune.3
@@ -133,11 +133,11 @@ if the character does not appear in the string.
The
.Fn mbmb
function
-returns a pointer to the
+returns a pointer to the
.Fa pattern ,
or
.Dv NULL
-if the
+if the
.Fa pattern
does not appear in the string.
.Sh "SEE ALSO
diff --git a/lib/libc/locale/multibyte.3 b/lib/libc/locale/multibyte.3
index a78a4a226a29..52ee84eb12fb 100644
--- a/lib/libc/locale/multibyte.3
+++ b/lib/libc/locale/multibyte.3
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ the result in
.Fa mbchar .
The object pointed to by
.Fa mbchar
-must be large enough to accommodate the multibyte character.
+must be large enough to accommodate the multibyte character.
.Pp
The
.Fn mbstowcs
diff --git a/lib/libc/locale/rune.3 b/lib/libc/locale/rune.3
index a9452747dfcb..04bbdc79ba2a 100644
--- a/lib/libc/locale/rune.3
+++ b/lib/libc/locale/rune.3
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ will point to
If there is an encoding error at the start of
.Fa string ,
.Dv _INVALID_RUNE
-is returned and
+is returned and
.Fa *result
will point to the second character of
.Fa string .
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ is not
.Fa *result
will be set to
.Dv NULL .
-In all cases,
+In all cases,
.Fn sputrune
will return the number of bytes which would be needed to store
.Fa rune
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ The
.Fn fgetrune
function operates the same as
.Fn sgetrune
-with the exception that it attempts to read enough bytes from
+with the exception that it attempts to read enough bytes from
.Fa stream
to decode a single rune. It returns either
.Dv EOF
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ function pushes the multibyte encoding, as provided by
of
.Fa rune
onto
-.Fa stream
+.Fa stream
such that the next
.Fn fgetrune
call will return
@@ -242,7 +242,7 @@ as a multibyte string.
.Bl -tag -width /usr/share/locale/locale/LC_CTYPE -compact
.It Pa $PATH_LOCALE/ Ns Em locale Ns /LC_CTYPE
.It Pa /usr/share/locale/ Ns Em locale Ns /LC_CTYPE
-binary LC_CTYPE file for the locale
+binary LC_CTYPE file for the locale
.Em locale .
.El
.Sh SEE ALSO
diff --git a/lib/libc/locale/setlocale.3 b/lib/libc/locale/setlocale.3
index 5c1659a3ce52..8f987e6cf2e1 100644
--- a/lib/libc/locale/setlocale.3
+++ b/lib/libc/locale/setlocale.3
@@ -286,9 +286,9 @@ or
.Bl -tag -width /usr/share/locale/locale/category -compact
.It Pa $PATH_LOCALE/ Ns Em locale/category
.It Pa /usr/share/locale/ Ns Em locale/category
-locale file for the locale
+locale file for the locale
.Em locale
-and the category
+and the category
.Em category .
.El
.Sh SEE ALSO
diff --git a/lib/libc/locale/toupper.3 b/lib/libc/locale/toupper.3
index 337a2051c7ff..f9734e211158 100644
--- a/lib/libc/locale/toupper.3
+++ b/lib/libc/locale/toupper.3
@@ -51,7 +51,7 @@
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Fn toupper
-function converts a lower-case letter to the corresponding
+function converts a lower-case letter to the corresponding
upper-case letter.
For single C
.Va char Ns s
diff --git a/lib/libc/net/addr2ascii.3 b/lib/libc/net/addr2ascii.3
index ced73497c4e8..b9f6fa9022d2 100644
--- a/lib/libc/net/addr2ascii.3
+++ b/lib/libc/net/addr2ascii.3
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" no representations about the suitability of this software for any
.\" purpose. It is provided "as is" without express or implied
.\" warranty.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY M.I.T. ``AS IS''. M.I.T. DISCLAIMS
.\" ALL EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ inet_ntoa(struct in_addr addr)
int
inet_aton(const char *ascii, struct in_addr *addr)
{
- return (ascii2addr(AF_INET, ascii, addr)
+ return (ascii2addr(AF_INET, ascii, addr)
== sizeof(*addr));
}
.Ed
diff --git a/lib/libc/net/byteorder.3 b/lib/libc/net/byteorder.3
index 0785911aed89..cae00a76f061 100644
--- a/lib/libc/net/byteorder.3
+++ b/lib/libc/net/byteorder.3
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ and
.Sh HISTORY
The
.Nm byteorder
-functions appeared in
+functions appeared in
.Bx 4.2 .
.Sh BUGS
On the
diff --git a/lib/libc/net/ethers.3 b/lib/libc/net/ethers.3
index a1dc7a128975..6a9ea5529d55 100644
--- a/lib/libc/net/ethers.3
+++ b/lib/libc/net/ethers.3
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ and
functions map ethernet addresses to their corresponding hostnames
as specified in the
.Pa /etc/ethers
-database.
+database.
.Fn ether_ntohost
converts from ethernet address to hostname, and
.Fn ether_hostton
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ structure
and the hostname in the supplied string
.Ar h .
.Pp
-On success,
+On success,
.Fn ether_ntoa
returns a pointer to a string containing an
.Tn ASCII
diff --git a/lib/libc/net/gethostbyname.3 b/lib/libc/net/gethostbyname.3
index 0c3772e9e26d..7d78f96e9a8a 100644
--- a/lib/libc/net/gethostbyname.3
+++ b/lib/libc/net/gethostbyname.3
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ If the
flag is non-zero,
this sets the option to send all queries to the name server using
.Tn TCP
-and to retain the connection after each call to
+and to retain the connection after each call to
.Fn gethostbyname ,
.Fn gethostbyname2
or
@@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ if ((hp = gethostbyaddr((const char *)&ip,
printf("name associated with %s is %s\en", ipstr, hp->h_name);
.Ed
.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
-Error return status from
+Error return status from
.Fn gethostbyname ,
.Fn gethostbyname2
and
@@ -277,8 +277,8 @@ A retry at some later time may succeed.
Some unexpected server failure was encountered.
This is a non-recoverable error.
.It Dv NO_DATA
-The requested name is valid but does not have an IP address;
-this is not a temporary error.
+The requested name is valid but does not have an IP address;
+this is not a temporary error.
This means that the name is known to the name server but there is no address
associated with this name.
Another type of request to the name server using this domain name
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ closes the file.
.Sh HISTORY
The
.Fn herror
-function appeared in
+function appeared in
.Bx 4.3 .
The
.Fn endhostent ,
diff --git a/lib/libc/net/getnetent.3 b/lib/libc/net/getnetent.3
index 92e497048603..23e90ae7e715 100644
--- a/lib/libc/net/getnetent.3
+++ b/lib/libc/net/getnetent.3
@@ -66,14 +66,14 @@ functions
each return a pointer to an object with the
following structure describing an internet network.
This structure contains either the information obtained
-from the nameserver,
+from the nameserver,
.Xr named 8 ,
broken-out fields of a line in the network data base
.Pa /etc/networks ,
or entries supplied by the
-.Xr yp 4
+.Xr yp 4
system. The order of the lookups is controlled by the
-`networks' entry in
+`networks' entry in
.Xr nsswitch.conf 5 .
.Pp
.Bd -literal -offset indent
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ function
opens and rewinds the file. If the
.Fa stayopen
flag is non-zero,
-the net data base will not be closed after each call to
+the net data base will not be closed after each call to
.Fn getnetbyname
or
.Fn getnetbyaddr .
@@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ The
.Fn setnetent ,
and
.Fn endnetent
-functions appeared in
+functions appeared in
.Bx 4.2 .
.Sh BUGS
The data space used by
diff --git a/lib/libc/net/getprotoent.3 b/lib/libc/net/getprotoent.3
index a24d995bc170..d073ac0558a7 100644
--- a/lib/libc/net/getprotoent.3
+++ b/lib/libc/net/getprotoent.3
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ function
opens and rewinds the file. If the
.Fa stayopen
flag is non-zero,
-the net data base will not be closed after each call to
+the net data base will not be closed after each call to
.Fn getprotobyname
or
.Fn getprotobynumber .
@@ -139,7 +139,7 @@ The
.Fn setprotoent ,
and
.Fn endprotoent
-functions appeared in
+functions appeared in
.Bx 4.2 .
.Sh BUGS
These functions use a static data space;
diff --git a/lib/libc/net/getservent.3 b/lib/libc/net/getservent.3
index e1569d455252..5a0258ea122b 100644
--- a/lib/libc/net/getservent.3
+++ b/lib/libc/net/getservent.3
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Fd #include <netdb.h>
.Ft struct servent *
-.Fn getservent
+.Fn getservent
.Ft struct servent *
.Fn getservbyname "const char *name" "const char *proto"
.Ft struct servent *
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ function
opens and rewinds the file. If the
.Fa stayopen
flag is non-zero,
-the net data base will not be closed after each call to
+the net data base will not be closed after each call to
.Fn getservbyname
or
.Fn getservbyport .
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ or until
.Dv EOF
is encountered.
If a protocol name is also supplied (non-
-.Dv NULL ) ,
+.Dv NULL ) ,
searches must also match the protocol.
.Sh FILES
.Bl -tag -width /etc/services -compact
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ The
.Fn setservent ,
and
.Fn endservent
-functions appeared in
+functions appeared in
.Bx 4.2 .
.Sh BUGS
These functions use static data storage;
diff --git a/lib/libc/net/inet.3 b/lib/libc/net/inet.3
index 99e779178c21..f9ce2c62f925 100644
--- a/lib/libc/net/inet.3
+++ b/lib/libc/net/inet.3
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
.Fd #include <sys/socket.h>
.Fd #include <netinet/in.h>
.Fd #include <arpa/inet.h>
-.Ft int
+.Ft int
.Fn inet_aton "const char *cp" "struct in_addr *pin"
.Ft in_addr_t
.Fn inet_addr "const char *cp"
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@
.Fn inet_ntop "int af" "const void *src" "char *dst" "size_t size"
.Ft int
.Fn inet_pton "int af" "const char *src" "void *dst"
-.Ft struct in_addr
+.Ft struct in_addr
.Fn inet_makeaddr "in_addr_t net" "in_addr_t lna"
.Ft in_addr_t
.Fn inet_lnaof "struct in_addr in"
@@ -248,7 +248,7 @@ This is a narrower input set than that accepted by
.Fn inet_aton .
.Sh HISTORY
These
-functions appeared in
+functions appeared in
.Bx 4.2 .
.Sh BUGS
The value
diff --git a/lib/libc/net/inet6_option_space.3 b/lib/libc/net/inet6_option_space.3
index 82365484f0eb..c2338fcadd9d 100644
--- a/lib/libc/net/inet6_option_space.3
+++ b/lib/libc/net/inet6_option_space.3
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ called for a given ancillary data object,
.Fa *tptrp
must be set to
.Dv NULL .
-.Pp
+.Pp
Each time this function returns success,
.Fa *tptrp
points to the 8-bit
@@ -409,7 +409,7 @@ return
.Li -1
setting
.Fa *tptrp
-to non
+to non
.Dv NULL
value.
.\"
diff --git a/lib/libc/net/iso_addr.3 b/lib/libc/net/iso_addr.3
index 5f825c0c93ff..4bc3ed1725fc 100644
--- a/lib/libc/net/iso_addr.3
+++ b/lib/libc/net/iso_addr.3
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ addresses and returns
.Tn ASCII
strings representing NSAPs (network service
access points) in a
-notation inverse to that accepted by
+notation inverse to that accepted by
.Fn iso_addr .
.Pp
Unfortunately, no universal standard exists for representing
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ The
.Fn iso_addr
and
.Fn iso_ntoa
-functions appeared in
+functions appeared in
.Bx 4.3 Reno .
.Sh BUGS
The returned values
diff --git a/lib/libc/net/linkaddr.3 b/lib/libc/net/linkaddr.3
index 23932cbac534..7631c4a3fa79 100644
--- a/lib/libc/net/linkaddr.3
+++ b/lib/libc/net/linkaddr.3
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ The
.Fn link_addr
and
.Fn link_ntoa
-functions appeared in
+functions appeared in
.Bx 4.3 Reno .
.Sh BUGS
The returned values for link_ntoa
diff --git a/lib/libc/net/ns.3 b/lib/libc/net/ns.3
index 4d545e3993af..e8cc2ec209d0 100644
--- a/lib/libc/net/ns.3
+++ b/lib/libc/net/ns.3
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ address conversion routines
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Fd #include <sys/types.h>
.Fd #include <netns/ns.h>
-.Ft struct ns_addr
+.Ft struct ns_addr
.Fn ns_addr "char *cp"
.Ft char *
.Fn ns_ntoa "struct ns_addr ns"
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ notation in common use in the Xerox Development Environment:
.Ed
.Pp
Trailing zero fields are suppressed, and each number is printed in hexadecimal,
-in a format suitable for input to
+in a format suitable for input to
.Fn ns_addr .
Any fields lacking super-decimal digits will have a
trailing
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ The
.Fn ns_addr
and
.Fn ns_toa
-functions appeared in
+functions appeared in
.Bx 4.3 .
.Sh BUGS
The string returned by
diff --git a/lib/libc/net/nsdispatch.3 b/lib/libc/net/nsdispatch.3
index 7ed634577095..8d7a686008ca 100644
--- a/lib/libc/net/nsdispatch.3
+++ b/lib/libc/net/nsdispatch.3
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Fn nsdispatch
-function invokes the callback functions specified in
+function invokes the callback functions specified in
.Va dtab
in the order given in
.Pa /etc/nsswitch.conf
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ The last entry in
should contain
.Dv NULL
values for
-.Va src ,
+.Va src ,
.Va cb ,
and
.Va cb_data .
@@ -132,7 +132,7 @@ For each default source type, an entry with
set to the name of the source, and
.Va flags
set to the relevant flags
-(usually
+(usually
.Dv NS_SUCCESS ;
refer to
.Sx Callback return values
@@ -203,9 +203,9 @@ The
routines first appeared in
.Fx 4.1 .
They were imported from the
-.Nx
+.Nx
Project,
-where they appeared first in
+where they appeared first in
.Nx 1.4 .
.Sh AUTHORS
Luke Mewburn
diff --git a/lib/libc/net/rcmd.3 b/lib/libc/net/rcmd.3
index abc601742036..08b6e72c461d 100644
--- a/lib/libc/net/rcmd.3
+++ b/lib/libc/net/rcmd.3
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ If the connection succeeds,
a socket in the Internet domain of type
.Dv SOCK_STREAM
is returned to the caller, and given to the remote
-command as
+command as
.Em stdin
and
.Em stdout .
@@ -122,10 +122,10 @@ signal numbers, to be
forwarded to the process group of the command.
If
.Fa fd2p
-is 0, then the
+is 0, then the
.Em stderr
(unit 2 of the remote
-command) will be made the same as the
+command) will be made the same as the
.Em stdout
and no
provision is made for sending arbitrary signals to the remote process,
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ The
.Fn rresvport
function is used to obtain a socket to which an address with a Privileged
Internet port is bound.
-This socket is suitable for use by
+This socket is suitable for use by
.Fn rcmd
and several other functions.
Privileged Internet ports are those in the range 0 to 1023.
@@ -284,7 +284,7 @@ is overloaded to mean ``All network ports in use.''
.Re
.Sh HISTORY
Most of these
-functions appeared in
+functions appeared in
.Bx 4.2 .
.Fn rresvport_af
appeared in RFC2292, and was implemented by the WIDE project
diff --git a/lib/libc/net/resolver.3 b/lib/libc/net/resolver.3
index 4870992c334c..2771e9bcf74d 100644
--- a/lib/libc/net/resolver.3
+++ b/lib/libc/net/resolver.3
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@
.Fa "int anslen"
.Fc
.Ft int
-.Fn res_init
+.Fn res_init
.Ft int
.Fo dn_comp
.Fa "const char *exp_dn"
@@ -418,5 +418,5 @@ see
.Sh HISTORY
The
.Nm
-function appeared in
+function appeared in
.Bx 4.3 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/nls/catclose.3 b/lib/libc/nls/catclose.3
index 0fcbfe9d8c22..c29b45d9d493 100644
--- a/lib/libc/nls/catclose.3
+++ b/lib/libc/nls/catclose.3
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Fn catclose
-function closes the message catalog specified by the argument
+function closes the message catalog specified by the argument
.Fa catd .
.Sh RETURN VALUES
.Rv -std catclose
diff --git a/lib/libc/nls/catgets.3 b/lib/libc/nls/catgets.3
index fda5f367b184..f566abbfdccb 100644
--- a/lib/libc/nls/catgets.3
+++ b/lib/libc/nls/catgets.3
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
.Os
.Sh NAME
.Nm catgets
-.Nd retrieve string from message catalog
+.Nd retrieve string from message catalog
.Sh LIBRARY
.Lb libc
.Sh SYNOPSIS
@@ -40,20 +40,20 @@
.Ft char *
.Fn catgets "nl_catd catd" "int set_id" "int msg_id" "const char *s"
.Sh DESCRIPTION
-The
-.Fn catgets
+The
+.Fn catgets
function attempts to retrieve message
.Fa msg_id
of set
.Fa set_id
from the message catalog referenced by the descriptor
.Fa catd .
-The argument
+The argument
.Fa s
points to a default message which is returned if the function
is unable to retrieve the specified message.
.Sh RETURN VALUES
-If the specified message was retrieved successfully,
+If the specified message was retrieved successfully,
.Fn catgets
returns a pointer to an internal buffer containing the message string;
otherwise it returns
diff --git a/lib/libc/nls/catopen.3 b/lib/libc/nls/catopen.3
index 68cf8930935b..4c0dccc94d29 100644
--- a/lib/libc/nls/catopen.3
+++ b/lib/libc/nls/catopen.3
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@
.Os
.Sh NAME
.Nm catopen
-.Nd open message catalog
+.Nd open message catalog
.Sh LIBRARY
.Lb libc
.Sh SYNOPSIS
@@ -40,21 +40,21 @@
.Ft nl_catd
.Fn catopen "const char *name" "int oflag"
.Sh DESCRIPTION
-The
+The
.Fn catopen
function opens the message catalog specified by
-.Fa name
+.Fa name
and returns a message catalog descriptor.
If
.Fa name
contains a
-.Sq /
-then
+.Sq /
+then
.Fa name
-specifies the full pathname for the message catalog, otherwise the value
+specifies the full pathname for the message catalog, otherwise the value
of the environment variable
-.Ev NLSPATH
-is used with
+.Ev NLSPATH
+is used with
the following substitutions:
.Bl -tag -width XXX
.It \&%N
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ environment variable or from the
.Dv LC_MESSAGES
category.
.It \&%%
-A single % character.
+A single % character.
.El
.Pp
An empty string is substituted for undefined values.
@@ -124,11 +124,11 @@ until a successful call to one of the
.Xr exec 3
function.
.Sh RETURN VALUES
-Upon successful completion,
+Upon successful completion,
.Fn catopen
returns a message catalog descriptor.
Otherwise, (nl_catd) -1 is returned and
-.Va errno
+.Va errno
is set to indicate the error.
.Sh ERRORS
.Bl -tag -width Er
diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/acl.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/acl.3
index 39822b8c33e7..6f74b8bf078b 100644
--- a/lib/libc/posix1e/acl.3
+++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/acl.3
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ POSIX.1e is described in IEEE POSIX.1e draft 17.
Discussion of the draft continues on the cross-platform POSIX.1e
implementation mailing list.
To join this list, see the
-.Fx
+.Fx
POSIX.1e implementation page for more information.
.Sh HISTORY
POSIX.1e support was introduced in
diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_delete.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_delete.3
index 2aa3f15ff01f..2b21bf9a9f0d 100644
--- a/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_delete.3
+++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_delete.3
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ The file system is read-only.
POSIX.1e is described in IEEE POSIX.1e draft 17. Discussion
of the draft continues on the cross-platform POSIX.1e implementation
mailing list. To join this list, see the
-.Fx
+.Fx
POSIX.1e implementation
page for more information.
.Sh HISTORY
diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_from_text.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_from_text.3
index 578e3f7a304c..13a1f427dd34 100644
--- a/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_from_text.3
+++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_from_text.3
@@ -111,12 +111,12 @@ rely on the
library calls to manage username and uid mapping, as well as the
.Xr getgrent 3
library calls to manage groupname and gid mapping. These calls are not
-thread safe, and so transitively, neither are
+thread safe, and so transitively, neither are
.Fn acl_from_text
and
.Fn acl_to_text .
These functions may also interfere with stateful
-calls associated with the
+calls associated with the
.Fn getpwent
and
.Fn getgrent
diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_get.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_get.3
index ee8ab54326b0..5121d1ae10fa 100644
--- a/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_get.3
+++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_get.3
@@ -51,10 +51,10 @@ The
and
.Fn acl_get_fd_np
each allow the retrieval of an ACL from a file.
-.Fn acl_get_file
+.Fn acl_get_file
is a POSIX.1e call that allows the retrieval of a
specified type of ACL from a file by name;
-.Fn acl_get_fd
+.Fn acl_get_fd
is a POSIX.1e call that allows the retrieval of an ACL of type
ACL_TYPE_ACCESS
from a file descriptor.
diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_set.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_set.3
index 12abb92000f1..17a8db0683f9 100644
--- a/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_set.3
+++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_set.3
@@ -53,13 +53,13 @@ and
each associate an ACL with an object referred to by
.Va fd
or
-.Va path_p .
+.Va path_p .
All except
.Fn acl_set_fd_np
are POSIX.1e calls--
.Fn acl_set_fd
allows only the setting of ACLs of type ACL_TYPE_ACCESS
-where as
+where as
.Fn acl_set_fd_np
allows the setting of ACLs of any type.
.Sh IMPLEMENTATION NOTES
diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_to_text.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_to_text.3
index b28fd5952a22..eb990a236aee 100644
--- a/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_to_text.3
+++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_to_text.3
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
.Ft char *
.Fn acl_to_text "acl_t acl" "ssize_t *len_p"
.Sh DESCRIPTION
-The
+The
.Fn acl_to_text
function translates the ACL pointed to by argument
.Va acl
diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_valid.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_valid.3
index 1418d3c22a31..a395df6dce3c 100644
--- a/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_valid.3
+++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/acl_valid.3
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ then one ACL_MASK entry shall also be required. The ACL
shall contain at most on ACL_MASK entry.
.Pp
The qualifier field shall be unique among all entries of
-the same POSIX.1e ACL facility defined tag type. The
+the same POSIX.1e ACL facility defined tag type. The
tag type field shall contain valid values including any
implementation-defined values. Validation of the values
of the qualifier field is implementation-defined.
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ of the qualifier field is implementation-defined.
The POSIX.1e
.Fn acl_valid
function may reorder the ACL for the purposes of verification; the
-non-portable validation functions will not.
+non-portable validation functions will not.
.Sh IMPLEMENTATION NOTES
.Fx Ns 's
support for POSIX.1e interfaces and features is still under
diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap.3
index 26d977e1ab65..0aa782b0e218 100644
--- a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap.3
+++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap.3
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ This function is described in
.Xr cap_free 3 ,
and may be used to free a capability structure.
.It Fn cap_from_text
-This function is described in
+This function is described in
.Xr cap_from_text 3 ,
and may be used to convert a text-form capability to its internal
representation.
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ ACLs are available, this capability overrides the ACL execute access
restrictions when accessing an object.
.It Dv CAP_DAC_WRITE
This capability overrides file mode write access restrictions when access an
-object, and, if
+object, and, if
.Xr posix1e 3
ACLs are available, this capability also overrides the ACL write access
restrictions when accessing an object.
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ capability set when invoking
.It Dv CAP_SYS_SETFFLAG
This capability overrides the restriction that a process cannot manipulate
the system file flags on a file system object.
-For portability, equivilent to
+For portability, equivilent to
.Dv CAP_LINUX_IMMUTABLE .
.It Dv CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE
This capability overrides network namespace restrictions on process's
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ configure, or disable system process accounting.
.It Dv CAP_SYS_ADMIN
.It Dv CAP_SYS_BOOT
This capability overrides the restriction that a process cannot invoke
-the
+the
.Xr boot 2
system call.
.It Dv CAP_SYS_NICE
@@ -323,7 +323,7 @@ use in the short term.
POSIX.1e is described in IEEE POSIX.1e draft 17. Discussion
of the draft continues on the cross-platform POSIX.1e implementation
mailing list. To join this list, see the
-.Fx
+.Fx
POSIX.1e implementation
page for more information.
.Sh HISTORY
diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_clear.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_clear.3
index 97c7958f2f7d..5f305cb7abae 100644
--- a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_clear.3
+++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_clear.3
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.\"
-.\" TrustedBSD Project - support for POSIX.1e process capabilities
+.\" TrustedBSD Project - support for POSIX.1e process capabilities
.\"
.Dd April 1, 2000
.Dt CAP_CLEAR 3
diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_dup.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_dup.3
index 0f29656216f7..9ea0396f59d7 100644
--- a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_dup.3
+++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_dup.3
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.\"
-.\" TrustedBSD Project - support for POSIX.1e process capabilities
+.\" TrustedBSD Project - support for POSIX.1e process capabilities
.\"
.Dd April 1, 2000
.Dt CAP_DUP 3
diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_free.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_free.3
index 03a62d4184f5..3f6e192607ad 100644
--- a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_free.3
+++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_free.3
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.\"
-.\" TrustedBSD Project - support for POSIX.1e process capabilities
+.\" TrustedBSD Project - support for POSIX.1e process capabilities
.\"
.Dd April 1, 2000
.Dt CAP_FREE 3
diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_get_flag.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_get_flag.3
index beb3f6ef3e9c..1f8ab201dd23 100644
--- a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_get_flag.3
+++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_get_flag.3
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.\"
-.\" TrustedBSD Project - support for POSIX.1e process capabilities
+.\" TrustedBSD Project - support for POSIX.1e process capabilities
.\"
.Dd April 1, 2000
.Dt CAP_GET_FLAG 3
diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_get_proc.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_get_proc.3
index 67ff18514b92..2ebf5c8dcf41 100644
--- a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_get_proc.3
+++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_get_proc.3
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.\"
-.\" TrustedBSD Project - support for POSIX.1e process capabilities
+.\" TrustedBSD Project - support for POSIX.1e process capabilities
.\"
.Dd April 1, 2000
.Dt CAP_GET_PROC 3
diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_init.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_init.3
index 7705bc541501..753ced9b8a94 100644
--- a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_init.3
+++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_init.3
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.\"
-.\" TrustedBSD Project - support for POSIX.1e process capabilities
+.\" TrustedBSD Project - support for POSIX.1e process capabilities
.\"
.Dd April 1, 2000
.Dt CAP_INIT 3
diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_set_flag.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_set_flag.3
index 641439a8cc64..ef74d107806b 100644
--- a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_set_flag.3
+++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_set_flag.3
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.\"
-.\" TrustedBSD Project - support for POSIX.1e process capabilities
+.\" TrustedBSD Project - support for POSIX.1e process capabilities
.\"
.Dd April 1, 2000
.Dt CAP_SET_FLAG 3
diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_set_proc.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_set_proc.3
index b0b78b885a5c..f3dfae33b573 100644
--- a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_set_proc.3
+++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_set_proc.3
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.\"
-.\" TrustedBSD Project - support for POSIX.1e process capabilities
+.\" TrustedBSD Project - support for POSIX.1e process capabilities
.\"
.Dd April 1, 2000
.Dt CAP_SET_PROC 3
diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_to_text.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_to_text.3
index 22feeff8fa8e..ea6b522b6dc4 100644
--- a/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_to_text.3
+++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/cap_to_text.3
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
.\" HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT
.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
-.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
+.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.\"
diff --git a/lib/libc/posix1e/posix1e.3 b/lib/libc/posix1e/posix1e.3
index 05304f8e10b0..7c8af1981642 100644
--- a/lib/libc/posix1e/posix1e.3
+++ b/lib/libc/posix1e/posix1e.3
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ Access Control are in the wings, and Information Flow Labels are not on
the calendar.
.Pp
POSIX.1e defines both syntax and semantics for these features, but fairly
-substantial changes are required to implement these features in the
+substantial changes are required to implement these features in the
operating system. As shipped,
.Fx 4.0
permits file systems to export
diff --git a/lib/libc/regex/re_format.7 b/lib/libc/regex/re_format.7
index b6fb9de0cba7..2b6655cd3bf5 100644
--- a/lib/libc/regex/re_format.7
+++ b/lib/libc/regex/re_format.7
@@ -230,7 +230,7 @@ and
stands for the
sequence of characters of that collating element.
The sequence is a single element of the bracket expression's list.
-A bracket expression containing a multi-character collating element
+A bracket expression containing a multi-character collating element
can thus match more than one character,
e.g. if the collating sequence includes a
.Ql ch
@@ -419,7 +419,7 @@ RE or the beginning of a parenthesized subexpression
Finally, there is one new type of atom, a
.Em back reference :
.Ql \e
-followed by a non-zero decimal digit
+followed by a non-zero decimal digit
.Em d
matches the same sequence of characters
matched by the
diff --git a/lib/libc/rpc/bindresvport.3 b/lib/libc/rpc/bindresvport.3
index bfb011e0316a..e3996eae8b41 100644
--- a/lib/libc/rpc/bindresvport.3
+++ b/lib/libc/rpc/bindresvport.3
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ may also fail and set
for any of the errors specified for the calls
.Xr bind 2 ,
.Xr getsockopt 2 ,
-or
+or
.Xr setsockopt 2 .
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr bind 2 ,
diff --git a/lib/libc/rpc/getrpcent.3 b/lib/libc/rpc/getrpcent.3
index 6a02ca152c7f..3f03c18d265f 100644
--- a/lib/libc/rpc/getrpcent.3
+++ b/lib/libc/rpc/getrpcent.3
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ flag is non-zero,
the net data base will not be closed after each call to
.Fn getrpcent
(either directly, or indirectly through one of
-the other
+the other
.Dq getrpc
calls).
.Pp
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ program number is found, or until end-of-file is encountered.
.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
A
.Dv NULL
-pointer is returned on
+pointer is returned on
.Dv EOF
or error.
.Sh BUGS
diff --git a/lib/libc/rpc/rpc_clnt_auth.3 b/lib/libc/rpc/rpc_clnt_auth.3
index 89feb76f1d51..43af256b5c94 100644
--- a/lib/libc/rpc/rpc_clnt_auth.3
+++ b/lib/libc/rpc/rpc_clnt_auth.3
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ style of authentication is discussed here.
.Bl -tag -width authsys_create_default()
.It Fn auth_destroy
A function macro that destroys the authentication
-information associated with
+information associated with
.Fa auth .
Destruction usually involves deallocation
of private data structures.
diff --git a/lib/libc/rpc/rpc_clnt_calls.3 b/lib/libc/rpc/rpc_clnt_calls.3
index 55beca556ed9..134e083bc19d 100644
--- a/lib/libc/rpc/rpc_clnt_calls.3
+++ b/lib/libc/rpc/rpc_clnt_calls.3
@@ -279,7 +279,7 @@ is the address of where to place the result(s).
.Fa nettype
can be any of the values listed on
.Xr rpc 3 .
-This routine returns
+This routine returns
.Dv RPC_SUCCESS
if it succeeds,
or an appropriate status is returned.
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdio/fgets.3 b/lib/libc/stdio/fgets.3
index c84d6bdd486d..427b88ed52e9 100644
--- a/lib/libc/stdio/fgets.3
+++ b/lib/libc/stdio/fgets.3
@@ -85,11 +85,11 @@ if any, is sufficiently short to fit in the string.
.Sh RETURN VALUES
Upon successful completion,
.Fn fgets
-and
+and
.Fn gets
return
a pointer to the string.
-If end-of-file occurs before any characters are read,
+If end-of-file occurs before any characters are read,
they return
.Dv NULL
and the buffer contents is unchanged.
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdio/fseek.3 b/lib/libc/stdio/fseek.3
index f12e0471d03d..9a58668013b6 100644
--- a/lib/libc/stdio/fseek.3
+++ b/lib/libc/stdio/fseek.3
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ The new position, measured in bytes, is obtained by adding
.Fa offset
bytes to the position specified by
.Fa whence .
-If
+If
.Fa whence
is set to
.Dv SEEK_SET ,
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ and
(with whence set to
.Dv SEEK_SET ) ,
setting and storing the current value of
-the file offset into or from the object referenced by
+the file offset into or from the object referenced by
.Fa pos .
On some
.Pq non- Ns Tn UNIX
@@ -180,7 +180,7 @@ is not a seekable stream.
.It Bq Er EINVAL
The
.Fa whence
-argument to
+argument to
.Fn fseek
was not
.Dv SEEK_SET ,
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ was not
or
.Dv SEEK_CUR .
.It Bq Er EOVERFLOW
-For
+For
.Fn ftell ,
the resulting file offset would be a value which
cannot be represented correctly in an object of type long.
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ for any of the errors specified for the routines
.Xr fflush 3 ,
.Xr fstat 2 ,
.Xr lseek 2 ,
-and
+and
.Xr malloc 3 .
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr lseek 2
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ conform to
.St -isoC .
.Pp
The
-.Fn fseeko
+.Fn fseeko
and
.Fn ftello
functions conform to
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdio/funopen.3 b/lib/libc/stdio/funopen.3
index b0355145a388..e1d00409212c 100644
--- a/lib/libc/stdio/funopen.3
+++ b/lib/libc/stdio/funopen.3
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ The
function
associates a stream with up to four
.Dq Tn I/O No functions .
-Either
+Either
.Fa readfn
or
.Fa writefn
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ close the new stream.
.Pp
In general, omitting a function means that any attempt to perform the
associated operation on the resulting stream will fail.
-If the close function is omitted, closing the stream will flush
+If the close function is omitted, closing the stream will flush
any buffered output and then succeed.
.Pp
The calling conventions of
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ and
.Xr close 2
with the single exception that they are passed the
.Fa cookie
-argument specified to
+argument specified to
.Fn funopen
in place of the traditional file descriptor argument.
.Pp
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ Additionally, all of the functions should set the external variable
.Va errno
appropriately if an error occurs.
.Pp
-An error on
+An error on
.Fn closefn
does not keep the stream open.
.Pp
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ as calls to
.Fn funopen
with only a read or write function specified.
.Sh RETURN VALUES
-Upon successful completion,
+Upon successful completion,
.Fn funopen
returns a
.Dv FILE
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdio/getc.3 b/lib/libc/stdio/getc.3
index bd099abd343c..db69606ba673 100644
--- a/lib/libc/stdio/getc.3
+++ b/lib/libc/stdio/getc.3
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
.Ft int
.Fn getc "FILE *stream"
.Ft int
-.Fn getchar
+.Fn getchar
.Ft int
.Fn getw "FILE *stream"
.Sh DESCRIPTION
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdio/mktemp.3 b/lib/libc/stdio/mktemp.3
index 1f79e4f4eb0d..27fc96902553 100644
--- a/lib/libc/stdio/mktemp.3
+++ b/lib/libc/stdio/mktemp.3
@@ -166,25 +166,25 @@ to any value specified by the
function.
.Sh NOTES
A common problem that results in a core dump is that the programmer
-passes in a read-only string to
+passes in a read-only string to
.Fn mktemp ,
.Fn mkstemp ,
.Fn mkstemps
or
.Fn mkdtemp .
-This is common with programs that were developed before
+This is common with programs that were developed before
.St -isoC
compilers were common.
For example, calling
.Fn mkstemp
-with an argument of
+with an argument of
.Qq /tmp/tempfile.XXXXXX
-will result in a core dump due to
+will result in a core dump due to
.Fn mkstemp
attempting to modify the string constant that was given.
If the program in question makes heavy use of that type
of function call, you do have the option of compiling the program
-so that it will store string constants in a writable segment of memory.
+so that it will store string constants in a writable segment of memory.
See
.Xr gcc 1
for more information.
@@ -196,7 +196,7 @@ are used to
increase the number of possible temporary filenames.
This makes the race in
.Fn mktemp ,
-between testing for a file's existence (in the
+between testing for a file's existence (in the
.Fn mktemp
function call)
and opening it for use
@@ -232,13 +232,13 @@ The
.Fn mkstemp
function appeared in
.Bx 4.4 .
-The
+The
.Fn mkdtemp
function first appeared in
.Ox 2.2 ,
and later in
.Fx 3.2 .
-The
+The
.Fn mkstemps
function first appeared in
.Ox 2.4 ,
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdio/remove.3 b/lib/libc/stdio/remove.3
index 6627afa802b6..a79219f8e5c8 100644
--- a/lib/libc/stdio/remove.3
+++ b/lib/libc/stdio/remove.3
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ is the equivalent of
Otherwise, it is the equivalent of
.Fn unlink "path" .
.Sh RETURN VALUES
-Upon successful completion,
+Upon successful completion,
.Fn remove
returns 0.
Otherwise, \-1 is returned and the global variable
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdio/setbuf.3 b/lib/libc/stdio/setbuf.3
index 28451580f45c..d2b20564902d 100644
--- a/lib/libc/stdio/setbuf.3
+++ b/lib/libc/stdio/setbuf.3
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ output or input is read from any stream attached to a terminal device
The function
.Xr fflush 3
may be used to force the block out early.
-(See
+(See
.Xr fclose 3 . )
.Pp
Normally all files are block buffered.
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ The
parameter may be given as zero
to obtain deferred optimal-size buffer allocation as usual.
If it is not zero,
-then except for unbuffered files, the
+then except for unbuffered files, the
.Fa buf
argument should point to a buffer at least
.Fa size
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ but may have peculiar side effects
(such as discarding input or flushing output)
if the stream is ``active''.
Portable applications should call it only once on any given stream,
-and before any
+and before any
.Tn I/O
is performed.
.Pp
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdio/stdio.3 b/lib/libc/stdio/stdio.3
index c7dc30da3cf5..f91e2f74bebf 100644
--- a/lib/libc/stdio/stdio.3
+++ b/lib/libc/stdio/stdio.3
@@ -117,10 +117,10 @@ At program startup, three streams are predefined and need not be
opened explicitly:
.Bl -bullet -compact -offset indent
.It
-.Em standard input
+.Em standard input
(for reading conventional input),
.It
-.Em standard output
+.Em standard output
(for writing conventional output), and
.It
.Em standard error
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdio/tmpnam.3 b/lib/libc/stdio/tmpnam.3
index 0c4e861c25ed..9a9d037ac5c1 100644
--- a/lib/libc/stdio/tmpnam.3
+++ b/lib/libc/stdio/tmpnam.3
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ In either case,
.Fn tmpnam
returns a pointer to the file name.
.Pp
-The buffer referenced by
+The buffer referenced by
.Fa str
is expected to be at least
.Dv L_tmpnam
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/alloca.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/alloca.3
index d7b48a0801e9..db0ea46a24de 100644
--- a/lib/libc/stdlib/alloca.3
+++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/alloca.3
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
The
.Fn alloca
function
-allocates
+allocates
.Fa size
bytes of space in the stack frame of the caller.
This temporary space is automatically freed on
@@ -76,6 +76,6 @@ is machine dependent; its use is discouraged.
.\" .Fn alloca
.\" function appeared in
.\" .Bx ?? .
-.\" The function appeared in 32v, pwb and pwb.2 and in 3bsd 4bsd
+.\" The function appeared in 32v, pwb and pwb.2 and in 3bsd 4bsd
.\" The first man page (or link to a man page that I can find at the
.\" moment is 4.3...
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/bsearch.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/bsearch.3
index 81007969168c..a148f5e992cb 100644
--- a/lib/libc/stdlib/bsearch.3
+++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/bsearch.3
@@ -53,12 +53,12 @@ The
.Fn bsearch
function searches an array of
.Fa nmemb
-objects, the initial member of which is
+objects, the initial member of which is
pointed to by
.Fa base ,
for a member that matches the object pointed to by
.Fa key .
-The size of each member of the array is specified by
+The size of each member of the array is specified by
.Fa size .
.Pp
The contents of the array should be in ascending sorted order according
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/exit.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/exit.3
index 4b6dd788b367..663eea6deb94 100644
--- a/lib/libc/stdlib/exit.3
+++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/exit.3
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ function.
Passing arbitrary values back to the environment as
.Ar status
is considered bad style;
-you should use the values
+you should use the values
.Dv EXIT_SUCCESS
and
.Dv EXIT_FAILURE .
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/getenv.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/getenv.3
index e639b5292af7..a0feb2bf60c3 100644
--- a/lib/libc/stdlib/getenv.3
+++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/getenv.3
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ the given arguments
.Ar name
and
.Ar value
-may be appended and prepended,
+may be appended and prepended,
respectively,
with an equal sign
.Dq Li \&= .
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt.3
index 70857b9a960f..bf1549f368bd 100644
--- a/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt.3
+++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/getopt.3
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ The
.Fn getopt
function
returns \-1
-when the argument list is exhausted, or
+when the argument list is exhausted, or
.Ql ?\&
if a non-recognized
option is encountered.
@@ -152,8 +152,8 @@ Setting
.Va opterr
to a zero will disable these error messages.
If
-.Va optstring
-has a leading
+.Va optstring
+has a leading
.Ql \&:
then a missing option argument causes a
.Ql \&:
@@ -202,13 +202,13 @@ function appeared in
The
.Fn getopt
function was once specified to return
-.Dv EOF
+.Dv EOF
instead of \-1.
This was changed by
.St -p1003.2-92
-to decouple
+to decouple
.Fn getopt
-from
+from
.Pa <stdio.h> .
.Pp
A single dash
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/malloc.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/malloc.3
index f49604d2a8db..67e84e930001 100644
--- a/lib/libc/stdlib/malloc.3
+++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/malloc.3
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ The ``name'' of the file referenced by the symbolic link named
the value of the environment variable
.Ev MALLOC_OPTIONS ,
and the string pointed to by the global variable
-.Va _malloc_options
+.Va _malloc_options
will be interpreted, in that order, character by character as flags.
.Pp
Most flags are single letters,
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ Attempting to allocate zero bytes will return a
.Dv NULL
pointer instead of
a valid pointer.
-(The default behavior is to make a minimal allocation and return a
+(The default behavior is to make a minimal allocation and return a
pointer to it.)
This option is provided for System V compatibility.
This option is incompatible with the
@@ -247,7 +247,7 @@ The
and
.Dq Z
options are intended for testing and debugging.
-An application which changes its behavior when these options are used
+An application which changes its behavior when these options are used
is flawed.
.Sh EXAMPLES
To set a systemwide reduction of cache size, and to dump core whenever
@@ -324,8 +324,8 @@ done by a process.
.Ed
.Pp
A side effect of this architecture is that many minor transgressions on
-the interface which would traditionally not be detected are in fact
-detected. As a result, programs that have been running happily for
+the interface which would traditionally not be detected are in fact
+detected. As a result, programs that have been running happily for
years may suddenly start to complain loudly, when linked with this
allocation implementation.
.Pp
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ There are a number of allocation implementations available on the 'Net
which focus on detecting and pinpointing problems by trading performance
for extra sanity checks and detailed diagnostics.
.Sh DIAGNOSTIC MESSAGES
-If
+If
.Fn malloc ,
.Fn calloc ,
.Fn realloc
@@ -461,8 +461,8 @@ functions conform to
.St -isoC .
.Sh HISTORY
The present allocation implementation started out as a filesystem for a
-drum attached to a 20bit binary challenged computer which was built
-with discrete germanium transistors. It has since graduated to
+drum attached to a 20bit binary challenged computer which was built
+with discrete germanium transistors. It has since graduated to
handle primary storage rather than secondary.
It first appeared in its new shape and ability in
.Fx 2.2 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/qsort.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/qsort.3
index 7c09dac0bf92..da4df561f565 100644
--- a/lib/libc/stdlib/qsort.3
+++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/qsort.3
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ The function
.Fn mergesort
requires additional memory of size
.Fa nmemb *
-.Fa size
+.Fa size
bytes; it should be used only when space is not at a premium.
.Fn Mergesort
is optimized for data with pre-existing order; its worst case
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/radixsort.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/radixsort.3
index 7ce7156539ca..90a52c66aa56 100644
--- a/lib/libc/stdlib/radixsort.3
+++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/radixsort.3
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ Applications may specify a sort order by providing the
.Fa table
argument.
If
-.Pf non- Dv NULL ,
+.Pf non- Dv NULL ,
.Fa table
must reference an array of
.Dv UCHAR_MAX
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ particular, see D.E. Knuth's Algorithm R and section 5.2.5, exercise 10.
They take linear time relative to the number of bytes in the strings.
.Sh RETURN VALUES
Upon successful completion 0 is returned.
-Otherwise, \-1 is returned and the global variable
+Otherwise, \-1 is returned and the global variable
.Va errno
is set to indicate the error.
.Sh ERRORS
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/rand.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/rand.3
index 6db19d5923fa..d9c7b5401196 100644
--- a/lib/libc/stdlib/rand.3
+++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/rand.3
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ These sequences are repeatable by calling
with the same seed value.
.Pp
If no
-.Fa seed
+.Fa seed
value is provided, the functions are automatically
seeded with a value of 1.
.Pp
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/random.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/random.3
index a17c1b73742a..4121c8322af6 100644
--- a/lib/libc/stdlib/random.3
+++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/random.3
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
.Lb libc
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Fd #include <stdlib.h>
-.Ft long
+.Ft long
.Fn random void
.Ft void
.Fn srandom "unsigned long seed"
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ The period of this random number generator is very large, approximately
.if n 16*((2**31)\(mi1).
.Pp
The
-.Fn random
+.Fn random
and
.Fn srandom
functions have (almost) the same calling sequence and initialization properties as the
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ Like
will by default produce a sequence of numbers that can be duplicated
by calling
.Fn srandom
-with
+with
.Ql 1
as the seed.
.Pp
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ messages are printed on the standard error output.
.Xr random 4
.Sh HISTORY
These
-functions appeared in
+functions appeared in
.Bx 4.2 .
.Sh BUGS
About 2/3 the speed of
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/realpath.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/realpath.3
index 9e50e7d612e3..51767705f259 100644
--- a/lib/libc/stdlib/realpath.3
+++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/realpath.3
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ refer to a buffer capable of storing at least
.Dv MAXPATHLEN
characters.
.Pp
-The
+The
.Fn realpath
function will resolve both absolute and relative paths
and return the absolute pathname corresponding to
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/strtod.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/strtod.3
index d0d335cefea8..6b65e211fbf5 100644
--- a/lib/libc/stdlib/strtod.3
+++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/strtod.3
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ string to double
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Fn strtod
-function converts the initial portion of the string
+function converts the initial portion of the string
pointed to by
.Fa nptr
to
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ is stored in
If the correct value would cause underflow, zero is
returned and
.Er ERANGE
-is stored in
+is stored in
.Va errno .
.Sh ERRORS
.Bl -tag -width Er
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/system.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/system.3
index ef9b06f6584d..d0afe0537c9a 100644
--- a/lib/libc/stdlib/system.3
+++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/system.3
@@ -80,9 +80,9 @@ The
function
returns the exit status of the shell as returned by
.Xr waitpid 2 ,
-or \-1 if an error occurred when invoking
+or \-1 if an error occurred when invoking
.Xr fork 2
-or
+or
.Xr waitpid 2 .
A return value of 127 means the execution of the shell
failed.
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdlib/tsearch.3 b/lib/libc/stdlib/tsearch.3
index b6d66f89b59b..7f174347ce25 100644
--- a/lib/libc/stdlib/tsearch.3
+++ b/lib/libc/stdlib/tsearch.3
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF
.\" ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" OpenBSD: tsearch.3,v 1.2 1998/06/21 22:13:49 millert Exp
+.\" OpenBSD: tsearch.3,v 1.2 1998/06/21 22:13:49 millert Exp
.\" $FreeBSD$
.\"
.Dd June 15, 1997
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ and calls the function
on each node.
.Fa Action
is called with three arguments: a pointer to the current node,
-a value from the enum
+a value from the enum
.Sy "typedef enum { preorder, postorder, endorder, leaf } VISIT;"
specifying the traversal type, and a node level (where level
zero is the root of the tree).
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdtime/ctime.3 b/lib/libc/stdtime/ctime.3
index e3de91bfa557..b3d53ef9b0bf 100644
--- a/lib/libc/stdtime/ctime.3
+++ b/lib/libc/stdtime/ctime.3
@@ -148,9 +148,9 @@ except the caller must provide the output buffer
to store the result, which must be at least 26 characters long.
.Fn localtime_r
and
-.Fn gmtime_r
-provide the same functionality as
-.Fn localtime
+.Fn gmtime_r
+provide the same functionality as
+.Fn localtime
and
.Fn gmtime
respectively, except the caller must provide the output buffer
@@ -253,7 +253,7 @@ returns the difference between two calendar times,
.Fa time0 ) ,
expressed in seconds.
.Pp
-External declarations as well as the tm structure definition are in the
+External declarations as well as the tm structure definition are in the
.Aq Pa time.h
include file.
The tm structure includes at least the following fields:
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ the time package contributed to Berkeley by
and which appeared in
.Bx 4.3 .
.Sh BUGS
-Except for
+Except for
.Fn difftime ,
.Fn mktime ,
and the
diff --git a/lib/libc/stdtime/strptime.3 b/lib/libc/stdtime/strptime.3
index cda46cfb18a1..b69cbeea8850 100644
--- a/lib/libc/stdtime/strptime.3
+++ b/lib/libc/stdtime/strptime.3
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ All conversion specifications are identical to those described in
.Pp
Two-digit year values, including formats
.Fa %y
-and
+and
.Fa \&%D ,
are now interpreted as beginning at 1969 per POSIX requirements.
Years 69-00 are interpreted in the 20th century (1969-2000), years
diff --git a/lib/libc/string/bcmp.3 b/lib/libc/string/bcmp.3
index 0e743a0b871e..8d06b8b6fb5a 100644
--- a/lib/libc/string/bcmp.3
+++ b/lib/libc/string/bcmp.3
@@ -70,5 +70,5 @@ The strings may overlap.
.Sh HISTORY
A
.Fn bcmp
-function first appeared in
+function first appeared in
.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/string/bcopy.3 b/lib/libc/string/bcopy.3
index 7f3fa4758597..095ae053fa83 100644
--- a/lib/libc/string/bcopy.3
+++ b/lib/libc/string/bcopy.3
@@ -70,5 +70,5 @@ is zero, no bytes are copied.
.Sh HISTORY
A
.Fn bcopy
-function appeared in
+function appeared in
.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/string/bzero.3 b/lib/libc/string/bzero.3
index 1f4fbc56bb8a..73d34289d416 100644
--- a/lib/libc/string/bzero.3
+++ b/lib/libc/string/bzero.3
@@ -67,5 +67,5 @@ does nothing.
A
.Fn bzero
function
-appeared in
+appeared in
.Bx 4.3 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/string/index.3 b/lib/libc/string/index.3
index 1ec56e6bbd08..d0236586df94 100644
--- a/lib/libc/string/index.3
+++ b/lib/libc/string/index.3
@@ -79,5 +79,5 @@ locates the terminating '\e0'.
.Sh HISTORY
A
.Fn index
-function appeared in
+function appeared in
.At v6 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/string/rindex.3 b/lib/libc/string/rindex.3
index 0f9919ce29b7..e6c019f11c91 100644
--- a/lib/libc/string/rindex.3
+++ b/lib/libc/string/rindex.3
@@ -81,5 +81,5 @@ locates the terminating
.Sh HISTORY
A
.Fn rindex
-function appeared in
+function appeared in
.At v6 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/string/strlcpy.3 b/lib/libc/string/strlcpy.3
index c26a6f31721e..f22c89711477 100644
--- a/lib/libc/string/strlcpy.3
+++ b/lib/libc/string/strlcpy.3
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ as long as there is at least one byte free in
Note that you should include a byte for the NUL in
.Fa size .
Also note that
-.Fn strlcpy
+.Fn strlcpy
and
.Fn strlcat
only operate on true
diff --git a/lib/libc/string/strtok.3 b/lib/libc/string/strtok.3
index 77837d2db5e7..6ad05cc9de2d 100644
--- a/lib/libc/string/strtok.3
+++ b/lib/libc/string/strtok.3
@@ -16,12 +16,12 @@
.\"
.\" 1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright
.\" notices, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" 2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above
.\" copyright notices, this list of conditions and the following
.\" disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided
.\" with the distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" 3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this
.\" software must display the following acknowledgement:
.\"
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ character.
When no more tokens remain, a null pointer is returned.
.Sh EXAMPLES
The following uses
-.Fn strtok_r
+.Fn strtok_r
to parse two strings using separate contexts:
.Bd -literal
char test[80], blah[80];
@@ -169,6 +169,6 @@ such a sequence of calls would always return
Softweyr LLC:
.Aq wes@softweyr.com
.Pp
-Based on the
+Based on the
.Fx 3.0
implementation.
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/_exit.2 b/lib/libc/sys/_exit.2
index 50096e6dc4ba..efeb4e86a7ad 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/_exit.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/_exit.2
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ can never return.
.Sh STANDARDS
The
.Fn _exit
-function call is expected to conform to
+function call is expected to conform to
.St -p1003.1-90 .
.Sh HISTORY
An
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/access.2 b/lib/libc/sys/access.2
index e37d06918dc2..6a11a00c24b8 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/access.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/access.2
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
.Sh STANDARDS
The
.Fn access
-function call is expected to conform to
+function call is expected to conform to
.St -p1003.1-90 .
.Sh CAVEAT
.Fn Access
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/acct.2 b/lib/libc/sys/acct.2
index 7b1c6c22fb81..ed41171cf729 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/acct.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/acct.2
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ If
.Fa file
is an
.Em existing
-pathname (null-terminated), record collection is enabled and for
+pathname (null-terminated), record collection is enabled and for
every process initiated which terminates under normal
conditions an accounting record is appended to
.Fa file .
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/adjtime.2 b/lib/libc/sys/adjtime.2
index a6ddd8ce6c85..359b7ac1b439 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/adjtime.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/adjtime.2
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ of computers in a local area network.
Such time servers would slow down the clocks of some machines
and speed up the clocks of others to bring them to the average network time.
.Pp
-The call
+The call
.Fn adjtime
is restricted to the super-user.
.Sh RETURN VALUES
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/aio_error.2 b/lib/libc/sys/aio_error.2
index e27c973da812..af5cade2c85b 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/aio_error.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/aio_error.2
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ associated with the structure pointed to by
If the asynchronous I/O request has completed successfully,
.Fn aio_error
returns 0. If the request has not yet completed,
-.Er EINPROGRESS
+.Er EINPROGRESS
is returned. If the request has completed unsuccessfully the error
status is returned as described in
.Xr read 2 ,
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/aio_read.2 b/lib/libc/sys/aio_read.2
index 5dac793238ed..839805e6116e 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/aio_read.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/aio_read.2
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@ beginning at the offset
.Fa iocb->aio_offset
into the buffer pointed to by
.Fa iocb->aio_buf .
-The call returns immediately after the read request has
+The call returns immediately after the read request has
been enqueued to the descriptor; the read may or may not have
completed at the time the call returns.
.Pp
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ for these objects is discouraged.
.Pp
The asynchronous I/O control buffer
.Fa iocb
-should be zeroed before the
+should be zeroed before the
.Fn aio_read
call to avoid passing bogus context information to the kernel.
.Pp
@@ -195,6 +195,6 @@ This
manual page was written by
.An Terry Lambert Aq terry@whistle.com .
.Sh BUGS
-Invalid information in
+Invalid information in
.Fa iocb->_aiocb_private
may confuse the kernel.
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/aio_return.2 b/lib/libc/sys/aio_return.2
index 3477288bccee..64bc8c9d6dc5 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/aio_return.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/aio_return.2
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@ associated with the structure pointed to by
.Pp
.Fn aio_return
should only be called once, to obtain the final status of an asynchronous
-I/O operation once
+I/O operation once
.Xr aio_error 2
returns something other than
.Er EINPROGRESS .
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ or
On failure,
.Fn aio_return
returns
-.Dv -1
+.Dv -1
and sets
.Dv errno
to indicate the error condition.
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/aio_suspend.2 b/lib/libc/sys/aio_suspend.2
index 333ad82e861b..d59cb8d65e63 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/aio_suspend.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/aio_suspend.2
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ delivered, or the
has passed.
.Pp
.Fa iocbs
-is an array of
+is an array of
.Fa niocb
pointers to asynchronous I/O requests. Array members containing
NULL will be silently ignored.
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ The
function will fail if:
.Bl -tag -width Er
.It Bq Er EAGAIN
-the
+the
.Fa timeout
expired before any I/O requests completed.
.It Bq Er EINVAL
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/aio_write.2 b/lib/libc/sys/aio_write.2
index f099d43ededd..821572061524 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/aio_write.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/aio_write.2
@@ -51,9 +51,9 @@ the call returns. If the request could not be enqueued, generally due
to invalid arguments, the call returns without having enqueued the
request.
.Pp
-If
-.Dv O_APPEND
-is set for
+If
+.Dv O_APPEND
+is set for
.Fa iocb->aio_fildes ,
.Fn aio_write
operations append to the file in the same order as the calls were
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ the absolute position from the beginning of the file plus
.Fa iocb->aio_offset .
.Pp
If
-.Dv _POSIX_PRIORITIZED_IO
+.Dv _POSIX_PRIORITIZED_IO
is defined, and the descriptor supports it, then the enqueued
operation is submitted at a priority equal to that of the calling
process minus
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ and the buffer that the
member of that structure references must remain valid until the
operation has completed. For this reason, use of auto (stack) variables
for these objects is discouraged.
-.Pp
+.Pp
The asynchronous I/O control buffer
.Fa iocb
should be zeroed before the
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/bind.2 b/lib/libc/sys/bind.2
index ac8337ed61a8..56ab9a53cc33 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/bind.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/bind.2
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
.Sh DESCRIPTION
.Fn Bind
assigns the local protocol address to a socket.
-When a socket is created
+When a socket is created
with
.Xr socket 2
it exists in an address family space but has no protocol address assigned.
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ The
call will fail if:
.Bl -tag -width Er
.It Bq Er EAGAIN
-Kernel resources to complete the request are
+Kernel resources to complete the request are
temporarily unavilable.
.It Bq Er EBADF
.Fa S
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/brk.2 b/lib/libc/sys/brk.2
index 97b2915c5af3..50c819635c6a 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/brk.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/brk.2
@@ -85,7 +85,7 @@ increased to the next page boundary.
.\" .Pp
The current value of the program break is reliably returned by
.Dq Li sbrk(0)
-(see also
+(see also
.Xr end 3 ) .
The
.Xr getrlimit 2
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ to support the expansion.
Setting the break may fail due to a temporary lack of
swap space. It is not possible to distinguish this
from a failure caused by exceeding the maximum size of
-the data segment without consulting
+the data segment without consulting
.Xr getrlimit 2 .
.Sh HISTORY
A
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/chdir.2 b/lib/libc/sys/chdir.2
index 7a9c716128de..bd969f9c0ead 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/chdir.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/chdir.2
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ is not a valid file descriptor.
.Sh STANDARDS
The
.Fn chdir
-function call is expected to conform to
+function call is expected to conform to
.St -p1003.1-90 .
.Sh HISTORY
A
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/chmod.2 b/lib/libc/sys/chmod.2
index 6a3120f34cd4..d003503f1593 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/chmod.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/chmod.2
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ For more details of the properties of the sticky bit, see
If mode ISUID (set UID) is set on a directory,
and the MNT_SUIDDIR option was used in the mount of the filesystem,
then the owner of any new files and sub-directories
-created within this directory are set
+created within this directory are set
to be the same as the owner of that directory.
If this function is enabled, new directories will inherit
the bit from their parents. Execute bits are removed from
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ such should not be used on shell machines, especially on home directories.
This option requires the SUIDDIR
option in the kernel to work.
Only UFS filesystems support this option.
-For more details of the suiddir mount option, see
+For more details of the suiddir mount option, see
.Xr mount 8 .
.Pp
Writing or changing the owner of a file
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
.Sh STANDARDS
The
.Fn chmod
-function call is expected to conform to
+function call is expected to conform to
.St -p1003.1-90 ,
except for the return of
.Er EFTYPE
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/chown.2 b/lib/libc/sys/chown.2
index e049ad539a08..363893ac784a 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/chown.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/chown.2
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ or referenced by
.Fa fd
is changed as specified by the arguments
.Fa owner
-and
+and
.Fa group .
The owner of a file may change the
.Fa group
@@ -147,7 +147,7 @@ An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to the file system.
.Sh STANDARDS
The
.Fn chown
-function call is expected to conform to
+function call is expected to conform to
.St -p1003.1-90 .
.Sh HISTORY
A
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/chroot.2 b/lib/libc/sys/chroot.2
index db7336cfb4fa..eeb9def46521 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/chroot.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/chroot.2
@@ -67,26 +67,26 @@ This call is restricted to the super-user.
Depending on the setting of the
.Ql kern.chroot_allow_open_directories
sysctl variable, open filedescriptors which reference directories
-will make the
+will make the
.Fn chroot
fail as follows:
.Pp
-If
+If
.Ql kern.chroot_allow_open_directories
-is set to zero,
+is set to zero,
.Fn chroot
will always fail with
.Er EPERM
if there are any directories open.
.Pp
-If
+If
.Ql kern.chroot_allow_open_directories
-is set to one (the default),
+is set to one (the default),
.Fn chroot
will fail with
.Er EPERM
if there are any directories open and the
-process is already subject to a
+process is already subject to a
.Fn chroot
call.
.Pp
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/clock_gettime.2 b/lib/libc/sys/clock_gettime.2
index 24ead3501b32..e392954e56b8 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/clock_gettime.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/clock_gettime.2
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ kernel mode.
.Pp
The structure pointed to by
.Fa tp
-is defined in
+is defined in
.Ao Pa sys/time.h Ac
as:
.Pp
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/close.2 b/lib/libc/sys/close.2
index 18ebe3c2f000..98c35e07bf89 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/close.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/close.2
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ However, the semantics of System V and
dictate that all
.Xr fcntl 2
advisory record locks associated with a file for a given process
-are removed when
+are removed when
.Em any
file descriptor for that file is closed by that process.
.Pp
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ An interrupt was received.
.Sh STANDARDS
The
.Fn close
-function call is expected to conform to
+function call is expected to conform to
.St -p1003.1-90 .
.Sh HISTORY
A
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/connect.2 b/lib/libc/sys/connect.2
index 7a8a59d523dd..54adbb2d174a 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/connect.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/connect.2
@@ -131,7 +131,7 @@ The
parameter specifies an area outside
the process address space.
.It Bq Er EINPROGRESS
-The socket is non-blocking
+The socket is non-blocking
and the connection cannot
be completed immediately.
It is possible to
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/dup.2 b/lib/libc/sys/dup.2
index d64ee6586422..347795cc7540 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/dup.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/dup.2
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ additional
call.
The close-on-exec flag on the new file descriptor is unset.
.Pp
-In
+In
.Fn dup2 ,
the value of the new descriptor
.Fa newd
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ The
.Fn dup
and
.Fn dup2
-function calls are expected to conform to
+function calls are expected to conform to
.St -p1003.1-90 .
.Sh HISTORY
A
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/execve.2 b/lib/libc/sys/execve.2
index 85531f85db32..9086232b44e0 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/execve.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/execve.2
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ library re-initialization and then calls
.Sh RETURN VALUES
As the
.Fn execve
-function overlays the current process image
+function overlays the current process image
with a new process image the successful call
has no process to return to.
If
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/fcntl.2 b/lib/libc/sys/fcntl.2
index 9c2a25bdc80e..86364c151b4d 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/fcntl.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/fcntl.2
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ and
signals;
process groups are specified by supplying
.Fa arg
-as negative, otherwise
+as negative, otherwise
.Fa arg
is interpreted as a process ID.
.El
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ locks conflicts with the type specified in the request.
This interface follows the completely stupid semantics of System V and
.St -p1003.1-88
that require that all locks associated with a file for a given process are
-removed when
+removed when
.Em any
file descriptor for that file is closed by that process.
This semantic means that applications must be aware of any files that
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ For example if an application for updating the password file locks the
password file database while making the update, and then calls
.Xr getpwnam 3
to retrieve a record,
-the lock will be lost because
+the lock will be lost because
.Xr getpwnam 3
opens, reads, and closes the password database.
The database close will release all locks that the process has
@@ -329,9 +329,9 @@ allows locks to be inherited by child processes.
is recommended for applications that want to ensure the integrity
of their locks when using library routines or wish to pass locks
to their children.
-Note that
+Note that
.Xr flock 2
-and
+and
.Xr fcntl 2
locks may be safely used concurrently.
.Pp
@@ -497,10 +497,10 @@ or
and satisfying the lock or unlock request would result in the
number of locked regions in the system exceeding a system-imposed limit.
.It Bq Er EPERM
-.Fa Cmd
-is
+.Fa Cmd
+is
.Dv F_SETOWN
-and
+and
the process ID or process group given as an argument is in a
different session than the caller.
.It Bq Er ESRCH
@@ -511,7 +511,7 @@ and
the process ID given as argument is not in use.
.El
.Pp
-In addition, if
+In addition, if
.Fa fd
refers to a descriptor open on a terminal device (as opposed to a
descriptor open on a socket), a
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/flock.2 b/lib/libc/sys/flock.2
index 49ecd4d56d41..5e9ebf6bc4a6 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/flock.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/flock.2
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ locks and
locks.
At any time multiple shared locks may be applied to a file,
but at no time are multiple exclusive, or both shared and exclusive,
-locks allowed simultaneously on a file.
+locks allowed simultaneously on a file.
.Pp
A shared lock may be
.Em upgraded
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getdirentries.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getdirentries.2
index ee438ffb7354..48d2e0e180c4 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/getdirentries.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/getdirentries.2
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ The current position pointer associated with
.Fa fd
is set to point to the next block of entries.
The pointer may not advance by the number of bytes returned by
-.Fn getdirentries
+.Fn getdirentries
or
.Fn getdents .
A value of zero is returned when
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getfsstat.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getfsstat.2
index de2bb80d2d55..bec4f1479645 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/getfsstat.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/getfsstat.2
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Thus, some of the information will be out of date, but
will not block waiting for information from a filesystem that is
unable to respond.
.Sh RETURN VALUES
-Upon successful completion, the number of
+Upon successful completion, the number of
.Fa fsstat
structures is returned.
Otherwise, -1 is returned and the global variable
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getgid.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getgid.2
index 3e1a1486440f..39215e19a225 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/getgid.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/getgid.2
@@ -81,5 +81,5 @@ The
.Fn getgid
and
.Fn getegid
-function calls are expected to conform to
+function calls are expected to conform to
.St -p1003.1-90 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getgroups.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getgroups.2
index 6527e801b630..7b0789d90fcf 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/getgroups.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/getgroups.2
@@ -48,11 +48,11 @@
.Sh DESCRIPTION
.Fn Getgroups
gets the current group access list of the user process
-and stores it in the array
+and stores it in the array
.Fa gidset .
The parameter
.Fa gidsetlen
-indicates the number of entries that may be placed in
+indicates the number of entries that may be placed in
.Fa gidset .
.Fn Getgroups
returns the actual number of groups returned in
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getitimer.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getitimer.2
index db629f4c7d85..156caa1cc558 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/getitimer.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/getitimer.2
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ call sets a timer to the specified
.Fa ovalue
is non-nil).
.Pp
-A timer value is defined by the
+A timer value is defined by the
.Fa itimerval
structure:
.Bd -literal -offset indent
@@ -80,13 +80,13 @@ struct itimerval {
.Pp
If
.Fa it_value
-is non-zero, it indicates the time to the next timer expiration.
+is non-zero, it indicates the time to the next timer expiration.
If
.Fa it_interval
-is non-zero, it specifies a value to be used in reloading
+is non-zero, it specifies a value to be used in reloading
.Fa it_value
when the timer expires.
-Setting
+Setting
.Fa it_value
to 0 disables a timer, regardless of the value of
.Fa it_interval .
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getpeername.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getpeername.2
index 20d9f532031d..c409cea0b79e 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/getpeername.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/getpeername.2
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ The socket is not connected.
Insufficient resources were available in the system
to perform the operation.
.It Bq Er EFAULT
-The
+The
.Fa name
parameter points to memory not in a valid part of the
process address space.
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getpgrp.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getpgrp.2
index 9e3fa54a3615..30209ac663c7 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/getpgrp.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/getpgrp.2
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ function call is derived from its usage in System V Release 4.
.Sh STANDARDS
The
.Fn getpgrp
-function call is expected to conform to
+function call is expected to conform to
.St -p1003.1-90 .
.Sh COMPATIBILITY
This version of
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getpid.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getpid.2
index 70c0b657a10a..656d7e71b606 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/getpid.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/getpid.2
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ instead.
.Pp
.Fn Getppid
returns the process ID of the parent
-of the calling process.
+of the calling process.
.Sh ERRORS
The
.Fn getpid
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ The
.Fn getpid
and
.Fn getppid
-function calls are expected to conform to
+function calls are expected to conform to
.St -p1003.1-90 .
.Sh HISTORY
A
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getpriority.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getpriority.2
index 8a8d57b15a8f..efaa5ed826a2 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/getpriority.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/getpriority.2
@@ -65,9 +65,9 @@ is one of
.Dv PRIO_PGRP ,
or
.Dv PRIO_USER ,
-and
+and
.Fa who
-is interpreted relative to
+is interpreted relative to
.Fa which
(a process identifier for
.Dv PRIO_PROCESS ,
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ and
will fail if:
.Bl -tag -width Er
.It Bq Er ESRCH
-No process was located using the
+No process was located using the
.Fa which
and
.Fa who
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getrlimit.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getrlimit.2
index ceac426621ab..9b762145e380 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/getrlimit.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/getrlimit.2
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ and each process it creates may be obtained with the
.Fn getrlimit
call, and set with the
.Fn setrlimit
-call.
+call.
.Pp
The
.Fa resource
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ A resource limit is specified as a soft limit and a hard limit. When a
soft limit is exceeded a process may receive a signal (for example, if
the cpu time or file size is exceeded), but it will be allowed to
continue execution until it reaches the hard limit (or modifies
-its resource limit). The
+its resource limit). The
.Em rlimit
structure is used to specify the hard and soft limits on a resource,
.Bd -literal -offset indent
@@ -115,9 +115,9 @@ struct rlimit {
.Ed
.Pp
Only the super-user may raise the maximum limits. Other users
-may only alter
+may only alter
.Fa rlim_cur
-within the range from 0 to
+within the range from 0 to
.Fa rlim_max
or (irreversibly) lower
.Fa rlim_max .
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getrusage.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getrusage.2
index ad7f58514b21..2d973cbbf6ec 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/getrusage.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/getrusage.2
@@ -144,9 +144,9 @@ priority process becoming runnable or because the current process
exceeded its time slice.
.El
.Sh NOTES
-The numbers
+The numbers
.Fa ru_inblock
-and
+and
.Fa ru_oublock
account only for real
I/O; data supplied by the caching mechanism is charged only
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getsockname.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getsockname.2
index d2ecff92dedd..afaa86ba5b13 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/getsockname.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/getsockname.2
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
.Fn getsockname "int s" "struct sockaddr *name" "socklen_t *namelen"
.Sh DESCRIPTION
.Fn Getsockname
-returns the current
+returns the current
.Fa name
for the specified socket. The
.Fa namelen
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ is a file, not a socket.
Insufficient resources were available in the system
to perform the operation.
.It Bq Er EFAULT
-The
+The
.Fa name
parameter points to memory not in a valid part of the
process address space.
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getsockopt.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getsockopt.2
index 0f1a23b19afe..b5bc37ba7d36 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/getsockopt.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/getsockopt.2
@@ -187,13 +187,13 @@ of the destination address.
.Pp
.Dv SO_LINGER
controls the action taken when unsent messages
-are queued on socket and a
+are queued on socket and a
.Xr close 2
is performed.
If the socket promises reliable delivery of data and
.Dv SO_LINGER
is set,
-the system will block the process on the
+the system will block the process on the
.Xr close 2
attempt until it is able to transmit the data or until it decides it
is unable to deliver the information (a timeout period, termed the
@@ -201,10 +201,10 @@ linger interval, is specified in seconds in the
.Fn setsockopt
call when
.Dv SO_LINGER
-is requested).
+is requested).
If
.Dv SO_LINGER
-is disabled and a
+is disabled and a
.Xr close 2
is issued, the system will process the close in a manner that allows
the process to continue as quickly as possible.
@@ -263,7 +263,7 @@ requested.
The default value for
.Dv SO_RCVLOWAT
is 1.
-If
+If
.Dv SO_RCVLOWAT
is set to a larger value, blocking receive calls normally
wait until they have received the smaller of the low water mark value
@@ -406,7 +406,7 @@ is a file, not a socket.
.It Bq Er ENOPROTOOPT
The option is unknown at the level indicated.
.It Bq Er EFAULT
-The address pointed to by
+The address pointed to by
.Fa optval
is not in a valid part of the process address space.
For
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/gettimeofday.2 b/lib/libc/sys/gettimeofday.2
index 6b8f3f614d0f..06b7996b5179 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/gettimeofday.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/gettimeofday.2
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ The structures pointed to by
.Fa tp
and
.Fa tzp
-are defined in
+are defined in
.Ao Pa sys/time.h Ac
as:
.Pp
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ struct timezone {
};
.Ed
.Pp
-The
+The
.Fa timezone
structure indicates the local time zone
(measured in minutes of time westward from Greenwich),
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/getuid.2 b/lib/libc/sys/getuid.2
index 1a762fed64b5..95873bf23b33 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/getuid.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/getuid.2
@@ -83,7 +83,7 @@ The
.Fn geteuid
and
.Fn getuid
-function calls are expected to conform to
+function calls are expected to conform to
.St -p1003.1-90 .
.Sh HISTORY
A
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/intro.2 b/lib/libc/sys/intro.2
index 07c1a023a34d..56dbcd79b22d 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/intro.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/intro.2
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@ their error returns, and other common definitions and concepts.
.Sh RETURN VALUES
Nearly all of the system calls provide an error number referenced via
the external identifier errno.
-This identifier is defined in
+This identifier is defined in
.Aq Pa sys/errno.h
as
.Pp
@@ -97,7 +97,7 @@ An attempt was made to perform an operation limited to processes
with appropriate privileges or to the owner of a file or other
resources.
.It Er 2 ENOENT Em "No such file or directory" .
-A component of a specified pathname did not exist, or the
+A component of a specified pathname did not exist, or the
pathname was an empty string.
.It Er 3 ESRCH Em "No such process" .
No process could be found corresponding to that specified by the given
@@ -383,7 +383,7 @@ was supplied to a remove directory or rename call.
.It Er 68 EUSERS Em "Too many users" .
The quota system ran out of table entries.
.It Er 69 EDQUOT Em "Disc quota exceeded" .
-A
+A
.Xr write 2
to an ordinary file, the creation of a
directory or symbolic link, or the creation of a directory
@@ -395,10 +395,10 @@ was exhausted.
An attempt was made to access an open file (on an
.Tn NFS
filesystem)
-which is now unavailable as referenced by the file descriptor.
+which is now unavailable as referenced by the file descriptor.
This may indicate the file was deleted on the
-.Tn NFS
-server or some
+.Tn NFS
+server or some
other catastrophic event occurred.
.It Er 72 EBADRPC Em "RPC struct is bad" .
Exchange of
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ the local version.
.It Er 74 EPROGUNAVAIL Em "RPC prog. not avail" .
The requested program is not registered on the remote host.
.It Er 75 EPROGMISMATCH Em "Program version wrong" .
-The requested version of the program is not available
+The requested version of the program is not available
on the remote host
.Pq Tn RPC .
.It Er 76 EPROCUNAVAIL Em "Bad procedure for program" .
@@ -421,13 +421,13 @@ An
call was attempted for a procedure which doesn't exist
in the remote program.
.It Er 77 ENOLCK Em "No locks available" .
-A system-imposed limit on the number of simultaneous file
+A system-imposed limit on the number of simultaneous file
locks was reached.
.It Er 78 ENOSYS Em "Function not implemented" .
-Attempted a system call that is not available on this
+Attempted a system call that is not available on this
system.
.It Er 79 EFTYPE Em "Inappropriate file type or format" .
-The file was the wrong type for the operation, or a data file had
+The file was the wrong type for the operation, or a data file had
the wrong format.
.It Er 80 EAUTH Em "Authentication error" .
Attempted to use an invalid authentication ticket to mount a
@@ -448,8 +448,8 @@ provided space.
.It Er 85 ECANCELED Em "Operation canceled" .
The scheduled operation was canceled.
.It Er 86 EILSEQ Em "Illegal byte sequence" .
-While decoding a multibyte character the function came along an
-invalid or an incomplete sequence of bytes or the given wide
+While decoding a multibyte character the function came along an
+invalid or an incomplete sequence of bytes or the given wide
character is invalid.
.El
.Sh DEFINITIONS
@@ -519,10 +519,10 @@ The process group of a session leader is orphaned by definition.
Each user on the system is identified by a positive integer
termed the real user ID.
.Pp
-Each user is also a member of one or more groups.
+Each user is also a member of one or more groups.
One of these groups is distinguished from others and
used in implementing accounting facilities. The positive
-integer corresponding to this distinguished group is termed
+integer corresponding to this distinguished group is termed
the real group ID.
.Pp
All processes have a real user ID and real group ID.
@@ -653,13 +653,13 @@ These permissions are used in determining whether a process
may perform a requested operation on the file (such as opening
a file for writing). Access permissions are established at the
time a file is created. They may be changed at some later time
-through the
+through the
.Xr chmod 2
-call.
+call.
.Pp
File access is broken down according to whether a file may be: read,
written, or executed. Directory files use the execute
-permission to control if the directory may be searched.
+permission to control if the directory may be searched.
.Pp
File access permissions are interpreted by the system as
they apply to three different classes of users: the owner
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/ioctl.2 b/lib/libc/sys/ioctl.2
index 5f75d4995c50..fe1fea2ac9a3 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/ioctl.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/ioctl.2
@@ -62,11 +62,11 @@ The third argument to
.Nm
is traditionally named
.Ar "char *argp" .
-Most uses of
+Most uses of
.Nm
in
.Fx 3.0
-however, require the third argument to be a
+however, require the third argument to be a
.Ar caddr_t
or an
.Ar int .
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/jail.2 b/lib/libc/sys/jail.2
index cc0df2a2e870..e4575485cb90 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/jail.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/jail.2
@@ -58,9 +58,9 @@ the prison. It is not possible to add a process to a preexisting prison.
.Pp
Inside the prison, the concept of "superuser" is very diluted. In general,
it can be assumed that nothing can be mangled from inside a prison which
-does not exist entirely inside that prison. For instance the directory
+does not exist entirely inside that prison. For instance the directory
tree below
-.Dq Li path
+.Dq Li path
can be manipulated all the ways a root can normally do it, including
.Dq Li "rm -rf /*"
but new device special nodes cannot be created because they reference
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/kill.2 b/lib/libc/sys/kill.2
index e641fd9a0f96..f0b965403922 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/kill.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/kill.2
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ may be one of the signals specified in
.Xr sigaction 2
or it may be 0, in which case
error checking is performed but no
-signal is actually sent.
+signal is actually sent.
This can be used to check the validity of
.Fa pid .
.Pp
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ of the group could not be signaled.
.Sh STANDARDS
The
.Fn kill
-function call is expected to conform to
+function call is expected to conform to
.St -p1003.1-90 .
.Sh HISTORY
A
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/kldfind.2 b/lib/libc/sys/kldfind.2
index aabd41d9403f..83050763b31d 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/kldfind.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/kldfind.2
@@ -23,14 +23,14 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $FreeBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD$
.\"
.Dd March 3, 1999
.Dt KLDFIND 2
.Os
.Sh NAME
.Nm kldfind
-.Nd returns the fileid of a kld file
+.Nd returns the fileid of a kld file
.Sh LIBRARY
.Lb libc
.Sh SYNOPSIS
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/kldfirstmod.2 b/lib/libc/sys/kldfirstmod.2
index fe928b862cfe..29e81d8d91a9 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/kldfirstmod.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/kldfirstmod.2
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $FreeBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD$
.\"
.Dd March 3, 1999
.Dt KLDFIRSTMOD 2
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/kldload.2 b/lib/libc/sys/kldload.2
index f897c83d582d..2b40bab1be6e 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/kldload.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/kldload.2
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
.Os
.Sh NAME
.Nm kldload
-.Nd load KLD files into the kernel
+.Nd load KLD files into the kernel
.Sh LIBRARY
.Lb libc
.Sh SYNOPSIS
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ The file was not found.
.It Bq Er ENOEXEC
The file format of
.Fa file
-was unrecognized.
+was unrecognized.
.El
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr kldfind 2 ,
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/kldnext.2 b/lib/libc/sys/kldnext.2
index 4ba8ca337565..d18f9539672b 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/kldnext.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/kldnext.2
@@ -23,14 +23,14 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $FreeBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD$
.\"
.Dd March 3, 1999
.Dt KLDNEXT 2
.Os
.Sh NAME
.Nm kldnext
-.Nd return the fileid of the next kld file
+.Nd return the fileid of the next kld file
.Sh LIBRARY
.Lb libc
.Sh SYNOPSIS
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/kldstat.2 b/lib/libc/sys/kldstat.2
index 48469051e1c2..0ad213b094a3 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/kldstat.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/kldstat.2
@@ -23,14 +23,14 @@
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
.\"
-.\" $FreeBSD$
+.\" $FreeBSD$
.\"
.Dd March 3, 1999
.Dt KLDSTAT 2
.Os
.Sh NAME
.Nm kldstat
-.Nd get status of kld file
+.Nd get status of kld file
.Sh LIBRARY
.Lb libc
.Sh SYNOPSIS
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/kqueue.2 b/lib/libc/sys/kqueue.2
index 7225358e86ab..4d5ee64209b9 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/kqueue.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/kqueue.2
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ The filter is also run when the user attempts to retrieve the kevent
from the kqueue.
If the filter indicates that the condition that triggered
the event no longer holds, the kevent is removed from the kqueue and
-is not returned.
+is not returned.
.Pp
Multiple events which trigger the filter do not result in multiple
kevents being placed on the kqueue; instead, the filter will aggregate
@@ -85,17 +85,17 @@ is used to register events with the queue, and return any pending
events to the user.
.Fa changelist
is a pointer to an array of
-.Va kevent
+.Va kevent
structures, as defined in
.Aq Pa sys/event.h .
-All changes contained in the
+All changes contained in the
.Fa changelist
are applied before any pending events are read from the queue.
.Fa nchanges
gives the size of
.Fa changelist .
.Fa eventlist
-is a pointer to an array of kevent structures.
+is a pointer to an array of kevent structures.
.Fa nevents
determines the size of
.Fa eventlist .
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ argument should be non-NULL, pointing to a zero-valued
.Va timespec
structure. The same array may be used for the
.Fa changelist
-and
+and
.Fa eventlist .
.Pp
.Fn EV_SET
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ Actions to perform on the event.
.It fflags
Filter-specific flags.
.It data
-Filter-specific data value.
+Filter-specific data value.
.It udata
Opaque user-defined value passed through the kernel unchanged.
.El
@@ -172,8 +172,8 @@ Disable the event so
.Fn kevent
will not return it. The filter itself is not disabled.
.It EV_DELETE
-Removes the event from the kqueue. Events which are attached to
-file descriptors are automatically deleted on the last close of
+Removes the event from the kqueue. Events which are attached to
+file descriptors are automatically deleted on the last close of
the descriptor.
.It EV_ONESHOT
Causes the event to return only the first occurrence of the filter
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ below.
.El
.Pp
The predefined system filters are listed below.
-Arguments may be passed to and from the filter via the
+Arguments may be passed to and from the filter via the
.Va fflags
and
.Va data
@@ -218,9 +218,9 @@ subject to the
.Dv SO_RCVLOWAT
value of the socket buffer.
This may be overridden with a per-filter low water mark at the
-time the filter is added by setting the
-NOTE_LOWAT
-flag in
+time the filter is added by setting the
+NOTE_LOWAT
+flag in
.Va fflags ,
and specifying the new low water mark in
.Va data .
@@ -231,7 +231,7 @@ contains the number of bytes in the socket buffer.
If the read direction of the socket has shutdown, then the filter
also sets EV_EOF in
.Va flags ,
-and returns the socket error (if any) in
+and returns the socket error (if any) in
.Va fflags .
It is possible for EOF to be returned (indicating the connection is gone)
while there is still data pending in the socket buffer.
@@ -254,22 +254,22 @@ returning.
.It EVFILT_WRITE
Takes a descriptor as the identifier, and returns whenever
it is possible to write to the descriptor. For sockets, pipes
-and fifos,
+and fifos,
.Va data
will contain the amount of space remaining in the write buffer.
The filter will set EV_EOF when the reader disconnects, and for
the fifo case, this may be cleared by use of EV_CLEAR.
Note that this filter is not supported for vnodes.
.Pp
-For sockets, the low water mark and socket error handling is
+For sockets, the low water mark and socket error handling is
identical to the EVFILT_READ case.
.It EVFILT_AIO
The sigevent portion of the AIO request is filled in, with
-.Va sigev_notify_kqueue
+.Va sigev_notify_kqueue
containing the descriptor of the kqueue that the event should
be attached to,
.Va sigev_value
-containing the udata value, and
+containing the udata value, and
.Va sigev_notify
set to SIGEV_EVENT.
When the aio_* function is called, the event will be registered
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ argument set to the
returned by the aio_* function.
The filter returns under the same conditions as aio_error.
.Pp
-Alternatively, a kevent structure may be initialized, with
+Alternatively, a kevent structure may be initialized, with
.Va ident
containing the descriptor of the kqueue, and the
address of the kevent structure placed in the
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ address of the kevent structure placed in the
field of the AIO request. However, this approach will not work on
architectures with 64-bit pointers, and should be considered depreciated.
.It EVFILT_VNODE
-Takes a file descriptor as the identifier and the events to watch for in
+Takes a file descriptor as the identifier and the events to watch for in
.Va fflags ,
and returns when one or more of the requested events occurs on the descriptor.
The events to monitor are:
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ The link count on the file changed.
.It NOTE_RENAME
The file referenced by the descriptor was renamed.
.It NOTE_REVOKE
-Access to the file was revoked via
+Access to the file was revoked via
.Xr revoke 2
or the underlying fileystem was unmounted.
.El
@@ -316,7 +316,7 @@ On return,
.Va fflags
contains the events which triggered the filter.
.It EVFILT_PROC
-Takes the process ID to monitor as the identifier and the events to watch for
+Takes the process ID to monitor as the identifier and the events to watch for
in
.Va fflags ,
and returns when the process performs one or more of the requested events.
@@ -329,7 +329,7 @@ The process has exited.
The process has called
.Fn fork .
.It NOTE_EXEC
-The process has executed a new process via
+The process has executed a new process via
.Xr execve 2
or similar call.
.It NOTE_TRACK
@@ -339,7 +339,7 @@ calls. The parent process will return with NOTE_TRACK set in the
.Va fflags
field, while the child process will return with NOTE_CHILD set in
.Va fflags
-and the parent PID in
+and the parent PID in
.Va data .
.It NOTE_TRACKERR
This flag is returned if the system was unable to attach an event to
@@ -354,7 +354,7 @@ Takes the signal number to monitor as the identifier and returns
when the given signal is delivered to the process.
This coexists with the
.Fn signal
-and
+and
.Fn sigaction
facilities, and has a lower precedence. The filter will record
all attempts to deliver a signal to a process, even if the signal has
@@ -416,9 +416,9 @@ function fails if:
.It Bq Er EACCES
The process does not have permission to register a filter.
.It Bq Er EFAULT
-There was an error reading or writing the
+There was an error reading or writing the
.Va kevent
-structure.
+structure.
.It Bq Er EBADF
The specified descriptor is invalid.
.It Bq Er EINTR
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/ktrace.2 b/lib/libc/sys/ktrace.2
index ded62e693e43..fcbf46eee376 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/ktrace.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/ktrace.2
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ struct ktr_header {
.Pp
The
.Va ktr_len
-field specifies the length of the
+field specifies the length of the
.Va ktr_type
data that follows this header.
The
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ The
.Va ktr_buf
is an internal kernel pointer and is not useful.
.Pp
-The generic header is followed by
+The generic header is followed by
.Va ktr_len
bytes of a
.Va ktr_type
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/link.2 b/lib/libc/sys/link.2
index 5ddc28b75f8e..baea6ebf4ff2 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/link.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/link.2
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ is being placed cannot be extended because the
user's quota of disk blocks on the file system
containing the directory has been exhausted.
.It Bq Er EIO
-An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to
+An I/O error occurred while reading from or writing to
the file system to make the directory entry.
.It Bq Er EROFS
The requested link requires writing in a directory on a read-only file
@@ -154,7 +154,7 @@ is outside the process's allocated address space.
.Sh STANDARDS
The
.Fn link
-function call is expected to conform to
+function call is expected to conform to
.St -p1003.1-90 .
.Sh HISTORY
A
@@ -166,4 +166,4 @@ The
.Fn link
system call traditionally allows the super-user to link directories which
corrupts the filesystem coherency. This implementation no longer permits
-it.
+it.
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/listen.2 b/lib/libc/sys/listen.2
index fd67ca4bdd26..b77500a1a7fb 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/listen.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/listen.2
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ unlocks
.Sh RETURN VALUES
A 0 return value indicates success; -1 indicates an error.
.Sh ERRORS
-.Fn Listen
+.Fn Listen
will fail if:
.Bl -tag -width Er
.It Bq Er EBADF
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/lseek.2 b/lib/libc/sys/lseek.2
index e16102537bc6..362485bebc1d 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/lseek.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/lseek.2
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ is incorrect English, but is maintained for historical reasons.
.Sh STANDARDS
The
.Fn lseek
-function call is expected to conform to
+function call is expected to conform to
.St -p1003.1-90 .
.Sh HISTORY
A
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/madvise.2 b/lib/libc/sys/madvise.2
index 4886d0225c49..e5d6a06b03f0 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/madvise.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/madvise.2
@@ -66,7 +66,7 @@ The known behaviors are given in
#define MADV_CORE 9 /* revert to including pages in a core file */
.Ed
.Pp
-.Bl -tag -width MADV_SEQUENTIAL
+.Bl -tag -width MADV_SEQUENTIAL
.It Dv MADV_NORMAL
Tells the system to revert to the default paging
behavior.
@@ -92,26 +92,26 @@ this address range will incur a page fault.
.It Dv MADV_FREE
Gives the VM system the freedom to free pages,
and tells the system that information in the specified page range
-is no longer important. This is an efficient way of allowing
+is no longer important. This is an efficient way of allowing
.Xr malloc 3
to free pages anywhere in the address space, while keeping the address space
valid. The next time that the page is referenced, the page might be demand
-zeroed, or might contain the data that was there before the
+zeroed, or might contain the data that was there before the
.Dv MADV_FREE
call.
References made to that address space range will not make the VM system
page the information back in from backing store until the page is
modified again.
.It Dv MADV_NOSYNC
-Request that the system not flush the data associated with this map to
+Request that the system not flush the data associated with this map to
physical backing store unless it needs to. Typically this prevents the
filesystem update daemon from gratuitously writing pages dirtied
-by the VM system to physical disk. Note that VM/filesystem coherency is
+by the VM system to physical disk. Note that VM/filesystem coherency is
always maintained, this feature simply ensures that the mapped data is
only flush when it needs to be, usually by the system pager.
.Pp
This feature is typically used when you want to use a file-backed shared
-memory area to communicate between processes (IPC) and do not particularly
+memory area to communicate between processes (IPC) and do not particularly
need the data being stored in that area to be physically written to disk.
With this feature you get the equivalent performance with mmap that you
would expect to get with SysV shared memory calls, but in a more controllable
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ function will fail if:
.It Bq Er EINVAL
The virtual address range specified by the
.Fa addr
-and
+and
.Fa len
arguments is not valid.
.El
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/minherit.2 b/lib/libc/sys/minherit.2
index d80c17268abe..265d6d27fb5e 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/minherit.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/minherit.2
@@ -84,9 +84,9 @@ arguments.
.El
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr fork 2 ,
-.Xr madvise 2 ,
-.Xr mincore 2 ,
-.Xr mprotect 2 ,
+.Xr madvise 2 ,
+.Xr mincore 2 ,
+.Xr mprotect 2 ,
.Xr msync 2 ,
.Xr munmap 2 ,
.Xr rfork 2
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/mkdir.2 b/lib/libc/sys/mkdir.2
index 91374ce9f7cd..5db20748f172 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/mkdir.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/mkdir.2
@@ -110,5 +110,5 @@ points outside the process's allocated address space.
.Sh STANDARDS
The
.Fn mkdir
-function call is expected to conform to
+function call is expected to conform to
.St -p1003.1-90 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/mkfifo.2 b/lib/libc/sys/mkfifo.2
index aeed3d97db98..2a606cbb68dd 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/mkfifo.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/mkfifo.2
@@ -113,11 +113,11 @@ points outside the process's allocated address space.
.El
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr chmod 2 ,
-.Xr mknod 2 ,
+.Xr mknod 2 ,
.Xr stat 2 ,
.Xr umask 2
.Sh STANDARDS
The
.Fn mkfifo
-function call is expected to conform to
+function call is expected to conform to
.St -p1003.1-90 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/mmap.2 b/lib/libc/sys/mmap.2
index e9eb9d3b2a24..f4cb27e81198 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/mmap.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/mmap.2
@@ -137,7 +137,7 @@ Region is not included in a core file.
.It Dv MAP_NOSYNC
Causes data dirtied via this VM map to be flushed to physical media
only when necessary (usually by the pager) rather then gratuitously.
-Typically this prevents the update daemons from flushing pages dirtied
+Typically this prevents the update daemons from flushing pages dirtied
through such maps and thus allows efficient sharing of memory across
unassociated processes using a file-backed shared memory map. Without
this option any VM pages you dirty may be flushed to disk every so often
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ The
.Xr msync 2
system call is obsolete since
.Bx
-implements a coherent filesystem buffer cache. However, it may be
+implements a coherent filesystem buffer cache. However, it may be
used to associate dirty VM pages with filesystem buffers and thus cause
them to be flushed to physical media sooner rather then later.
.It Dv MAP_PRIVATE
@@ -217,26 +217,26 @@ to enable this option for other architechures.
implies
.Dv MAP_ANON ,
and
-.Fa offset
-of 0.
-.Fa fd
-must be -1 and
-.Fa prot
+.Fa offset
+of 0.
+.Fa fd
+must be -1 and
+.Fa prot
must include at least
.Dv PROT_READ
and
.Dv PROT_WRITE .
This option creates
-a memory region that grows to at most
-.Fa len
+a memory region that grows to at most
+.Fa len
bytes in size, starting from the stack top and growing down. The
-stack top is the starting address returned by the call, plus
-.Fa len
+stack top is the starting address returned by the call, plus
+.Fa len
bytes. The bottom of the stack at maximum growth is the starting
address returned by the call.
.El
.Pp
-The
+The
.Xr close 2
function does not unmap pages, see
.Xr munmap 2
@@ -332,7 +332,7 @@ was specified and insufficient memory was available.
.Sh BUGS
.Fa len
is limited to 2GB. Mmapping slightly more than 2GB doesn't work, but
-it is possible to map a window of size (filesize % 2GB) for file sizes
+it is possible to map a window of size (filesize % 2GB) for file sizes
of slightly less than 2G, 4GB, 6GB and 8GB.
.Pp
The limit is imposed for a variety of reasons.
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/modfind.2 b/lib/libc/sys/modfind.2
index ad29f2ea74d6..c1ac0c6b80dc 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/modfind.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/modfind.2
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@
.Os
.Sh NAME
.Nm modfind
-.Nd returns the modid of a kernel module
+.Nd returns the modid of a kernel module
.Sh LIBRARY
.Lb libc
.Sh SYNOPSIS
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/mount.2 b/lib/libc/sys/mount.2
index efc33846c3f1..ef3d22de58f4 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/mount.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/mount.2
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ suppress default semantics which affect filesystem access.
.It Dv MNT_RDONLY
The filesystem should be treated as read-only;
Even the super-user may not write on it.
-Specifying MNT_UPDATE without this option will upgrade
+Specifying MNT_UPDATE without this option will upgrade
a read-only filesystem to read/write.
.It Dv MNT_NOEXEC
Do not allow files to be executed from the filesystem.
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ Disable write clustering.
.Pp
The flag
.Dv MNT_UPDATE
-indicates that the mount command is being applied
+indicates that the mount command is being applied
to an already mounted filesystem.
This allows the mount flags to be changed without requiring
that the filesystem be unmounted and remounted.
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ The
option requires the SUIDDIR option to have been compiled into the kernel
to have any effect.
See the
-.Xr mount 8
+.Xr mount 8
and
.Xr chmod 2
pages for more information.
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ does not exist.
.Ar Fspec
is not a block device.
.It Bq Er ENXIO
-The major device number of
+The major device number of
.Ar fspec
is out of range (this indicates no device driver exists
for the associated hardware).
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/mprotect.2 b/lib/libc/sys/mprotect.2
index 4403dc5a71f4..7f46d241c839 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/mprotect.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/mprotect.2
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ changes the specified pages to have protection
Not all implementations will guarantee protection on a page basis;
the granularity of protection changes may be as large as an entire region.
.Sh RETURN VALUES
-Upon successful completion,
+Upon successful completion,
.Fn mprotect
returns 0. Otherwise a value of -1 is returned
and
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/msync.2 b/lib/libc/sys/msync.2
index f9a719947cdb..38fda84c9b5c 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/msync.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/msync.2
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ is 0, all modified pages within the region containing
will be flushed;
if
.Fa len
-is non-zero, only those pages containing
+is non-zero, only those pages containing
.Fa addr
and
.Fa len-1
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/nanosleep.2 b/lib/libc/sys/nanosleep.2
index 0c4749f6f47d..832684db9e64 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/nanosleep.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/nanosleep.2
@@ -54,26 +54,26 @@ cause it to terminate the sleep early, regardless of the
.Dv SA_RESTART
value on the interrupting signal.
.Sh RETURN VALUES
-If the
+If the
.Fn nanosleep
function returns because the requested time has elapsed, the value
-returned will be zero.
+returned will be zero.
.Pp
-If the
+If the
.Fn nanosleep
function returns due to the delivery of a signal, the value returned
will be the -1, and the global variable
.Va errno
will be set to indicate the interruption.
-If
+If
.Fa rmtp
-is
+is
.Pf non- Dv NULL ,
the timespec structure it references is updated to contain the
unslept amount (the request time minus the time actually slept).
.Pp
If any of the following conditions occur, the
-.Fn nanosleep
+.Fn nanosleep
function shall return -1 and set
.Va errno
to the corresponding value:
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ to the corresponding value:
.It Bq Er EFAULT
Either
.Fa rqtp
-or
+or
.Fa rmtp
points to memory that is not a valid part of the process
address space.
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/nfssvc.2 b/lib/libc/sys/nfssvc.2
index a852365fb2f8..d28edc13d3e5 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/nfssvc.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/nfssvc.2
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ with the flags
.Dv NFSSVC_MNTD
and
.Dv NFSSVC_GOTAUTH
-after filling the ticket into the
+after filling the ticket into the
ncd_authstr field
and
setting the ncd_authlen and ncd_authtype
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/open.2 b/lib/libc/sys/open.2
index feb05c117cae..5e4aeeba4ccb 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/open.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/open.2
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ argument may indicate the file is to be
created if it does not exist (by specifying the
.Dv O_CREAT
flag).
-In this case
+In this case
.Nm
requires a third argument
.Fa "mode_t mode" ,
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/pipe.2 b/lib/libc/sys/pipe.2
index 0e0043f0d23f..5bbc5634b697 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/pipe.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/pipe.2
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ for using the endpoints in the traditional manner when using a
pipe in one direction.
.Sh RETURN VALUES
On successful creation of the pipe, zero is returned.
-Otherwise,
+Otherwise,
a value of -1 is returned and the variable
.Va errno
set to indicate the
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/ptrace.2 b/lib/libc/sys/ptrace.2
index 29a853817709..a223b80a1762 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/ptrace.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/ptrace.2
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ resumes execution, or 0 if no signal is to be sent.
.It Dv PT_STEP
The traced process is single stepped one instruction.
The
-.Fa addr
+.Fa addr
and
.Fa data
fields are not used.
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/quotactl.2 b/lib/libc/sys/quotactl.2
index 75de692e70e8..6fe4a094decc 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/quotactl.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/quotactl.2
@@ -91,7 +91,7 @@ The
.Fa addr
argument specifies a file from which to take the quotas.
The quota file must exist;
-it is normally created with the
+it is normally created with the
.Xr quotacheck 8
program.
The
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ Get disk quota limits and current usage for the user or group
.Fa Addr
is a pointer to a
.Fa struct dqblk
-structure (defined in
+structure (defined in
.Ao Pa ufs/ufs/quota.h Ac ) .
.It Dv Q_SETQUOTA
Set disk quota limits for the user or group
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ Set disk quota limits for the user or group
.Fa Addr
is a pointer to a
.Fa struct dqblk
-structure (defined in
+structure (defined in
.Ao Pa ufs/ufs/quota.h Ac ) .
The usage fields of the
.Fa dqblk
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/read.2 b/lib/libc/sys/read.2
index 90c8e78baf52..9c38809d21a9 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/read.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/read.2
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ into the buffer pointed to by
.Fa buf .
.Fn Readv
performs the same action, but scatters the input data
-into the
+into the
.Fa iovcnt
buffers specified by the members of the
.Fa iov
@@ -71,9 +71,9 @@ array: iov[0], iov[1], ..., iov[iovcnt\|\-\|1].
performs the same function, but reads from the specified position in
the file without modifying the file pointer.
.Pp
-For
+For
.Fn readv ,
-the
+the
.Fa iovec
structure is defined as:
.Pp
@@ -84,10 +84,10 @@ struct iovec {
};
.Ed
.Pp
-Each
+Each
.Fa iovec
entry specifies the base address and length of an area
-in memory where data should be placed.
+in memory where data should be placed.
.Fn Readv
will always fill an area completely before proceeding
to the next.
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ The file was marked for non-blocking I/O,
and no data were ready to be read.
.El
.Pp
-In addition,
+In addition,
.Fn readv
may return one of the following errors:
.Bl -tag -width Er
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ The file descriptor is associated with a pipe, socket, or FIFO.
.Sh STANDARDS
The
.Fn read
-function call is expected to conform to
+function call is expected to conform to
.St -p1003.1-90 .
The
.Fn readv
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/recv.2 b/lib/libc/sys/recv.2
index 7830d77e608b..7a49e41d438d 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/recv.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/recv.2
@@ -70,9 +70,9 @@ the buffer associated with
and modified on return to indicate the actual size of the
address stored there.
.Pp
-The
+The
.Fn recv
-call is normally used only on a
+call is normally used only on a
.Em connected
socket (see
.Xr connect 2 )
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ call may be used to determine when more data arrive.
.Pp
The
.Fa flags
-argument to a recv call is formed by
+argument to a recv call is formed by
.Em or Ap ing
one or more of the values:
.Bl -column MSG_WAITALL -offset indent
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ or the next data to be received is of a different type than that returned.
.Pp
The
.Fn recvmsg
-call uses a
+call uses a
.Fa msghdr
structure to minimize the number of directly supplied parameters.
This structure has the following form, as defined in
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/rename.2 b/lib/libc/sys/rename.2
index 91bf125a5476..41edfafc3d14 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/rename.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/rename.2
@@ -50,10 +50,10 @@ causes the link named
.Fa from
to be renamed as
.Fa to .
-If
+If
.Fa to
exists, it is first removed.
-Both
+Both
.Fa from
and
.Fa to
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ not the file or directory to which it points.
.\".Ql rename a/foo b/bar
.\"and
.\".Ql rename b/bar a/foo ,
-.\"respectively,
+.\"respectively,
.\"the system may deadlock attempting to lock
.\"both directories for modification.
.\"Hard links to directories should be
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ not the file or directory to which it points.
.Sh RETURN VALUES
A 0 value is returned if the operation succeeds, otherwise
.Fn rename
-returns -1 and the global variable
+returns -1 and the global variable
.Va errno
indicates the reason for the failure.
.Sh ERRORS
@@ -197,5 +197,5 @@ is a directory and is not empty.
.Sh STANDARDS
The
.Fn rename
-function call is expected to conform to
+function call is expected to conform to
.St -p1003.1-90 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/rfork.2 b/lib/libc/sys/rfork.2
index bf205d31f1a8..1f9644793c25 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/rfork.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/rfork.2
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@ The current implementation requires this flag to always be set.
If set, the child process will be dissociated from the parent.
Upon
exit the child will not leave a status for the parent to collect.
-See
+See
.Xr wait 2 .
.It RFFDG
If set, the invoker's file descriptor table (see
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ for information.
If set, the kernel will force sharing the sigacts structure between the
child and the parent.
.It RFLINUXTHPN
-If set, the kernel will return SIGUSR1 instead of SIGCHILD upon thread
+If set, the kernel will return SIGUSR1 instead of SIGCHILD upon thread
exit for the child. This is intended to mimic certain Linux clone behaviour.
.El
.Pp
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/rtprio.2 b/lib/libc/sys/rtprio.2
index 3f902c0b3fe8..bfd72c446e23 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/rtprio.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/rtprio.2
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (c) 1994, Henrik Vestergaard Draboel
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -26,7 +26,7 @@
.\" LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY
.\" OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF
.\" SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.\"
.Dd July 23, 1994
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Fd #include <sys/types.h>
.Fd #include <sys/rtprio.h>
-.Ft int
+.Ft int
.Fn rtprio "int function" "pid_t pid" "struct rtprio *rtp"
.Sh DESCRIPTION
.Fn rtprio
@@ -48,13 +48,13 @@ is used to lookup or change the realtime or idle priority of a process.
.Pp
.Fa function
specifies the operation to be performed.
-RTP_LOOKUP to lookup the current priority,
+RTP_LOOKUP to lookup the current priority,
and RTP_SET to set the priority.
.Fa pid
specifies the process to be used, 0 for the current process.
.Pp
.Fa *rtp
-is a pointer to a struct rtprio which is used to specify the priority and priority type.
+is a pointer to a struct rtprio which is used to specify the priority and priority type.
This structure has the following form:
.Bd -literal
struct rtprio {
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ field may be RTP_PRIO_REALTIME for realtime priorities,
RTP_PRIO_NORMAL for normal priorities, and RTP_PRIO_IDLE for idle priorities.
The priority specified by the
.Nm prio
-field ranges between 0 and
+field ranges between 0 and
.Dv RTP_PRIO_MAX (usually 31) .
0 is the highest possible priority.
.Pp
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ The global variable
will be set to indicate the error.
.Sh ERRORS
.Fn rtprio
-will fail if
+will fail if
.Bl -tag -width Er
.It Bq Er EINVAL
The specified
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/sched_get_priority_max.2 b/lib/libc/sys/sched_get_priority_max.2
index cebce154d233..20b245953b6a 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/sched_get_priority_max.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/sched_get_priority_max.2
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ No process can be found corresponding to that specified by
.Xr sched_set_scheduler 2
.Sh STANDARDS
The
-.Fn sched_setscheduler
+.Fn sched_setscheduler
and
.Fn sched_getscheduler
functions conform to
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/sched_setparam.2 b/lib/libc/sys/sched_setparam.2
index d93711444386..57b077f5ec19 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/sched_setparam.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/sched_setparam.2
@@ -167,7 +167,7 @@ is outside the range defined for the scheduling policy of the specified
.Xr sched_yield 2
.Sh STANDARDS
The
-.Fn sched_setparam
+.Fn sched_setparam
and
.Fn sched_getparam
functions conform to
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/sched_setscheduler.2 b/lib/libc/sys/sched_setscheduler.2
index ff3d5adc02b9..b616e6dede16 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/sched_setscheduler.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/sched_setscheduler.2
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ is outside the valid range for the specified scheduling policy.
.Xr sched_yield 2
.Sh STANDARDS
The
-.Fn sched_setscheduler
+.Fn sched_setscheduler
and
.Fn sched_getscheduler
functions conform to
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/sched_yield.2 b/lib/libc/sys/sched_yield.2
index ed886c74e172..ee5c123fbb49 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/sched_yield.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/sched_yield.2
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ The
function forces the running process to relinquish the processor until it
again becomes the head of its process list. It takes no arguments.
.Sh RETURN VALUES
-The
+The
.Fn sched_yield
function will return zero if it completes successfully, or it
will return a value of -1 and set
@@ -57,6 +57,6 @@ The system is not configured to support this functionality.
.El
.Sh STANDARDS
The
-.Fn sched_yield
+.Fn sched_yield
function conforms to
.St -p1003.1b-93 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/select.2 b/lib/libc/sys/select.2
index 058041ff1caf..9837eb5757a2 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/select.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/select.2
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ is a non-nil pointer, it specifies the maximum interval to wait for the
selection to complete. System activity can lengthen the interval by
an indeterminate amount.
.Pp
-If
+If
.Fa timeout
is a nil pointer, the select blocks indefinitely.
.Pp
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ was invalid.
The default size of
.Dv FD_SETSIZE
is currently 1024.
-In order to accommodate programs which might potentially
+In order to accommodate programs which might potentially
use a larger number of open files with
.Fn select
, it is possible
@@ -179,14 +179,14 @@ before the inclusion of any header which includes
.Pp
If
.Fa nfds
-is greater than the number of open files,
+is greater than the number of open files,
.Fn select
is not guaranteed to examine the unused file descriptors. For historical
-reasons,
+reasons,
.Fn select
will always examine the first 256 descriptors.
.Sh BUGS
-.St -susv2
+.St -susv2
allows systems to modify the original timeout in place.
Thus, it is unwise to assume that the timeout value will be unmodified
by the
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/semctl.2 b/lib/libc/sys/semctl.2
index 44465863e388..2b3df6888dc4 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/semctl.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/semctl.2
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@ on the semaphore set indicated by
.Fa semid .
A fourth argument, a
.Fa "union semun arg" ,
-is required for certain values of
+is required for certain values of
.Fa cmd .
For the commands that use the
.Fa arg
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/semop.2 b/lib/libc/sys/semop.2
index b029d3a0bf0f..3ead1dc08511 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/semop.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/semop.2
@@ -152,7 +152,7 @@ When
is zero, the process waits for the semaphore's value to become zero.
If it is already zero, the call to
.Fn semop
-can return immediately. Otherwise, the calling process is put to
+can return immediately. Otherwise, the calling process is put to
sleep until the semaphore's value becomes zero.
.El
.Pp
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/send.2 b/lib/libc/sys/send.2
index f5749ee6ca0f..6929ff12b36e 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/send.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/send.2
@@ -58,9 +58,9 @@ and
.Fn sendmsg
are used to transmit a message to another socket.
.Fn Send
-may be used only when the socket is in a
+may be used only when the socket is in a
.Em connected
-state, while
+state, while
.Fn sendto
and
.Fn sendmsg
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ may be used at any time.
.Pp
The address of the target is given by
.Fa to
-with
+with
.Fa tolen
specifying its size.
The length of the message is given by
@@ -130,7 +130,7 @@ protocol family, and is used to implement Transaction
.Dv MSG_DONTROUTE
is usually used only by diagnostic or routing programs.
.Pp
-See
+See
.Xr recv 2
for a description of the
.Fa msghdr
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ fail if:
.It Bq Er EBADF
An invalid descriptor was specified.
.It Bq Er EACCES
-The destination address is a broadcast address, and
+The destination address is a broadcast address, and
.Dv SO_BROADCAST
has not been set on the socket.
.It Bq Er ENOTSOCK
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/setgroups.2 b/lib/libc/sys/setgroups.2
index 0974f93b8e85..668b3dc6a49f 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/setgroups.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/setgroups.2
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
.Sh DESCRIPTION
.Fn Setgroups
sets the group access list of the current user process
-according to the array
+according to the array
.Fa gidset .
The parameter
.Fa ngroups
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/setpgid.2 b/lib/libc/sys/setpgid.2
index c5c8cecd53a7..d9178b597b84 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/setpgid.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/setpgid.2
@@ -82,7 +82,7 @@ of the calling process.
.Sh STANDARDS
The
.Fn setpgid
-function call is expected to conform to
+function call is expected to conform to
.St -p1003.1-90 .
.Sh COMPATIBILITY
.Fn Setpgrp
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/setreuid.2 b/lib/libc/sys/setreuid.2
index 102d32bca6a1..aa8765774c4e 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/setreuid.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/setreuid.2
@@ -49,7 +49,7 @@ The real and effective user IDs of the
current process are set according to the arguments.
If
.Fa ruid
-or
+or
.Fa euid
is -1, the current uid is filled in by the system.
Unprivileged users may change the real user
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ the standard
.Fn setuid
function is preferred.
.Sh RETURN VALUES
-.Rv -std setreuid
+.Rv -std setreuid
.Sh ERRORS
.Bl -tag -width Er
.It Bq Er EPERM
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/setuid.2 b/lib/libc/sys/setuid.2
index 9374e93447e6..4ef4d35eee7d 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/setuid.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/setuid.2
@@ -148,7 +148,7 @@ The
.Fn seteuid
and
.Fn setegid
-functions are extensions based on the
+functions are extensions based on the
.Tn POSIX
concept of
.Li _POSIX_SAVED_IDS ,
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/shmat.2 b/lib/libc/sys/shmat.2
index 3c3e40fd3c06..6f7dc13eba75 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/shmat.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/shmat.2
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ If
is 0, the segment is attached at an address selected by the
kernel.
.It
-If
+If
.Fa addr
is nonzero and SHM_RND is not specified in
.Fa flag ,
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/shmget.2 b/lib/libc/sys/shmget.2
index bf0bb588f612..b176c536b132 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/shmget.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/shmget.2
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ corresponding to
.Fa key
already exists.
.El
-.Sh "SEE ALSO"
+.Sh "SEE ALSO"
.Xr shmat 2 ,
.Xr shmctl 2 ,
.Xr shmdt 2 ,
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/sigaction.2 b/lib/libc/sys/sigaction.2
index e35469ef598e..1d1c98ffafc3 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/sigaction.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/sigaction.2
@@ -58,10 +58,10 @@ struct sigaction {
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The system defines a set of signals that may be delivered to a process.
Signal delivery resembles the occurrence of a hardware interrupt:
-the signal is normally blocked from further occurrence, the current process
+the signal is normally blocked from further occurrence, the current process
context is saved, and a new one is built. A process may specify a
.Em handler
-to which a signal is delivered, or specify that a signal is to be
+to which a signal is delivered, or specify that a signal is to be
.Em ignored .
A process may also specify that a default action is to be taken
by the system when a signal occurs.
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ Signal routines normally execute with the signal that caused their
invocation
.Em blocked ,
but other signals may yet occur.
-A global
+A global
.Em "signal mask"
defines the set of signals currently blocked from delivery
to a process. The signal mask for a process is initialized
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ The set of pending signals is returned by the
function.
When a caught signal
is delivered, the current state of the process is saved,
-a new signal mask is calculated (as described below),
+a new signal mask is calculated (as described below),
and the signal handler is invoked. The call to the handler
is arranged so that if the signal handling routine returns
normally the process will resume execution in the context
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ installed for the duration of the process' signal handler
.Xr sigprocmask
call is made).
This mask is formed by taking the union of the current signal mask set,
-the signal to be delivered, and
+the signal to be delivered, and
the signal mask associated with the handler to be invoked.
.Pp
.Fn Sigaction
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ specifies an action
.Dv SIG_IGN ,
or a handler routine) and mask
to be used when delivering the specified signal.
-If
+If
.Fa oact
is non-zero, the previous handling information for the signal
is returned to the user.
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ is returned to the user.
Once a signal handler is installed, it normally remains installed
until another
.Fn sigaction
-call is made, or an
+call is made, or an
.Xr execve 2
is performed.
A signal-specific default action may be reset by
@@ -212,11 +212,11 @@ See paragraph below.
If this bit is set, the handler function is assumed to be pointed to
by the sa_sigaction member of struct sigaction and should match the
prototype shown above or as below in
-.Sx EXAMPLES .
-This bit should not be set when assigning
-.Dv SIG_DFL
-or
-.Dv SIG_IGN .
+.Sx EXAMPLES .
+This bit should not be set when assigning
+.Dv SIG_DFL
+or
+.Dv SIG_IGN .
.El
.Pp
If a signal is caught during the system calls listed below,
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ is possible on a descriptor (see
.Sh NOTE
The
.Fa sa_mask
-field specified in
+field specified in
.Fa act
is not allowed to block
.Dv SIGKILL
@@ -322,7 +322,7 @@ Any attempt to do so will be silently ignored.
The following functions are either reentrant or not interruptible
by signals and are async-signal safe.
Therefore applications may
-invoke them, without restriction, from signal-catching functions:
+invoke them, without restriction, from signal-catching functions:
.Pp
Base Interfaces:
.Pp
@@ -462,14 +462,14 @@ The
.Dv sa_handler
member declaration in
.Fx
-include files is that of ANSI C (as required by POSIX),
+include files is that of ANSI C (as required by POSIX),
so a function pointer of a BSD-style function needs to be casted to
compile without warning.
The traditional BSD style is not portable and since its capabilities
are a full subset of a SA_SIGINFO handler,
its use is deprecated.
.Pp
-The
+The
.Fa sig
argument is the signal number, one of the
.Dv SIG...
@@ -506,7 +506,7 @@ of the following occurs:
.It Bq Er EFAULT
Either
.Fa act
-or
+or
.Fa oact
points to memory that is not a valid part of the process
address space.
@@ -522,7 +522,7 @@ or
.Sh STANDARDS
The
.Fn sigaction
-function call is expected to conform to
+function call is expected to conform to
.St -p1003.1-90 .
The
.Dv SA_ONSTACK
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/sigaltstack.2 b/lib/libc/sys/sigaltstack.2
index 171cafc66cac..d69b34b7e03d 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/sigaltstack.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/sigaltstack.2
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ call), the system checks to see
if the process is currently executing on that stack.
If the process is not currently executing on the signal stack,
the system arranges a switch to the signal stack for the
-duration of the signal handler's execution.
+duration of the signal handler's execution.
.Pp
If
.Dv SS_DISABLE
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ If the stack overflows and this space is not protected
unpredictable results may occur.
.Sh RETURN VALUES
Upon successful completion, a value of 0 is returned.
-Otherwise, a value of -1 is returned and
+Otherwise, a value of -1 is returned and
.Va errno
is set to indicate the error.
.Sh ERRORS
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/sigpending.2 b/lib/libc/sys/sigpending.2
index e05d186587c2..361a91898199 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/sigpending.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/sigpending.2
@@ -76,5 +76,5 @@ argument specified an invalid address.
.Sh STANDARDS
The
.Fn sigpending
-function call is expected to conform to
+function call is expected to conform to
.St -p1003.1-90 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/sigreturn.2 b/lib/libc/sys/sigreturn.2
index 674f45322b43..6325b819c0bf 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/sigreturn.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/sigreturn.2
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ This system call is not available in 4.2
hence it should not be used if backward compatibility is needed.
.Sh RETURN VALUES
If successful, the system call does not return.
-Otherwise, a value of -1 is returned and
+Otherwise, a value of -1 is returned and
.Va errno
is set to indicate the error.
.Sh ERRORS
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/sigstack.2 b/lib/libc/sys/sigstack.2
index 61f58dbef050..9f1dfa95b677 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/sigstack.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/sigstack.2
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@
.Sh LIBRARY
.Lb libc
.Sh DESCRIPTION
-The
+The
.Fn sigstack
function has been deprecated in favor of the interface described in
.Xr sigaltstack 2 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/sigsuspend.2 b/lib/libc/sys/sigsuspend.2
index b3984bef60c7..280d6d960861 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/sigsuspend.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/sigsuspend.2
@@ -78,5 +78,5 @@ set to
.Sh STANDARDS
The
.Fn sigsupend
-function call is expected to conform to
+function call is expected to conform to
.St -p1003.1-90 .
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/sigwait.2 b/lib/libc/sys/sigwait.2
index 818a6230492c..bd46b1ca9614 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/sigwait.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/sigwait.2
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd April 27, 2000
.Dt SIGWAIT 3
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/socket.2 b/lib/libc/sys/socket.2
index ef98bf580681..ef2669feec25 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/socket.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/socket.2
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ Once connected, data may be transferred using
.Xr read 2
and
.Xr write 2
-calls or some variant of the
+calls or some variant of the
.Xr send 2
and
.Xr recv 2
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ sockets employ the same system calls
as
.Dv SOCK_STREAM
sockets. The only difference
-is that
+is that
.Xr read 2
calls will return only the amount of data requested,
and any remaining in the arriving packet will be discarded.
@@ -227,7 +227,7 @@ calls. Datagrams are generally received with
.Xr recvfrom 2 ,
which returns the next datagram with its return address.
.Pp
-An
+An
.Xr fcntl 2
call can be used to specify a process group to receive
a
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/stat.2 b/lib/libc/sys/stat.2
index f65c97001bcd..9984a1ef1f43 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/stat.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/stat.2
@@ -271,7 +271,7 @@ The
.Fn stat
and
.Fn fstat
-function calls are expected to conform to
+function calls are expected to conform to
.St -p1003.1-90 .
.Sh HISTORY
A
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/swapon.2 b/lib/libc/sys/swapon.2
index 1eb2b0545cb1..16e7e163f900 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/swapon.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/swapon.2
@@ -46,12 +46,12 @@
.Fn swapon "const char *special"
.Sh DESCRIPTION
.Fn Swapon
-makes the block device
+makes the block device
.Fa special
available to the system for
allocation for paging and swapping. The names of potentially
available devices are known to the system and defined at system
-configuration time. The size of the swap area on
+configuration time. The size of the swap area on
.Fa special
is calculated at the time the device is first made available
for swapping.
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ The device configured by
was not
configured into the system as a swap device.
.It Bq Er ENXIO
-The major device number of
+The major device number of
.Fa special
is out of range (this indicates no device driver exists
for the associated hardware).
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/sync.2 b/lib/libc/sys/sync.2
index f5e112cfe639..d60c0e42c2b2 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/sync.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/sync.2
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
.Ft void
.Fn sync void
.Sh DESCRIPTION
-The
+The
.Fn sync
function forces a write of dirty (modified) buffers
in the block buffer cache out
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ call is issued
frequently
by the user process
.Xr syncer 4
-(about every 30 seconds).
+(about every 30 seconds).
.Pp
The function
.Xr fsync 2
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/umask.2 b/lib/libc/sys/umask.2
index 4e7815bf2050..026a983e2ce9 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/umask.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/umask.2
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ function is always successful.
.Sh STANDARDS
The
.Fn umask
-function call is expected to conform to
+function call is expected to conform to
.St -p1003.1-90 .
.Sh HISTORY
An
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/utimes.2 b/lib/libc/sys/utimes.2
index fdf893fd777a..84a0a0dbd20e 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/utimes.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/utimes.2
@@ -60,9 +60,9 @@ or referenced by
are changed as specified by the argument
.Fa times .
.Pp
-If
+If
.Fa times
-is
+is
.Dv NULL ,
the access and modification times are set to the current time.
The caller must be the owner of the file, have permission to
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ write the file, or be the super-user.
If
.Fa times
is
-.Pf non- Dv NULL ,
+.Pf non- Dv NULL ,
it is assumed to point to an array of two timeval structures.
The access time is set to the value of the first element, and the
modification time is set to the value of the second element.
@@ -120,9 +120,9 @@ An I/O error occurred while reading or writing the affected inode.
.It Bq Er ELOOP
Too many symbolic links were encountered in translating the pathname.
.It Bq Er ENAMETOOLONG
-A component of a pathname exceeded
+A component of a pathname exceeded
.Dv NAME_MAX
-characters, or an entire path name exceeded
+characters, or an entire path name exceeded
.Dv PATH_MAX
characters.
.It Bq Er ENOENT
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/vfork.2 b/lib/libc/sys/vfork.2
index 91a28ee291e1..49e36b67fdbb 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/vfork.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/vfork.2
@@ -104,7 +104,7 @@ Same as for
.Xr fork 2 .
.Sh BUGS
This system call will be eliminated when proper system sharing
-mechanisms are implemented.
+mechanisms are implemented.
Users should not depend on the memory
sharing semantics of
.Xr vfork 2
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/wait.2 b/lib/libc/sys/wait.2
index 3fa5c2bbfb14..bbb2c57c6500 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/wait.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/wait.2
@@ -63,9 +63,9 @@ function suspends execution of its calling process until
.Fa status
information is available for a terminated child process,
or a signal is received.
-On return from a successful
+On return from a successful
.Fn wait
-call,
+call,
the
.Fa status
area contains termination information about the process that exited
@@ -131,9 +131,9 @@ for stopped processes).
When the
.Dv WNOHANG
option is specified and no processes
-wish to report status,
+wish to report status,
.Fn wait4
-returns a
+returns a
process id
of 0.
.Pp
diff --git a/lib/libc/sys/write.2 b/lib/libc/sys/write.2
index 255447d50e00..5d4fdc265b8d 100644
--- a/lib/libc/sys/write.2
+++ b/lib/libc/sys/write.2
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@ from the buffer pointed to by
.Fa buf .
.Fn Writev
performs the same action, but gathers the output data
-from the
+from the
.Fa iovcnt
buffers specified by the members of the
.Fa iov
@@ -71,9 +71,9 @@ array: iov[0], iov[1], ..., iov[iovcnt\|-\|1].
performs the same function, but writes to the specified position in
the file without modifying the file pointer.
.Pp
-For
+For
.Fn writev ,
-the
+the
.Fa iovec
structure is defined as:
.Pp
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ struct iovec {
};
.Ed
.Pp
-Each
+Each
.Fa iovec
entry specifies the base address and length of an area
in memory from which data should be written.
@@ -221,7 +221,7 @@ The file was marked for non-blocking I/O,
and no data could be written immediately.
.El
.Pp
-In addition,
+In addition,
.Fn writev
may return one of the following errors:
.Bl -tag -width Er
@@ -269,7 +269,7 @@ The file descriptor is associated with a pipe, socket, or FIFO.
.Sh STANDARDS
The
.Fn write
-function call is expected to conform to
+function call is expected to conform to
.St -p1003.1-90 .
The
.Fn writev
diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_attr.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_attr.3
index c34df1ee42e1..6707b0a21f7d 100644
--- a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_attr.3
+++ b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_attr.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd April 28, 2000
.Dt PTHREAD_ATTR 3
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ functions set the attribute that corresponds to each function name.
The
.Fn pthread_attr_get*
functions copy the value of the attribute that corresponds to each function name
-to the location pointed to by the second function parameter.
+to the location pointed to by the second function parameter.
.Sh RETURN VALUES
If successful, these functions return 0.
Otherwise, an error number is returned to indicate the error.
diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_condattr.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_condattr.3
index 5b0200fdcba4..d117c7505642 100644
--- a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_condattr.3
+++ b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_condattr.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd April 28, 2000
.Dt PTHREAD_CONDATTR 3
diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_detach.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_detach.3
index 75c9d42f08c4..a3b660fdde64 100644
--- a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_detach.3
+++ b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_detach.3
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ If
has not terminated,
.Fn pthread_detach
will not cause it to terminate.
-The effect of multiple
+The effect of multiple
.Fn pthread_detach
calls on the same target thread is unspecified.
.Sh RETURN VALUES
diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_exit.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_exit.3
index 5f6f75bd5212..1eabc9bcb94b 100644
--- a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_exit.3
+++ b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_exit.3
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ is undefined if called from a cancellation handler or destructor function
that was invoked as the result of an implicit or explicit call to
.Fn pthread_exit .
.Pp
-After a thread has terminated, the result of access to local (auto)
+After a thread has terminated, the result of access to local (auto)
variables of the thread is undefined.
Thus, references to local variables
of the exiting thread should not be used for the
diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_kill.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_kill.3
index b5bb859a34ca..a18a969cdd75 100644
--- a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_kill.3
+++ b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_kill.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd April 27, 2000
.Dt PTHREAD_KILL 3
diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_mutexattr.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_mutexattr.3
index ec79518a23d6..555cdd4735db 100644
--- a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_mutexattr.3
+++ b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_mutexattr.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd May 1, 2000
.Dt PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR 3
diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_once.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_once.3
index 736e32e94e2e..72a132249ccb 100644
--- a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_once.3
+++ b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_once.3
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ is not a cancellation point.
However, if
.Fn init_routine
is a cancellation point and is cancelled, the effect on
-.Fa once_control is as if
+.Fa once_control is as if
.Fn pthread_once
was never called.
.Pp
diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_rwlock_destroy.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_rwlock_destroy.3
index bd1bfe8360f7..70acf928ebe2 100644
--- a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_rwlock_destroy.3
+++ b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_rwlock_destroy.3
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Fn pthread_rwlock_destroy
-function is used to destroy a read/write lock previously created with
+function is used to destroy a read/write lock previously created with
.Fn pthread_rwlock_init .
.Sh RETURN VALUES
If successful, the
diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_rwlockattr_destroy.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_rwlockattr_destroy.3
index 80db1a95882d..ab6a6e17768b 100644
--- a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_rwlockattr_destroy.3
+++ b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_rwlockattr_destroy.3
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
The
.Fn pthread_rwlockattr_destroy
function is used to destroy a read/write lock attribute object
-previously created with
+previously created with
.Fn pthread_rwlockattr_init .
.Sh RETURN VALUES
If successful, the
diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_schedparam.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_schedparam.3
index 3e2e32ebfb62..96287e5b6e7b 100644
--- a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_schedparam.3
+++ b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_schedparam.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd May 1, 2000
.Dt PTHREAD_SCHEDPARAM 3
diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_sigmask.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_sigmask.3
index a335107f5b11..6af3464edc76 100644
--- a/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_sigmask.3
+++ b/lib/libc_r/man/pthread_sigmask.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd April 27, 2000
.Dt PTHREAD_SIGMASK 3
diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/sem_destroy.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/sem_destroy.3
index 4074adcb35d0..0de46913728b 100644
--- a/lib/libc_r/man/sem_destroy.3
+++ b/lib/libc_r/man/sem_destroy.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd February 15, 2000
.Dt SEM_DESTROY 3
diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/sem_getvalue.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/sem_getvalue.3
index e9ac2a6466f5..3ee947af7ad8 100644
--- a/lib/libc_r/man/sem_getvalue.3
+++ b/lib/libc_r/man/sem_getvalue.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd February 15, 2000
.Dt SEM_GETVALUE 3
diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/sem_init.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/sem_init.3
index a727fe2053b7..5f43c08e3789 100644
--- a/lib/libc_r/man/sem_init.3
+++ b/lib/libc_r/man/sem_init.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd February 15, 2000
.Dt SEM_INIT 3
diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/sem_open.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/sem_open.3
index 22229b33954d..eec5a5798a0d 100644
--- a/lib/libc_r/man/sem_open.3
+++ b/lib/libc_r/man/sem_open.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,14 +24,14 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd February 15, 2000
.Dt SEM_OPEN 3
.Os
.Sh NAME
-.Nm sem_open ,
-.Nm sem_close ,
+.Nm sem_open ,
+.Nm sem_close ,
.Nm sem_unlink
.Nd named semaphore operations
.Sh LIBRARY
diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/sem_post.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/sem_post.3
index 970550dbce82..0c8dea4934ef 100644
--- a/lib/libc_r/man/sem_post.3
+++ b/lib/libc_r/man/sem_post.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd February 15, 2000
.Dt SEM_POST 3
diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/sem_wait.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/sem_wait.3
index beff2e315dec..397cbfe1663f 100644
--- a/lib/libc_r/man/sem_wait.3
+++ b/lib/libc_r/man/sem_wait.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,13 +24,13 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd February 15, 2000
.Dt SEM_WAIT 3
.Os
.Sh NAME
-.Nm sem_wait ,
+.Nm sem_wait ,
.Nm sem_trywait
.Nd decrement (lock) a semaphore
.Sh LIBRARY
diff --git a/lib/libc_r/man/sigwait.3 b/lib/libc_r/man/sigwait.3
index 818a6230492c..bd46b1ca9614 100644
--- a/lib/libc_r/man/sigwait.3
+++ b/lib/libc_r/man/sigwait.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd April 27, 2000
.Dt SIGWAIT 3
diff --git a/lib/libcalendar/calendar.3 b/lib/libcalendar/calendar.3
index 054b7e220bf4..1e7b51a04897 100644
--- a/lib/libcalendar/calendar.3
+++ b/lib/libcalendar/calendar.3
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ is the date in Gregorian Calendar, whereas
.Fn easteroj
returns the date in Julian Calendar.
.Pp
-The functions
+The functions
.Fn gdate ,
.Fn jdate ,
.Fn ndaysg
@@ -168,7 +168,7 @@ This function is defined for Gregorian Calendar only.
.Pp
The function
.Fn weekday
-returns the weekday (Mo = 0 .. Su = 6) of the day numbered
+returns the weekday (Mo = 0 .. Su = 6) of the day numbered
.Fa nd .
.Pp
The structure
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ and in this library.
.Xr ncal 1 ,
.Xr strftime 3
.Sh STANDARDS
-The week number conforms to ISO 8601: 1988.
+The week number conforms to ISO 8601: 1988.
.Sh HISTORY
The
.Nm calendar
diff --git a/lib/libcam/cam.3 b/lib/libcam/cam.3
index fd838d35f4d0..2253bda28308 100644
--- a/lib/libcam/cam.3
+++ b/lib/libcam/cam.3
@@ -147,15 +147,15 @@ struct cam_device {
* Unit number given by
* the user.
*/
- char device_name[DEV_IDLEN+1];/*
- * Name of the device,
- * e.g. 'pass'
+ char device_name[DEV_IDLEN+1];/*
+ * Name of the device,
+ * e.g. 'pass'
*/
u_int32_t dev_unit_num; /* Unit number of the passthrough
* device associated with this
* particular device.
*/
-
+
char sim_name[SIM_IDLEN+1];/*
* Controller name, e.g.'ahc'
*/
@@ -365,7 +365,7 @@ returns an allocated and partially initialized CCB, or NULL if allocation
of the CCB failed.
.Pp
.Fn cam_send_ccb
-returns a value of -1 if an error occured, and
+returns a value of -1 if an error occured, and
.Va errno
is set to indicate the error.
.Pp
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ characters long.
.Xr pass 4 ,
.Xr camcontrol 8
.Sh HISTORY
-The CAM library first appeared in
+The CAM library first appeared in
.Fx 3.0 .
.Sh AUTHORS
.An Kenneth Merry Aq ken@FreeBSD.org
diff --git a/lib/libcam/cam_cdbparse.3 b/lib/libcam/cam_cdbparse.3
index 741afb533732..2ed7ef6ea2f2 100644
--- a/lib/libcam/cam_cdbparse.3
+++ b/lib/libcam/cam_cdbparse.3
@@ -170,7 +170,7 @@ layer.
These functions may be used in new applications, but users may find it
easier to use the various SCSI CCB building functions included with the
.Xr cam 3
-library. (e.g.
+library. (e.g.
.Fn cam_fill_csio ,
.Fn scsi_start_stop ,
and
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ typedef enum {
CAM_MSGB_VALID = 0x20000000,/* Message buffer valid */
CAM_STATUS_VALID = 0x40000000,/* Status buffer valid */
CAM_DATAB_VALID = 0x80000000,/* Data buffer valid */
-
+
/* Host target Mode flags */
CAM_TERM_IO = 0x20000000,/* Terminate I/O Message sup. */
CAM_DISCONNECT = 0x40000000,/* Disconnects are mandatory */
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ driver is told to enable error recovery via the
.Dv CAM_PASS_ERR_RECOVER
flag.
.Pp
-The
+The
.Fa timeout
tells the kernel how long to wait for the given command to complete. If
the timeout expires and the command hasn't completed, the CCB will be
@@ -368,7 +368,7 @@ except that the values to substitute for variable arguments in
are retrieved via the
.Fn arg_get
function passed in to
-.Fn csio_build_visit
+.Fn csio_build_visit
instead of via
.Xr stdarg 3 .
The
diff --git a/lib/libcompat/4.1/cftime.3 b/lib/libcompat/4.1/cftime.3
index ed771e204276..fd4e0668e866 100644
--- a/lib/libcompat/4.1/cftime.3
+++ b/lib/libcompat/4.1/cftime.3
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 1994, 1995 Joerg Wunsch
-.\"
+.\"
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" This program is free software.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
.\" 4. The name of the developer may not be used to endorse or promote
.\" products derived from this software without specific prior written
.\" permission.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE DEVELOPERS ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
@@ -30,8 +30,8 @@
.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
-.\"
+.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.\"
.Dd June 15, 1993
diff --git a/lib/libcompat/4.1/ftime.3 b/lib/libcompat/4.1/ftime.3
index 4896fa035379..63da0ce8e4e3 100644
--- a/lib/libcompat/4.1/ftime.3
+++ b/lib/libcompat/4.1/ftime.3
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Fd #include <sys/types.h>
.Fd #include <sys/timeb.h>
-.Ft int
+.Ft int
.Fn ftime "struct timeb *tp"
.Sh DESCRIPTION
.Bf -symbolic
@@ -81,5 +81,5 @@ Daylight Saving time applies locally during the appropriate part of the year.
.Sh HISTORY
The
.Nm
-function appeared in
+function appeared in
.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/lib/libcompat/4.1/getpw.3 b/lib/libcompat/4.1/getpw.3
index d270e3c7689b..618da44a928c 100644
--- a/lib/libcompat/4.1/getpw.3
+++ b/lib/libcompat/4.1/getpw.3
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ character.
.Sh RETURN VALUES
The
.Fn getpw
-function returns the zero if successful, otherwise
+function returns the zero if successful, otherwise
a non-zero if the entry does not exist.
.Sh FILES
.Bl -tag -width /etc/passwd -compact
diff --git a/lib/libcompat/4.1/stty.3 b/lib/libcompat/4.1/stty.3
index 95b6589e79ce..dddb93c2956b 100644
--- a/lib/libcompat/4.1/stty.3
+++ b/lib/libcompat/4.1/stty.3
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ the
.Fn gtty
call is
.Ql ioctl(fd, TIOCGETP, buf) .
-See
+See
.Xr ioctl 2
and
.Xr tty 4
@@ -93,5 +93,5 @@ The
.Fn stty
and
.Fn gtty
-functions appeared in
+functions appeared in
.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/lib/libcompat/4.3/insque.3 b/lib/libcompat/4.3/insque.3
index 29ea3f425311..2744daec02ab 100644
--- a/lib/libcompat/4.3/insque.3
+++ b/lib/libcompat/4.3/insque.3
@@ -61,7 +61,7 @@ The insque and remque functions are considered obsolete.
.Pp
The
.Fn insque
-and
+and
.Fn remque
functions
manipulate queues built from doubly linked lists. Each
@@ -69,9 +69,9 @@ element in the queue must be in the form of
.Dq Li struct qelem .
The function
.Fn insque
-inserts
+inserts
.Fa elem
-in a queue immediately after
+in a queue immediately after
.Fa pred ;
.Fn remque
removes an entry
@@ -85,5 +85,5 @@ The
.Fn insque
and
.Fn remque
-functions appeared in
+functions appeared in
.Bx 4.2 .
diff --git a/lib/libcompat/4.3/lsearch.3 b/lib/libcompat/4.3/lsearch.3
index 3e0ba949b374..40b2c3e834cc 100644
--- a/lib/libcompat/4.3/lsearch.3
+++ b/lib/libcompat/4.3/lsearch.3
@@ -73,7 +73,7 @@ is a comparison routine which is used to compare two elements.
It takes two arguments which point to the
.Fa key
object and to an array member, in that order, and must return an integer
-less than, equivalent to, or greater than zero if the
+less than, equivalent to, or greater than zero if the
.Fa key
object is considered, respectively, to be less than, equal to, or greater
than the array member.
diff --git a/lib/libcompat/4.3/re_comp.3 b/lib/libcompat/4.3/re_comp.3
index 10cd0a894bd5..c4830b06fb12 100644
--- a/lib/libcompat/4.3/re_comp.3
+++ b/lib/libcompat/4.3/re_comp.3
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ This interface is made obsolete by
The
.Fn re_comp
function
-compiles a string into an internal form suitable for pattern matching.
+compiles a string into an internal form suitable for pattern matching.
The
.Fn re_exec
function
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ returns 0 if the string
.Fa s
was compiled successfully; otherwise a string containing an
error message is returned.
-If
+If
.Fn re_comp
is passed 0 or a null string, it returns without changing the currently
compiled regular expression.
@@ -89,10 +89,10 @@ The strings passed to both
.Fn re_comp
and
.Fn re_exec
-may have trailing or embedded newline characters;
+may have trailing or embedded newline characters;
they are terminated by
.Dv NUL Ns s .
-The regular expressions recognized are described in the manual entry for
+The regular expressions recognized are described in the manual entry for
.Xr ed 1 ,
given the above difference.
.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
@@ -125,5 +125,5 @@ The
.Fn re_comp
and
.Fn re_exec
-functions appeared in
+functions appeared in
.Bx 4.0 .
diff --git a/lib/libcompat/4.3/rexec.3 b/lib/libcompat/4.3/rexec.3
index a1b2a89ace37..737c976f1abc 100644
--- a/lib/libcompat/4.3/rexec.3
+++ b/lib/libcompat/4.3/rexec.3
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
.Fn rexec "char **ahost" "int inport" "char *user" "char *passwd" "char *cmd" "int *fd2p"
.Sh DESCRIPTION
.Bf -symbolic
-This interface is obsoleted by
+This interface is obsoleted by
.Xr rcmd 3 .
.Ef
.Pp
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ specifies which well-known
Internet port to use for
the connection; the call
.Fn getservbyname \*qexec\*q \*qtcp\*q
-(see
+(see
.Xr getservent 3 )
will return a pointer to a structure, which contains the
necessary port.
@@ -107,10 +107,10 @@ as the secondary connection is set up after authorization has been
verified.
If
.Fa fd2p
-is 0, then the
+is 0, then the
.Em stderr
(unit 2 of the remote
-command) will be made the same as the
+command) will be made the same as the
.Em stdout
and no
provision is made for sending arbitrary signals to the remote process,
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ although you may be able to get its attention by using out-of-band data.
.Sh HISTORY
The
.Fn rexec
-function appeared in
+function appeared in
.Bx 4.2 .
.Sh BUGS
The
diff --git a/lib/libcompat/4.4/cuserid.3 b/lib/libcompat/4.4/cuserid.3
index 5ee320785c72..5ac7e3465b46 100644
--- a/lib/libcompat/4.4/cuserid.3
+++ b/lib/libcompat/4.4/cuserid.3
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 1995 Joerg Wunsch
-.\"
+.\"
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
.\" 4. The name of the developer may not be used to endorse or promote
.\" products derived from this software without specific prior written
.\" permission.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE DEVELOPERS ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
@@ -28,7 +28,7 @@
.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.\"
.Dd April 10, 1995
diff --git a/lib/libcrypt/crypt.3 b/lib/libcrypt/crypt.3
index ed401e2f6353..3f8d79f5954a 100644
--- a/lib/libcrypt/crypt.3
+++ b/lib/libcrypt/crypt.3
@@ -161,7 +161,7 @@ string, 20 or 13 bytes (plus null) in length, consisting of the
followed by the encoded 64-bit encryption.
.Ss "Modular" crypt:
.Pp
-If the salt begins with the string
+If the salt begins with the string
.Fa $digit$
then the Modular Crypt Format is used. The
.Fa digit
diff --git a/lib/libdevinfo/devinfo.3 b/lib/libdevinfo/devinfo.3
index f3fb3a26e667..76dd7b06777d 100644
--- a/lib/libdevinfo/devinfo.3
+++ b/lib/libdevinfo/devinfo.3
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
.Fn devinfo_handle_to_rman "devinfo_handle_t handle"
.Ft int
.Fo devinfo_foreach_device_child
-.Fa "struct devinfo_dev *parent"
+.Fa "struct devinfo_dev *parent"
.Fa "int \*[lp]*fn\*[rp]\*[lp]struct devinfo_dev *child, void *arg\*[rp]"
.Fa "void *arg"
.Fc
@@ -141,7 +141,7 @@ must be called again before using any other functions.
.Fn devinfo_handle_to_resource
and
.Fn devinfo_handle_to_rman
-return pointers to
+return pointers to
.Vt devinfo_dev ,
.Vt devinfo_res
and
diff --git a/lib/libdevstat/devstat.3 b/lib/libdevstat/devstat.3
index c7418a756384..89a584bd1077 100644
--- a/lib/libdevstat/devstat.3
+++ b/lib/libdevstat/devstat.3
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ version.
.Fn checkversion
checks the userland devstat version against the kernel devstat version. If
the two are identical, it returns zero. Otherwise, it prints an
-appropriate error in
+appropriate error in
.Va devstat_errbuf
and returns -1.
.Pp
@@ -134,12 +134,12 @@ fetches the current list of devices and statistics into the supplied
.Va statinfo
structure. The
.Va statinfo
-structure can be found in
+structure can be found in
.Aq Pa devstat.h :
.Bd -literal -offset indent
struct statinfo {
long cp_time[CPUSTATES];
- long tk_nin;
+ long tk_nin;
long tk_nout;
struct devinfo *dinfo;
struct timeval busy_time;
@@ -205,10 +205,10 @@ variable. The generation subelement of the
structure contains the generation number from the
.Va kern.devstat.all
.Nm sysctl
-variable.
+variable.
The
.Va numdevs
-subelement of the
+subelement of the
.Va devinfo
structure contains the current
number of devices registered with the kernel
@@ -228,11 +228,11 @@ from user input.
.It performance
If performance mode is enabled, devices will be sorted based on the
.Va bytes
-field in the
+field in the
.Va device_selection
structure passed in to
.Fn selectdevs .
-The
+The
.Va bytes
value currently must be maintained by the user. In the future,
this may be done for him in a
@@ -245,11 +245,11 @@ performance tracking code will honor those selections and will only sort
among the selected devices.
.It order in the devstat list
If the selection mode is set to DS_SELECT_ADD, and if there are still less
-than
+than
.Va maxshowdevs
devices selected,
.Fn selectdevs
-will automatically select up to
+will automatically select up to
.Va maxshowdevs
devices.
.El
@@ -262,7 +262,7 @@ In add mode,
.Fn selectdevs
will select any unselected devices specified by name or matching pattern.
It will also select more devices, in devstat list order, until the number
-of selected devices is equal to
+of selected devices is equal to
.Va maxshowdevs
or until all devices are
selected.
@@ -286,7 +286,7 @@ any devices other than those specified.
.Pp
In all selection modes,
.Fn selectdevs
-will not select any more than
+will not select any more than
.Va maxshowdevs
devices. One exception to
this is when you are in
@@ -300,26 +300,26 @@ device. This may be the wrong behavior, and probably requires additional
thought.
.Pp
.Fn selectdevs
-handles allocation and resizing of the
+handles allocation and resizing of the
.Va dev_select
structure passed in
by the client.
.Fn selectdevs
-uses the
+uses the
.Va numdevs
-and
+and
.Va current_generation
fields to track the
current
.Nm
-generation and number of devices. If
+generation and number of devices. If
.Va num_selections
is not the same
-as
+as
.Va numdevs
-or if
+or if
.Va select_generation
-is not the same as
+is not the same as
.Va current_generation ,
.Fn selectdevs
will resize the selection list as necessary, and re-initialize the
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ Currently known match types include:
.Bl -tag -width indent -compact
.It device type:
.Bl -tag -width 9n -compact
-.It da
+.It da
Direct Access devices
.It sa
Sequential Access devices
@@ -437,7 +437,7 @@ is NULL, the result will be the total number of transactions listed in
.It total_blocks
This is basically
.Va total_bytes
-divided by the device blocksize. If the device blocksize is listed as
+divided by the device blocksize. If the device blocksize is listed as
.Sq 0 ,
the device blocksize will default to 512 bytes.
.It kb_per_transfer
@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@ provides an easy way to find the difference in seconds between two
structures. This is most commonly used in conjunction with the time
recorded by the
.Fn getdevs
-function (in struct
+function (in struct
.Va statinfo )
each time it fetches the current
.Nm
diff --git a/lib/libdisk/libdisk.3 b/lib/libdisk/libdisk.3
index 7f1380f1010e..00be4ceb40ab 100644
--- a/lib/libdisk/libdisk.3
+++ b/lib/libdisk/libdisk.3
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@ is a rootfs, allocate partition
.It CHUNK_ACTIVE
This is the active slice in the MBR.
.It CHUNK_FORCE_ALL
-Force a dedicated disk for
+Force a dedicated disk for
.Fx ,
bypassing all BIOS geometry considerations.
.El
@@ -320,7 +320,7 @@ Chunk name strings can be accessed directly using the external array
.Va chunk_n .
.Pp
.Fn slice_type_name
-returns the name strings associated with the specified
+returns the name strings associated with the specified
.Ql type .
.Ql subtype .
If
diff --git a/lib/libedit/editline.3 b/lib/libedit/editline.3
index ab744ef1f736..5034163e268d 100644
--- a/lib/libedit/editline.3
+++ b/lib/libedit/editline.3
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ may be modified by
.Fn el_parse .
The colon between
.Dq prog
-and the command,
+and the command,
.Ar command ,
will be replaced with a NUL
.Po
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ Otherwise, the current signal handlers will be used.
Perform the
.Ic bind
builtin command.
-Refer to
+Refer to
.Xr editrc 5
for more information.
.It Dv EL_ECHOTC , Xo
@@ -278,7 +278,7 @@ for more information.
Perform the
.Ic echotc
builtin command.
-Refer to
+Refer to
.Xr editrc 5
for more information.
.It Dv EL_SETTC , Xo
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ for more information.
Perform the
.Ic settc
builtin command.
-Refer to
+Refer to
.Xr editrc 5
for more information.
.It Dv EL_SETTY , Xo
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ for more information.
Perform the
.Ic setty
builtin command.
-Refer to
+Refer to
.Xr editrc 5
for more information.
.It Dv EL_TELLTC , Xo
@@ -311,7 +311,7 @@ for more information.
Perform the
.Ic telltc
builtin command.
-Refer to
+Refer to
.Xr editrc 5
for more information.
.It Dv EL_ADDFN , Xo
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ should be the value returned by
.It Fn el_source
Initialise
.Nm
-by reading the contents of
+by reading the contents of
.Fa file .
.Fn el_parse
is called for each line in
@@ -495,7 +495,7 @@ if there isn't one.
.It Dv H_ENTER , Fa "const char *str"
Add
.Fa str
-as a new element to the history, and, if necessary,
+as a new element to the history, and, if necessary,
removing the oldest entry to keep the list to the created size.
.It Dv H_PREV_STR , Fa "const char *str"
Return the closest previous event that starts with
diff --git a/lib/libedit/editrc.5 b/lib/libedit/editrc.5
index 62d993c7757f..2d8c3e4016a7 100644
--- a/lib/libedit/editrc.5
+++ b/lib/libedit/editrc.5
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ Refer to
.Sx BUILTIN COMMANDS
for more information.
.Pp
-.Ar prog
+.Ar prog
is the program name string that a program defines when it calls
.Xr el_init 3
to setup
@@ -119,11 +119,11 @@ Options include:
.It Fl e
Bind all keys to the standard GNU Emacs-like bindings.
.It Fl v
-Bind all keys to the standard
+Bind all keys to the standard
.Xr vi 1 Ns -like
bindings.
.It Fl a
-List or change key bindings in the
+List or change key bindings in the
.Xr vi 1
mode alternate (command mode) key map.
.It Fl k
diff --git a/lib/libfetch/fetch.3 b/lib/libfetch/fetch.3
index 7699a9a173a1..f37735b9d6c9 100644
--- a/lib/libfetch/fetch.3
+++ b/lib/libfetch/fetch.3
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ structure pointed to by the
.Fa us
argument.
.Pp
-The
+The
.Fa flags
argument is a string of characters which specify transfer options.
The
@@ -393,7 +393,7 @@ unable to allocate memory, or the URL is syntactically incorrect,
.Fn fetchParseURL
returns a NULL pointer.
.Pp
-The
+The
.Fn fetchStat
functions return 0 on success and -1 on failure.
.Pp
@@ -404,39 +404,39 @@ The following error codes are defined in
.Aq Pa fetch.h :
.Bl -tag -width 18n
.It Bq Er FETCH_ABORT
-Operation aborted
+Operation aborted
.It Bq Er FETCH_AUTH
-Authentication failed
+Authentication failed
.It Bq Er FETCH_DOWN
-Service unavailable
+Service unavailable
.It Bq Er FETCH_EXISTS
-File exists
+File exists
.It Bq Er FETCH_FULL
-File system full
+File system full
.It Bq Er FETCH_INFO
-Informational response
+Informational response
.It Bq Er FETCH_MEMORY
-Insufficient memory
+Insufficient memory
.It Bq Er FETCH_MOVED
-File has moved
+File has moved
.It Bq Er FETCH_NETWORK
-Network error
+Network error
.It Bq Er FETCH_OK
-No error
+No error
.It Bq Er FETCH_PROTO
-Protocol error
+Protocol error
.It Bq Er FETCH_RESOLV
-Resolver error
+Resolver error
.It Bq Er FETCH_SERVER
-Server error
+Server error
.It Bq Er FETCH_TEMP
-Temporary error
+Temporary error
.It Bq Er FETCH_TIMEOUT
-Operation timed out
+Operation timed out
.It Bq Er FETCH_UNAVAIL
-File is not available
+File is not available
.It Bq Er FETCH_UNKNOWN
-Unknown error
+Unknown error
.It Bq Er FETCH_URL
Invalid URL
.El
diff --git a/lib/libftpio/ftpio.3 b/lib/libftpio/ftpio.3
index d702575eda12..e8af68976004 100644
--- a/lib/libftpio/ftpio.3
+++ b/lib/libftpio/ftpio.3
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ except that they are able to specify address family
.Bl -tag -width FTP_PASSIVE_MODE -offset 3n
.It Ev FTP_TIMEOUT
Maximum time, in seconds, to wait for a response
-from the peer before aborting an
+from the peer before aborting an
.Tn FTP
connection.
.It Ev FTP_PASSIVE_MODE
diff --git a/lib/libipsec/ipsec_set_policy.3 b/lib/libipsec/ipsec_set_policy.3
index bb27a5b673cd..f841df256faf 100644
--- a/lib/libipsec/ipsec_set_policy.3
+++ b/lib/libipsec/ipsec_set_policy.3
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ Both
.Ar src
and
.Ar dst
-can be omited.
+can be omited.
.Pp
.Ar level
must be set to one of the following:
diff --git a/lib/libipx/ipx.3 b/lib/libipx/ipx.3
index bec7649307c9..93e21e266b04 100644
--- a/lib/libipx/ipx.3
+++ b/lib/libipx/ipx.3
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Fd #include <sys/types.h>
.Fd #include <netipx/ipx.h>
-.Ft struct ipx_addr
+.Ft struct ipx_addr
.Fn ipx_addr "const char *cp"
.Ft char *
.Fn ipx_ntoa "struct ipx_addr ipx"
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ notation in common use:
.Ed
.Pp
Trailing zero fields are suppressed, and each number is printed in hexadecimal,
-in a format suitable for input to
+in a format suitable for input to
.Fn ipx_addr .
Any fields lacking super-decimal digits will have a
trailing
@@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ The precursor
.Fn ns_addr
and
.Fn ns_toa
-functions appeared in
+functions appeared in
.Bx 4.3 .
.Sh BUGS
The string returned by
diff --git a/lib/libkvm/kvm_geterr.3 b/lib/libkvm/kvm_geterr.3
index ee9506ada267..815828d49ab5 100644
--- a/lib/libkvm/kvm_geterr.3
+++ b/lib/libkvm/kvm_geterr.3
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ on the descriptor
The results are undefined if the most recent
.Xr kvm 3
library call did not produce an error.
-The string returned is stored in memory owned by
+The string returned is stored in memory owned by
.Xr kvm 3
so the message should be copied out and saved elsewhere if necessary.
.Sh BUGS
@@ -65,7 +65,7 @@ call, since failure is indicated by returning a
.Dv NULL
descriptor.
Therefore, errors on open are output to the special error buffer
-passed to
+passed to
.Fn kvm_openfiles .
This option is not available to
.Fn kvm_open .
diff --git a/lib/libkvm/kvm_getprocs.3 b/lib/libkvm/kvm_getprocs.3
index 89b774b8bbc5..e5e451d326fb 100644
--- a/lib/libkvm/kvm_getprocs.3
+++ b/lib/libkvm/kvm_getprocs.3
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
.Sh NAME
.Nm kvm_getprocs ,
.Nm kvm_getargv ,
-.Nm kvm_getenvv
+.Nm kvm_getenvv
.Nd access user process state
.Sh LIBRARY
.Lb libkvm
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ describes the filtering predicate as follows:
.It Sy KERN_PROC_ALL
all processes
.It Sy KERN_PROC_PID
-processes with process id
+processes with process id
.Fa arg
.It Sy KERN_PROC_PGRP
processes with process group
@@ -97,13 +97,13 @@ The number of processes found is returned in the reference parameter
.Fa cnt .
The processes are returned as a contiguous array of kinfo_proc structures.
This memory is locally allocated, and subsequent calls to
-.Fn kvm_getprocs
-and
+.Fn kvm_getprocs
+and
.Fn kvm_close
will overwrite this storage.
.Pp
.Fn kvm_getargv
-returns a null-terminated argument vector that corresponds to the
+returns a null-terminated argument vector that corresponds to the
command line arguments passed to process indicated by
.Fa p .
Most likely, these arguments correspond to the values passed to
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ Note that the original command name can be found, unaltered,
in the p_comm field of the process structure returned by
.Fn kvm_getprocs .
.Pp
-The
+The
.Fa nchr
argument indicates the maximum number of characters, including null bytes,
to use in building the strings. If this amount is exceeded, the string
@@ -127,13 +127,13 @@ that print only a one line summary of a command and should not copy
out large amounts of text only to ignore it.
If
.Fa nchr
-is zero, no limit is imposed and all argument strings are returned in
+is zero, no limit is imposed and all argument strings are returned in
their entirety.
.Pp
The memory allocated to the argv pointers and string storage
-is owned by the kvm library. Subsequent
-.Fn kvm_getprocs
-and
+is owned by the kvm library. Subsequent
+.Fn kvm_getprocs
+and
.Xr kvm_close 3
calls will clobber this storage.
.Pp
diff --git a/lib/libkvm/kvm_getswapinfo.3 b/lib/libkvm/kvm_getswapinfo.3
index 0356d90e4836..a3c44c80bad4 100644
--- a/lib/libkvm/kvm_getswapinfo.3
+++ b/lib/libkvm/kvm_getswapinfo.3
@@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ value 0 and the single
.Vt kvm_swap
structure will be filled with
the grand total over all swap devices. The grand total is calculated
-from all available swap devices whether or not you made room
+from all available swap devices whether or not you made room
for them all in the array.
the grant total is returned.
.Pp
@@ -77,7 +77,7 @@ it reuses in successive calls.
You may call the function with
.Fa kd
==
-.Dv NULL
+.Dv NULL
to clear the cache.
.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
If the load average was unobtainable, \-1 is returned; otherwise,
diff --git a/lib/libkvm/kvm_open.3 b/lib/libkvm/kvm_open.3
index b624b3c80ca8..c22c49cd8872 100644
--- a/lib/libkvm/kvm_open.3
+++ b/lib/libkvm/kvm_open.3
@@ -58,10 +58,10 @@
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The functions
.Fn kvm_open
-and
+and
.Fn kvm_openfiles
return a descriptor used to access kernel virtual memory
-via the
+via the
.Xr kvm 3
library routines. Both active kernels and crash dumps are accessible
through this interface.
@@ -75,9 +75,9 @@ the currently running system is assumed,
as determined from
.Xr getbootfile 3 .
.Pp
-.Fa corefile
+.Fa corefile
is the kernel memory device file. It can be either /dev/mem
-or a crash dump core generated by
+or a crash dump core generated by
.Xr savecore 8 .
If
.Fa corefile
@@ -94,7 +94,7 @@ should indicate the swap device. If
from <paths.h> is used.
.Pp
The
-.Fa flags
+.Fa flags
argument indicates read/write access as in
.Xr open 2
and applies only to the core file.
@@ -105,7 +105,7 @@ and
.Dv O_RDWR
are permitted.
.Pp
-There are two open routines which differ only with respect to
+There are two open routines which differ only with respect to
the error mechanism.
One provides backward compatibility with the SunOS kvm library, while the
other provides an improved error reporting framework.
@@ -116,11 +116,11 @@ function is the Sun kvm compatible open call. Here, the
.Fa errstr
argument indicates how errors should be handled. If it is
.Dv NULL ,
-no errors are reported and the application cannot know the
+no errors are reported and the application cannot know the
specific nature of the failed kvm call.
If it is not
.Dv NULL ,
-errors are printed to stderr with
+errors are printed to stderr with
.Fa errstr
prepended to the message, as in
.Xr perror 3 .
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ argument. This buffer should be _POSIX2_LINE_MAX characters large (from
.Sh RETURN VALUES
The
.Fn kvm_open
-and
+and
.Fn kvm_openfiles
functions both return a descriptor to be used
in all subsequent kvm library calls.
@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ On failure,
.Dv NULL
is returned, in which case
.Fn kvm_openfiles
-writes the error message into
+writes the error message into
.Fa errbuf .
.Pp
The
diff --git a/lib/libkvm/kvm_read.3 b/lib/libkvm/kvm_read.3
index 183df72d252c..cfde604a80ba 100644
--- a/lib/libkvm/kvm_read.3
+++ b/lib/libkvm/kvm_read.3
@@ -66,19 +66,19 @@ for information regarding opening kernel virtual memory and crash dumps.
The
.Fn kvm_read
function transfers
-.Fa nbytes
+.Fa nbytes
bytes of data from
the kernel space address
.Fa addr
to
.Fa buf .
-Conversely,
+Conversely,
.Fn kvm_write
transfers data from
.Fa buf
to
.Fa addr .
-Unlike their SunOS counterparts, these functions cannot be used to
+Unlike their SunOS counterparts, these functions cannot be used to
read or write process address spaces.
.Sh RETURN VALUES
Upon success, the number of bytes actually transferred is returned.
diff --git a/lib/libm/common_source/acos.3 b/lib/libm/common_source/acos.3
index ceff4c7dd641..b19dde4e10a7 100644
--- a/lib/libm/common_source/acos.3
+++ b/lib/libm/common_source/acos.3
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ A domain error occurs for arguments not in the range [-1, +1].
For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see
.Xr math 3 .
.Sh RETURN VALUES
-The
+The
.Fn acos
function returns the arc cosine in the range
.Bq 0 , \*(Pi
diff --git a/lib/libm/common_source/acosh.3 b/lib/libm/common_source/acosh.3
index a0b849850091..495f3d7bdb9c 100644
--- a/lib/libm/common_source/acosh.3
+++ b/lib/libm/common_source/acosh.3
@@ -80,5 +80,5 @@ causes a reserved operand fault.
.Sh HISTORY
The
.Fn acosh
-function appeared in
+function appeared in
.Bx 4.3 .
diff --git a/lib/libm/common_source/asinh.3 b/lib/libm/common_source/asinh.3
index a69e00fa7157..7266dade40d6 100644
--- a/lib/libm/common_source/asinh.3
+++ b/lib/libm/common_source/asinh.3
@@ -68,5 +68,5 @@ returns the inverse hyperbolic sine of
.Sh HISTORY
The
.Fn asinh
-function appeared in
+function appeared in
.Bx 4.3 .
diff --git a/lib/libm/common_source/atan2.3 b/lib/libm/common_source/atan2.3
index 4ad7ad542586..dba32d4dee71 100644
--- a/lib/libm/common_source/atan2.3
+++ b/lib/libm/common_source/atan2.3
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ the return value.
The
.Xr atan2
function, if successful,
-returns the arc tangent of
+returns the arc tangent of
.Ar y/ Ns Ar x
in the range
.Bk -words
diff --git a/lib/libm/common_source/cos.3 b/lib/libm/common_source/cos.3
index b0a7c463ff00..6695270bc5cd 100644
--- a/lib/libm/common_source/cos.3
+++ b/lib/libm/common_source/cos.3
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ The
function computes the cosine of
.Fa x
(measured in radians).
-A large magnitude argument may yield a result with little or no
+A large magnitude argument may yield a result with little or no
significance.
For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see
.Xr math 3 .
diff --git a/lib/libm/common_source/cosh.3 b/lib/libm/common_source/cosh.3
index 091dcc1ba02d..47cb32099271 100644
--- a/lib/libm/common_source/cosh.3
+++ b/lib/libm/common_source/cosh.3
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ of
is too large; in this event, the global variable
.Va errno
is set to
-.Er ERANGE .
+.Er ERANGE .
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr acos 3 ,
.Xr asin 3 ,
diff --git a/lib/libm/common_source/erf.3 b/lib/libm/common_source/erf.3
index 442a1b3c4782..d0f407188183 100644
--- a/lib/libm/common_source/erf.3
+++ b/lib/libm/common_source/erf.3
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ calculates the error function of x; where
.if n \{\
erf(x) = 2/sqrt(pi)\(**\|integral from 0 to x of exp(\-t\(**t) dt. \}
.if t \{\
-erf\|(x) :=
+erf\|(x) :=
(2/\(sr\(*p)\|\(is\d\s8\z0\s10\u\u\s8x\s10\d\|exp(\-t\u\s82\s10\d)\|dt. \}
.Ed
.Pp
diff --git a/lib/libm/common_source/exp.3 b/lib/libm/common_source/exp.3
index 3c8a5aa6da2a..ae54b7ffaeb4 100644
--- a/lib/libm/common_source/exp.3
+++ b/lib/libm/common_source/exp.3
@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ of
to the exponent
.Ar y .
.Sh ERROR (due to Roundoff etc.)
-exp(x), log(x), expm1(x) and log1p(x) are accurate to within
+exp(x), log(x), expm1(x) and log1p(x) are accurate to within
an
.Em up ,
and log10(x) to within about 2
@@ -231,10 +231,10 @@ infinite or \*(Na) before computing x**0 cannot care
whether 0**0 = 1 or not.
Any program that depends
upon 0**0 to be invalid is dubious anyway since that
-expression's meaning and, if invalid, its consequences
+expression's meaning and, if invalid, its consequences
vary from one computer system to another.
.It
-Some Algebra texts (e.g. Sigler's) define x**0 = 1 for
+Some Algebra texts (e.g. Sigler's) define x**0 = 1 for
all x, including x = 0.
This is compatible with the convention that accepts a[0]
as the value of polynomial
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ The reason for setting 0**0 = 1 anyway is this:
If x(z) and y(z) are
.Em any
functions analytic (expandable
-in power series) in z around z = 0, and if there
+in power series) in z around z = 0, and if there
x(0) = y(0) = 0, then x(z)**y(z) \(-> 1 as z \(-> 0.
.Ed
.It
diff --git a/lib/libm/common_source/ieee.3 b/lib/libm/common_source/ieee.3
index c918418850b0..c0e04740f551 100644
--- a/lib/libm/common_source/ieee.3
+++ b/lib/libm/common_source/ieee.3
@@ -46,15 +46,15 @@
.Lb libm
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Fd #include <math.h>
-.Ft double
+.Ft double
.Fn copysign "double x" "double y"
-.Ft double
+.Ft double
.Fn drem "double x" "double y"
-.Ft int
+.Ft int
.Fn finite "double x"
-.Ft double
+.Ft double
.Fn logb "double x"
-.Ft double
+.Ft double
.Fn scalb "double x" "int n"
.Sh DESCRIPTION
These functions are required for, or recommended by the
@@ -167,11 +167,11 @@ and
.Fn drem \\*(If y
to be invalid operations that produce a \*(Na.
On the
-.Tn VAX ,
+.Tn VAX ,
.Fn drem x 0
generates a reserved operand fault. No \*(If
exists on a
-.Tn VAX .
+.Tn VAX .
.Pp
.Tn IEEE
754 defines
@@ -182,17 +182,17 @@ exists on a
= \-\*(If, and
requires the latter to signal Division\-by\-Zero.
But on a
-.Tn VAX ,
+.Tn VAX ,
.Fn logb 0
= 1.0 \- 2.0**31 = \-2,147,483,647.0.
And if the correct value of
.Fn scalb
would overflow on a
-.Tn VAX ,
+.Tn VAX ,
it generates a reserved operand fault and sets the global variable
.Va errno
to
-.Er ERANGE .
+.Er ERANGE .
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr floor 3 ,
.Xr infnan 3 ,
@@ -200,7 +200,7 @@ to
.Sh HISTORY
The
.Nm ieee
-functions appeared in
+functions appeared in
.Bx 4.3 .
.Sh BUGS
Should
@@ -209,7 +209,7 @@ and
.Fn logb 0
on a
.Tn VAX
-signal invalidity
+signal invalidity
by setting
.Va errno No = Er EDOM ?
Should
@@ -221,12 +221,12 @@ return \-1.7e38?
.Fn logb "denormalized no.\&"
=
.Fn logb "tiniest normalized no. > 0"
-but the consensus has changed to the specification in the new
+but the consensus has changed to the specification in the new
proposed
.Tn IEEE
standard p854, namely that
.Fn logb x
-satisfy
+satisfy
.Bd -ragged -offset indent
1 \(<=
.Fn scalb \\*(Bax\\*(Ba \-logb(x)
@@ -237,7 +237,7 @@ for
754
.Ed
.Pp
-for every x except 0,
+for every x except 0,
\*(If
and \*(Na.
Almost every program that assumes 754's specification will work
@@ -260,7 +260,7 @@ similar in spirit to the
.Tn VAX Ns 's
reserved operand, but very
different in important details. Since the sign bit of a
-reserved operand makes it look negative,
+reserved operand makes it look negative,
.Bd -ragged -offset indent
.Fn copysign x "reserved operand"
=
diff --git a/lib/libm/common_source/infnan.3 b/lib/libm/common_source/infnan.3
index e4ca774cab75..d3361acb812b 100644
--- a/lib/libm/common_source/infnan.3
+++ b/lib/libm/common_source/infnan.3
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@
.Lb libm
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Fd #include <math.h>
-.Ft double
+.Ft double
.Fn infnan "int iarg"
.Sh DESCRIPTION
At some time in the future, some of the useful properties of
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ in appropriate places in
.Xr libm 3 .
When
better exception\-handling is implemented in
-.Tn UNIX ,
+.Tn UNIX ,
only
.Fn infnan
among the codes in
@@ -115,7 +115,7 @@ when they
invoke
.Fn infnan iarg
under analogous circumstances on a
-.Tn VAX .
+.Tn VAX .
Currently
.Fn infnan
stops computation under all those
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ and a value for a
revised
.Fn infnan
to return. And a C program to
-implement that suggestion follows.
+implement that suggestion follows.
.Bl -column "IEEE Signal" "IEEE Default" XXERANGE ERANGEXXorXXEDOM
.It "IEEE Signal IEEE Default " Fa iarg Ta Va errno Ta Fn infnan
.It "Invalid \*(Na " Er "EDOM EDOM 0"
@@ -173,5 +173,5 @@ and
.Sh HISTORY
The
.Fn infnan
-function appeared in
+function appeared in
.Bx 4.3 .
diff --git a/lib/libm/common_source/j0.3 b/lib/libm/common_source/j0.3
index 430619e8f6f7..5bfb9a7b6087 100644
--- a/lib/libm/common_source/j0.3
+++ b/lib/libm/common_source/j0.3
@@ -99,7 +99,7 @@ the function
computes the
.Em "Bessel function of the second kind for the integer order"
.Fa n
-for the positive
+for the positive
.Em integer
value
.Fa x
diff --git a/lib/libm/common_source/lgamma.3 b/lib/libm/common_source/lgamma.3
index feb5a86ad078..24f769e24faf 100644
--- a/lib/libm/common_source/lgamma.3
+++ b/lib/libm/common_source/lgamma.3
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@ will underflow.
.Sh HISTORY
The
.Fn lgamma
-function appeared in
+function appeared in
.Bx 4.3 .
The
.Fn gamma
diff --git a/lib/libm/common_source/math.3 b/lib/libm/common_source/math.3
index 2e26575de27e..4bc1ff315e00 100644
--- a/lib/libm/common_source/math.3
+++ b/lib/libm/common_source/math.3
@@ -379,7 +379,7 @@ correctly through multiplication and division, and
.If (finite)/\(+- \0=\0\(+-0
(nonzero)/0 =
.If \(+- .
-But
+But
.if n \
Infinity\-Infinity, Infinity\(**0 and Infinity/Infinity
.if t \
diff --git a/lib/libm/common_source/sinh.3 b/lib/libm/common_source/sinh.3
index 30094733b956..a5cfbee4ecef 100644
--- a/lib/libm/common_source/sinh.3
+++ b/lib/libm/common_source/sinh.3
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ function computes the hyperbolic sine of
The
.Fn sinh
function returns the hyperbolic sine value unless
-the magnitude
+the magnitude
of
.Fa x
is too large; in this event, the global variable
diff --git a/lib/libmd/mdX.3 b/lib/libmd/mdX.3
index 2363200f29a0..9dfe187c5af5 100644
--- a/lib/libmd/mdX.3
+++ b/lib/libmd/mdX.3
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
The MDX functions calculate a 128-bit cryptographic checksum (digest)
for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way
hash-function, that is, you cannot find (except by exhaustive search)
-the input corresponding to a particular output. This net result is
+the input corresponding to a particular output. This net result is
a ``fingerprint'' of the input-data, which doesn't disclose the actual
input.
.Pp
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ which converts the return value to a 33-character
string which represents the 128 bits in hexadecimal.
.Pp
.Fn MDXFile
-calculates the digest of a file, and uses
+calculates the digest of a file, and uses
.Fn MDXEnd
to return the result.
If the file cannot be opened, a null pointer is returned.
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ When using
.Fn MDXFile ,
or
.Fn MDXData ,
-the
+the
.Fa buf
argument can be a null pointer, in which case the returned string
is allocated with
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ is allocated with
and subsequently must be explicitly deallocated using
.Xr free 3
after use.
-If the
+If the
.Fa buf
argument is non-null it must point to at least 33 characters of buffer space.
.Sh SEE ALSO
@@ -150,7 +150,7 @@ argument is non-null it must point to at least 33 characters of buffer space.
.%O RFC 1321
.Re
.Rs
-.%A RSA Laboratories
+.%A RSA Laboratories
.%T Frequently Asked Questions About today's Cryptography
.%O \&<http://www.rsa.com/rsalabs/faq/>
.Re
diff --git a/lib/libmd/ripemd.3 b/lib/libmd/ripemd.3
index 273a3bf1dda8..2e2abc82a1d9 100644
--- a/lib/libmd/ripemd.3
+++ b/lib/libmd/ripemd.3
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ The
functions calculate a 160-bit cryptographic checksum (digest)
for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way
hash function; that is, it is computationally impractical to find
-the input corresponding to a particular output. This net result is
+the input corresponding to a particular output. This net result is
a ``fingerprint'' of the input-data, which doesn't disclose the actual
input.
.Pp
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ which converts the return value to a 41-character
string which represents the 160 bits in hexadecimal.
.Pp
.Fn RIPEMD160_File
-calculates the digest of a file, and uses
+calculates the digest of a file, and uses
.Fn RIPEMD160_End
to return the result.
If the file cannot be opened, a null pointer is returned.
@@ -102,7 +102,7 @@ When using
.Fn RIPEMD160_File ,
or
.Fn RIPEMD160_Data ,
-the
+the
.Fa buf
argument can be a null pointer, in which case the returned string
is allocated with
@@ -110,7 +110,7 @@ is allocated with
and subsequently must be explicitly deallocated using
.Xr free 3
after use.
-If the
+If the
.Fa buf
argument is non-null it must point to at least 41 characters of buffer space.
.Sh SEE ALSO
diff --git a/lib/libmd/sha.3 b/lib/libmd/sha.3
index 16bf68eab334..1f69450f759e 100644
--- a/lib/libmd/sha.3
+++ b/lib/libmd/sha.3
@@ -69,7 +69,7 @@ and
functions calculate a 160-bit cryptographic checksum (digest)
for any number of input bytes. A cryptographic checksum is a one-way
hash function; that is, it is computationally impractical to find
-the input corresponding to a particular output. This net result is
+the input corresponding to a particular output. This net result is
a ``fingerprint'' of the input-data, which doesn't disclose the actual
input.
.Pp
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ which converts the return value to a 41-character
string which represents the 160 bits in hexadecimal.
.Pp
.Fn SHA1_File
-calculates the digest of a file, and uses
+calculates the digest of a file, and uses
.Fn SHA1_End
to return the result.
If the file cannot be opened, a null pointer is returned.
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ When using
.Fn SHA1_File ,
or
.Fn SHA1_Data ,
-the
+the
.Fa buf
argument can be a null pointer, in which case the returned string
is allocated with
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ is allocated with
and subsequently must be explicitly deallocated using
.Xr free 3
after use.
-If the
+If the
.Fa buf
argument is non-null it must point to at least 41 characters of buffer space.
.Sh SEE ALSO
diff --git a/lib/libnetgraph/netgraph.3 b/lib/libnetgraph/netgraph.3
index 92640fbfc6e2..feff469bde33 100644
--- a/lib/libnetgraph/netgraph.3
+++ b/lib/libnetgraph/netgraph.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (c) 1996-1999 Whistle Communications, Inc.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Subject to the following obligations and disclaimer of warranty, use and
.\" redistribution of this software, in source or object code forms, with or
.\" without modifications are expressly permitted by Whistle Communications;
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
.\" Communications, Inc. trademarks, including the mark "WHISTLE
.\" COMMUNICATIONS" on advertising, endorsements, or otherwise except as
.\" such appears in the above copyright notice or in the software.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS BEING PROVIDED BY WHISTLE COMMUNICATIONS "AS IS", AND
.\" TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, WHISTLE COMMUNICATIONS MAKES NO
.\" REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, REGARDING THIS SOFTWARE,
diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_attr.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_attr.3
index c34df1ee42e1..6707b0a21f7d 100644
--- a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_attr.3
+++ b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_attr.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd April 28, 2000
.Dt PTHREAD_ATTR 3
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ functions set the attribute that corresponds to each function name.
The
.Fn pthread_attr_get*
functions copy the value of the attribute that corresponds to each function name
-to the location pointed to by the second function parameter.
+to the location pointed to by the second function parameter.
.Sh RETURN VALUES
If successful, these functions return 0.
Otherwise, an error number is returned to indicate the error.
diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_condattr.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_condattr.3
index 5b0200fdcba4..d117c7505642 100644
--- a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_condattr.3
+++ b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_condattr.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd April 28, 2000
.Dt PTHREAD_CONDATTR 3
diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_detach.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_detach.3
index 75c9d42f08c4..a3b660fdde64 100644
--- a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_detach.3
+++ b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_detach.3
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ If
has not terminated,
.Fn pthread_detach
will not cause it to terminate.
-The effect of multiple
+The effect of multiple
.Fn pthread_detach
calls on the same target thread is unspecified.
.Sh RETURN VALUES
diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_exit.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_exit.3
index 5f6f75bd5212..1eabc9bcb94b 100644
--- a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_exit.3
+++ b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_exit.3
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ is undefined if called from a cancellation handler or destructor function
that was invoked as the result of an implicit or explicit call to
.Fn pthread_exit .
.Pp
-After a thread has terminated, the result of access to local (auto)
+After a thread has terminated, the result of access to local (auto)
variables of the thread is undefined.
Thus, references to local variables
of the exiting thread should not be used for the
diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_kill.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_kill.3
index b5bb859a34ca..a18a969cdd75 100644
--- a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_kill.3
+++ b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_kill.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd April 27, 2000
.Dt PTHREAD_KILL 3
diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_mutexattr.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_mutexattr.3
index ec79518a23d6..555cdd4735db 100644
--- a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_mutexattr.3
+++ b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_mutexattr.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd May 1, 2000
.Dt PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR 3
diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_once.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_once.3
index 736e32e94e2e..72a132249ccb 100644
--- a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_once.3
+++ b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_once.3
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ is not a cancellation point.
However, if
.Fn init_routine
is a cancellation point and is cancelled, the effect on
-.Fa once_control is as if
+.Fa once_control is as if
.Fn pthread_once
was never called.
.Pp
diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_rwlock_destroy.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_rwlock_destroy.3
index bd1bfe8360f7..70acf928ebe2 100644
--- a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_rwlock_destroy.3
+++ b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_rwlock_destroy.3
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Fn pthread_rwlock_destroy
-function is used to destroy a read/write lock previously created with
+function is used to destroy a read/write lock previously created with
.Fn pthread_rwlock_init .
.Sh RETURN VALUES
If successful, the
diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_rwlockattr_destroy.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_rwlockattr_destroy.3
index 80db1a95882d..ab6a6e17768b 100644
--- a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_rwlockattr_destroy.3
+++ b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_rwlockattr_destroy.3
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
The
.Fn pthread_rwlockattr_destroy
function is used to destroy a read/write lock attribute object
-previously created with
+previously created with
.Fn pthread_rwlockattr_init .
.Sh RETURN VALUES
If successful, the
diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_schedparam.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_schedparam.3
index 3e2e32ebfb62..96287e5b6e7b 100644
--- a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_schedparam.3
+++ b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_schedparam.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd May 1, 2000
.Dt PTHREAD_SCHEDPARAM 3
diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_sigmask.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_sigmask.3
index a335107f5b11..6af3464edc76 100644
--- a/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_sigmask.3
+++ b/lib/libpthread/man/pthread_sigmask.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd April 27, 2000
.Dt PTHREAD_SIGMASK 3
diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/sem_destroy.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/sem_destroy.3
index 4074adcb35d0..0de46913728b 100644
--- a/lib/libpthread/man/sem_destroy.3
+++ b/lib/libpthread/man/sem_destroy.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd February 15, 2000
.Dt SEM_DESTROY 3
diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/sem_getvalue.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/sem_getvalue.3
index e9ac2a6466f5..3ee947af7ad8 100644
--- a/lib/libpthread/man/sem_getvalue.3
+++ b/lib/libpthread/man/sem_getvalue.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd February 15, 2000
.Dt SEM_GETVALUE 3
diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/sem_init.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/sem_init.3
index a727fe2053b7..5f43c08e3789 100644
--- a/lib/libpthread/man/sem_init.3
+++ b/lib/libpthread/man/sem_init.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd February 15, 2000
.Dt SEM_INIT 3
diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/sem_open.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/sem_open.3
index 22229b33954d..eec5a5798a0d 100644
--- a/lib/libpthread/man/sem_open.3
+++ b/lib/libpthread/man/sem_open.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,14 +24,14 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd February 15, 2000
.Dt SEM_OPEN 3
.Os
.Sh NAME
-.Nm sem_open ,
-.Nm sem_close ,
+.Nm sem_open ,
+.Nm sem_close ,
.Nm sem_unlink
.Nd named semaphore operations
.Sh LIBRARY
diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/sem_post.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/sem_post.3
index 970550dbce82..0c8dea4934ef 100644
--- a/lib/libpthread/man/sem_post.3
+++ b/lib/libpthread/man/sem_post.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd February 15, 2000
.Dt SEM_POST 3
diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/sem_wait.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/sem_wait.3
index beff2e315dec..397cbfe1663f 100644
--- a/lib/libpthread/man/sem_wait.3
+++ b/lib/libpthread/man/sem_wait.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,13 +24,13 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd February 15, 2000
.Dt SEM_WAIT 3
.Os
.Sh NAME
-.Nm sem_wait ,
+.Nm sem_wait ,
.Nm sem_trywait
.Nd decrement (lock) a semaphore
.Sh LIBRARY
diff --git a/lib/libpthread/man/sigwait.3 b/lib/libpthread/man/sigwait.3
index 818a6230492c..bd46b1ca9614 100644
--- a/lib/libpthread/man/sigwait.3
+++ b/lib/libpthread/man/sigwait.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd April 27, 2000
.Dt SIGWAIT 3
diff --git a/lib/libstand/libstand.3 b/lib/libstand/libstand.3
index 860438e1321a..b8a56437f118 100644
--- a/lib/libstand/libstand.3
+++ b/lib/libstand/libstand.3
@@ -35,13 +35,13 @@
.Sh DESCRIPTION
.Nm
provides a set of supporting functions for standalone
-applications, mimicking where possible the standard BSD programming
+applications, mimicking where possible the standard BSD programming
environment. The following sections group these functions by kind.
Unless specifically described here, see the corresponding section 3
manpages for the given functions.
.Sh STRING FUNCTIONS
String functions are available as documented in
-.Xr string 3
+.Xr string 3
and
.Xr bstring 3 .
.Sh MEMORY ALLOCATION
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ These functions behave similarly to their standard library counterparts.
.Fn env_getenv "const char *name"
.Xc
.Pp
-Looks up a variable in the environment and returns its entire
+Looks up a variable in the environment and returns its entire
data structure.
.It Xo
.Ft int
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ data structure.
.Pp
Creates a new or sets an existing environment variable called
.Fa name .
-If creating a new variable, the
+If creating a new variable, the
.Fa sethook
and
.Fa unsethook
@@ -140,7 +140,7 @@ again with EV_NOHOOK set to actually save the value. The predefined function
may be specified to refuse all attempts to set a variable.
.Pp
The unset hook is invoked when an attempt is made to unset a variable.
-If it
+If it
returns zero, the variable will be unset. The predefined function
.Fa env_nounset
may be used to prevent a variable being unset.
@@ -185,7 +185,7 @@ Requires
.Pp
Defined as
.Fn _setjmp
-and
+and
.Fn _lonjmp
respectively as there is no signal state to manipulate. Requires
.Fd #include <setjmp.h>
@@ -245,8 +245,8 @@ if successful, or -1 if a read error occurs.
.Pp
The *printf functions implement a subset of the standard
.Fn printf
-family functionality and some extensions. The following standard conversions
-are supported: c,d,n,o,p,s,u,x. The following modifiers are supported:
+family functionality and some extensions. The following standard conversions
+are supported: c,d,n,o,p,s,u,x. The following modifiers are supported:
+,-,#,*,0,field width,precision,l.
.Pp
The
@@ -254,9 +254,9 @@ The
conversion is provided to decode error registers. Its usage is:
.Pp
.Bd -ragged -offset indent
-printf(
-.Qq reg=%b\en ,
-regval,
+printf(
+.Qq reg=%b\en ,
+regval,
.Qq <base><arg>*
);
.Ed
@@ -290,7 +290,7 @@ printf(
.Qq %6D ,
ptr,
.Qq \&:
-); gives
+); gives
.Qq XX:XX:XX:XX:XX:XX
.Ed
.Bd -ragged -offset indent
@@ -299,7 +299,7 @@ printf(
len,
ptr,
.Qq "\ "
-); gives
+); gives
.Qq XX XX XX ...
.Ed
.El
@@ -398,9 +398,9 @@ and
.Fn fstat
functions only fill out the following fields in the
.Fa sb
-structure: st_mode,st_nlink,st_uid,st_gid,st_size. The
+structure: st_mode,st_nlink,st_uid,st_gid,st_size. The
.Nm tftp
-filesystem cannot provide meaningful values for this call, and the
+filesystem cannot provide meaningful values for this call, and the
.Nm cd9660
filesystem always reports files having uid/gid of zero.
.El
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ Returns -1 on error, 0 at EOF, or 1 if the user elects to quit while reading.
.Fn twiddle void
.Xc
.Pp
-Successive calls emit the characters in the sequence |,/,-,\\ followed by a
+Successive calls emit the characters in the sequence |,/,-,\\ followed by a
backspace in order to provide reassurance to the user.
.El
.Sh REQUIRED LOW-LEVEL SUPPORT
@@ -464,9 +464,9 @@ functions can be invoked. Stack requirements vary depending on the functions
and filesystems used by the consumer and the support layer functions detailed
below.
.Pp
-The heap must be established before calling
+The heap must be established before calling
.Fn alloc
-or
+or
.Fn open
by calling
.Fn setheap .
@@ -474,7 +474,7 @@ Heap usage will vary depending on the number of simultaneously open files,
as well as client behaviour. Automatic decompression will allocate more
than 64K of data per open file.
.Pp
-Console access is performed via the
+Console access is performed via the
.Fn getchar ,
.Fn putchar
and
@@ -515,9 +515,9 @@ Returns nonzero if a character is waiting from the console.
.Xc
.Pp
Write a character to the console, used by
-.Fn gets ,
-.Fn ngets ,
-.Fn *printf ,
+.Fn gets ,
+.Fn ngets ,
+.Fn *printf ,
.Fn panic
and
.Fn twiddle
@@ -531,11 +531,11 @@ Open the appropriate device for the file named in
.Fa name ,
returning in
.Fa file
-a pointer to the remaining body of
+a pointer to the remaining body of
.Fa name
which does not refer to the device. The
.Va f_dev
-field in
+field in
.Fa of
will be set to point to the
.Vt devsw
@@ -612,7 +612,7 @@ The lack of detailed memory usage data is unhelpful.
.Nm
contains contributions from many sources, including:
.Bl -bullet -compact
-.It
+.It
.Nm libsa
from
.Nx
diff --git a/lib/libtacplus/libtacplus.3 b/lib/libtacplus/libtacplus.3
index 713db0119d9a..ccea628dc7fb 100644
--- a/lib/libtacplus/libtacplus.3
+++ b/lib/libtacplus/libtacplus.3
@@ -258,7 +258,7 @@ initial authentication request.
.Pp
When it receives the CONTINUE packet, the server may again request
more information by returning
-.Dv TAC_AUTHEN_STATUS_GETDATA ,
+.Dv TAC_AUTHEN_STATUS_GETDATA ,
.Dv TAC_AUTHEN_STATUS_GETUSER ,
or
.Dv TAC_AUTHEN_STATUS_GETPASS .
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ can be retrieved by calling
.Fn tac_strerror .
The message text is overwritten on each new error for the given
.Va struct tac_handle * .
-Thus the message must be copied if it is to be preserved through
+Thus the message must be copied if it is to be preserved through
subsequent library calls using the same handle.
.Sh CLEANUP
To free the resources used by the TACACS+ library, call
@@ -283,7 +283,7 @@ they detect an error, they return -1 and record an error message
which can be retrieved using
.Fn tac_strerror .
.Pp
-.Bl -item -offset indent -compact
+.Bl -item -offset indent -compact
.It
.Fn tac_add_server
.It
diff --git a/lib/libutil/auth.3 b/lib/libutil/auth.3
index b575bcf9c691..68539db899cf 100644
--- a/lib/libutil/auth.3
+++ b/lib/libutil/auth.3
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 1998 Jordan Hubbard
-.\"
+.\"
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.\" "
.Dd October 7, 1998
diff --git a/lib/libutil/login.3 b/lib/libutil/login.3
index ed6d72883b7f..41612fbf9e4e 100644
--- a/lib/libutil/login.3
+++ b/lib/libutil/login.3
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 1996 Joerg Wunsch
-.\"
+.\"
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.\" "
.Dd December 29, 1996
diff --git a/lib/libutil/login.conf.5 b/lib/libutil/login.conf.5
index 64d49ab908d5..37580b6f5700 100644
--- a/lib/libutil/login.conf.5
+++ b/lib/libutil/login.conf.5
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ for a more in-depth description of the format of a capability database.
Fields within each record in the database follow the
.Xr getcap 3
conventions for boolean, type string
-.Ql \&=
+.Ql \&=
and type numeric
.Ql \&# ,
although type numeric is depreciated in favour of the string format and
diff --git a/lib/libutil/login_auth.3 b/lib/libutil/login_auth.3
index 0499b89c5a3b..0144f5c9e3be 100644
--- a/lib/libutil/login_auth.3
+++ b/lib/libutil/login_auth.3
@@ -29,9 +29,9 @@
.\" .Nm auth_scan
.\" .Nm auth_rmfiles
.Nm auth_checknologin ,
-.Nm auth_cat
-.\" .Nm auth_ttyok
-.\" .Nm auth_hostok
+.Nm auth_cat
+.\" .Nm auth_ttyok
+.\" .Nm auth_hostok
.\" .Nm auth_timesok
.Nd "authentication style support library for login class capabilities database"
.Sh LIBRARY
diff --git a/lib/libutil/login_cap.3 b/lib/libutil/login_cap.3
index 97f7f54749e9..12f6412809e0 100644
--- a/lib/libutil/login_cap.3
+++ b/lib/libutil/login_cap.3
@@ -152,10 +152,10 @@ functions will search for a record with an id of "default",
with that name returned in the
.Ar lc_class
field.
-In addition, if the referenced user has a UID of 0 (normally,
-"root", although the user name is not considered) then
-.Fn login_getpwclass
-will search for a record with an id of "root" before it searches
+In addition, if the referenced user has a UID of 0 (normally,
+"root", although the user name is not considered) then
+.Fn login_getpwclass
+will search for a record with an id of "root" before it searches
for the record with the id of "default".
.Pp
The
@@ -196,11 +196,11 @@ contained within it may override the system defaults.
This scheme allows users to override some login settings from
those in the system login class database by creating class records
for their own private class with a record id of `me'.
-In the context of a
+In the context of a
.Em login ,
it should be noted that some options cannot by overridden by
users for two reasons; many options, such as resource settings
-and default process priorities, require root privileges
+and default process priorities, require root privileges
in order to take effect, and other fields in the user's file are
not be consulted at all during the early phases of login for
security or administrative reasons.
@@ -272,7 +272,7 @@ The manpage for
.Xr login.conf 5
deals in specific tags and their type.
.Pp
-Note that with all functions in this group, you should not call
+Note that with all functions in this group, you should not call
.Xr free 3
on any pointers returned.
Memory allocated during retrieval or processing of capability
@@ -337,7 +337,7 @@ If in the first format, then the value given may be "inf" or
"infinity" which results in a return value of RLIM_INFINITY.
If the given capability tag cannot be found, the
.Ar def
-parameter is returned, and if an error occurs, the
+parameter is returned, and if an error occurs, the
.Ar error
parameter is returned.
.It Fn login_getcapsize
diff --git a/lib/libutil/login_ok.3 b/lib/libutil/login_ok.3
index 817cc6bf0a9a..c25049a8cdd2 100644
--- a/lib/libutil/login_ok.3
+++ b/lib/libutil/login_ok.3
@@ -46,17 +46,17 @@ class capability entries in the login database,
.Pp
.Fn auth_ttyok
checks to see if the named tty is available to users of a specific
-class, and is either in the
+class, and is either in the
.Em ttys.allow
access list, and not in
-the
+the
.Em ttys.deny
access list.
-An empty
+An empty
.Em ttys.allow
list (or if no such capability exists for
the give login class) logins via any tty device are allowed unless
-the
+the
.Em ttys.deny
list exists and is non-empty, and the device or its
tty group (see
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@ name, a device name which includes a wildcard (e.g. ttyD* or cuaD*),
or may name a ttygroup, when group=<name> tags have been assigned in
.Pa /etc/ttys .
Matching of ttys and ttygroups is case sensitive.
-Passing a
+Passing a
.Dv NULL
or empty string as the
.Ar tty
@@ -76,9 +76,9 @@ parameter causes the function to return a non-zero value.
.Fn auth_hostok
checks for any host restrictions for remote logins.
The function checks on both a host name and IP address (given in its
-text form, typically n.n.n.n) against the
+text form, typically n.n.n.n) against the
.Em host.allow
-and
+and
.Em host.deny
login class capabilities.
As with ttys and their groups, wildcards and character classes may be
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ is in its canonical form.
No hostname or address lookups are attempted.
.Pp
It is possible to call this function with either the hostname or
-the IP address missing (i.e.
+the IP address missing (i.e.
.Dv NULL )
and matching will be performed
only on the basis of the parameter given.
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ function checks to see that a given time value is within the
login class capability and not within the
.Em times.deny
access lists.
-An empty or non-existent
+An empty or non-existent
.Em times.allow
list allows access at any
time, except if a given time is falls within a period in the
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ manual page.
A non-zero return value from any of these functions indicates that
login access is granted.
A zero return value means either that the item being tested is not
-in the
+in the
.Em allow
access list, or is within the
.Em deny
diff --git a/lib/libutil/login_times.3 b/lib/libutil/login_times.3
index fff232aeb731..28afbfaa590f 100644
--- a/lib/libutil/login_times.3
+++ b/lib/libutil/login_times.3
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ parameter to the function is not NULL, the time at which the
period ends relative to the time passed is returned.
.Pp
The
-.Fn in_ltms
+.Fn in_ltms
function is similar to
.Fn in_ltm
except that the first parameter must be a pointer to an array
diff --git a/lib/libutil/login_tty.3 b/lib/libutil/login_tty.3
index 84a39e162ecd..8cbb200fd6a7 100644
--- a/lib/libutil/login_tty.3
+++ b/lib/libutil/login_tty.3
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 1996 Joerg Wunsch
-.\"
+.\"
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.\" "
.Dd December 29, 1996
diff --git a/lib/libutil/logout.3 b/lib/libutil/logout.3
index dd083abb6b63..a129e5466df4 100644
--- a/lib/libutil/logout.3
+++ b/lib/libutil/logout.3
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 1996 Joerg Wunsch
-.\"
+.\"
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.\" "
.Dd December 29, 1996
diff --git a/lib/libutil/logwtmp.3 b/lib/libutil/logwtmp.3
index 1ba434749c46..f8fa4b6a5b87 100644
--- a/lib/libutil/logwtmp.3
+++ b/lib/libutil/logwtmp.3
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 1996 Joerg Wunsch
-.\"
+.\"
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@
.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.\" "
.Dd December 29, 1996
diff --git a/lib/libutil/property.3 b/lib/libutil/property.3
index 174665ca7fb2..f945bd57e728 100644
--- a/lib/libutil/property.3
+++ b/lib/libutil/property.3
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 1998 Jordan Hubbard
-.\"
+.\"
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -22,14 +22,14 @@
.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.\" "
.Dd October 7, 1998
.Os
.Dt PROPERTIES 3
.Sh NAME
-.Nm properties_read ,
+.Nm properties_read ,
.Nm propery_find ,
.Nm properties_free
.Nd "functions to allow creating simple property lists from ASCII file data"
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ Each property in the file is assumed to have the format of
.Fa name = value
where
.Fa name
-is an alphanumeric string (and any punctuation not including the `=' character)
+is an alphanumeric string (and any punctuation not including the `=' character)
and
.Fa value
is an arbitary string of text terminated by a newline character. If newlines
diff --git a/lib/libutil/pty.3 b/lib/libutil/pty.3
index cb2e461c4266..32849687afd2 100644
--- a/lib/libutil/pty.3
+++ b/lib/libutil/pty.3
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 1996 Joerg Wunsch
-.\"
+.\"
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -22,14 +22,14 @@
.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.\" "
.Dd December 29, 1996
.Os
.Dt PTY 3
.Sh NAME
-.Nm openpty ,
+.Nm openpty ,
.Nm forkpty
.Nd auxiliary functions to obtain a pseudo-terminal
.Sh LIBRARY
diff --git a/lib/libutil/uucplock.3 b/lib/libutil/uucplock.3
index 404834b0b268..ad801cc354fa 100644
--- a/lib/libutil/uucplock.3
+++ b/lib/libutil/uucplock.3
@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 1996 Brian Somers <brian@awfulhak.demon.co.uk>
-.\"
+.\"
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -22,14 +22,14 @@
.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.\" "
.Dd March 30, 1997
.Os
.Dt UUCPLOCK 3
.Sh NAME
-.Nm uu_lock ,
+.Nm uu_lock ,
.Nm uu_unlock ,
.Nm uu_lockerr
.Nd acquire and release control of a serial device
diff --git a/lib/libvgl/vgl.3 b/lib/libvgl/vgl.3
index 19a4a39180c3..a65aa001d962 100644
--- a/lib/libvgl/vgl.3
+++ b/lib/libvgl/vgl.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (c) 1997 Søren Schmidt
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
.\" 3. The name of the author may not be used to endorse or promote products
.\" derived from this software withough specific prior written permission.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE AUTHOR ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES
.\" OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED.
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@
.\" THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT
.\" (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF
.\" THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd November 7, 1999
.Dt VGL 3
@@ -71,11 +71,11 @@
.Fd #include <vgl.h>
.Ft int
.Fn VGLInit "int mode"
-.Ft void
+.Ft void
.Fn VGLEnd "void"
-.Ft void
+.Ft void
.Fn VGLCheckSwitch "void"
-.Ft int
+.Ft int
.Fn VGLTextSetFontFile "char *filename"
.Ft int
.Fn VGLKeyboardInit "int code"
@@ -83,29 +83,29 @@
.Fn VGLKeyboardEnd "void"
.Ft int
.Fn VGLKeyboardGetCh "void"
-.Ft int
+.Ft int
.Fn VGLMouseInit "int mode"
-.Ft void
+.Ft void
.Fn VGLMouseMode "int mode"
-.Ft int
+.Ft int
.Fn VGLMouseStatus "int *x" "int *y" "char *buttons"
-.Ft void
+.Ft void
.Fn VGLMouseSetImage "VGLBitmap *AndMask" "VGLBitmap *OrMask"
-.Ft void
+.Ft void
.Fn VGLMouseSetStdImage "void"
-.Ft byte
+.Ft byte
.Fn VGLGetXY "VGLBitmap *object" "int x" "int y"
-.Ft void
+.Ft void
.Fn VGLSetXY "VGLBitmap *object" "int x" "int y" "byte color"
-.Ft void
+.Ft void
.Fn VGLLine "VGLBitmap *object" "int x1" "int y1" "int x2" "int y2" "byte color"
-.Ft void
+.Ft void
.Fn VGLBox "VGLBitmap *object" "int x1" "int y1" "int x2" "int y2" "byte color"
-.Ft void
+.Ft void
.Fn VGLFilledBox "VGLBitmap *object" "int x1" "int y1" "int x2" "int y2" "byte color"
-.Ft void
+.Ft void
.Fn VGLEllipse "VGLBitmap *object" "int xc" "int yc" "int a" "int b" "byte color"
-.Ft void
+.Ft void
.Fn VGLFilledEllipse "VGLBitmap *object" "int xc" "int yc" "int a" "int b" "byte color"
.Ft VGLBitmap *
.Fn VGLBitmapCreate "int type" "int xsize" "int ysize" "byte *bits"
@@ -113,25 +113,25 @@
.Fn VGLBitmapDestroy "VGLBitmap *object"
.Ft int
.Fn VGLBitmapAllocateBits "VGLBitmap *object"
-.Ft int
+.Ft int
.Fn VGLBitmapCopy "VGLBitmap *src" "int srcx" "int srcy" "VGLBitmap *dst" "int dstx" "int dsty" "int width" "int hight"
-.Ft void
+.Ft void
.Fn VGLBitmapPutChar "VGLBitmap *Object" "int x" "int y" "byte ch" "byte fgcol" "byte bgcol" "int fill" "int dir"
-.Ft void
+.Ft void
.Fn VGLBitmapString "VGLBitmap *Object" "int x" "int y" "char *str" "byte fgcol" "byte bgcol" "int fill" "int dir"
-.Ft void
+.Ft void
.Fn VGLClear "VGLBitmap *object" "byte color"
.Ft void
.Fn VGLSetPalette "byte *red" "byte *green" "byte *blue"
-.Ft void
+.Ft void
.Fn VGLSetPaletteIndex "byte color" "byte red" "byte green" "byte blue"
-.Ft void
+.Ft void
.Fn VGLSetBorder "byte color"
.Ft int
.Fn VGLSetVScreenSize "VGLBitmap *object" "int vxsize" "int vysize"
.Ft int
.Fn VGLPanScreen "VGLBitmap *object" "int x" "int y"
-.Ft void
+.Ft void
.Fn VGLBlankDisplay "int blank"
.Sh DESCRIPTION
.Nm Libvgl
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ mouse via the standard mouse system in
see
.Xr mouse 4 ,
including the ability to transparently have a mouse pointer superimposed on
-the graphic image currently being worked on.
+the graphic image currently being worked on.
The library takes care of screen switching by storing the current image in
memory before switching to another virtual console, and restoring when the
user switches back.
@@ -165,10 +165,10 @@ was called.
.Pp
.Fn VGLCheckSwitch
if the program goes into longer periods of processing without doing
-any graphics output, calling this function occasionally will allow
+any graphics output, calling this function occasionally will allow
the system to switch screens.
.Pp
-.Fn VGLTextSetFontFile
+.Fn VGLTextSetFontFile
instruct the char/string functions to use the font in file
.Pa filename
instead of the builtin font.
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@ must be
.Dv VGL_CODEKEYS ,
or
.Dv VGL_RAWKEYS .
-When
+When
.Dv VGL_XLATEKEYS
is specified, the keyboard translate the raw keyboard scan code into
a character code.
@@ -204,10 +204,10 @@ read one byte from the keyboard. As the keyboard I/O is in the
input mode, the function will not block even if there is no input data,
and returns 0.
.Pp
-.Fn VGLMouseInit
+.Fn VGLMouseInit
initialize the mouse.
The optional on-screen mouse pointer is shown if the
-argument is
+argument is
.Dv VGL_MOUSESHOW .
.Pp
.Fn VGLMouseMode
@@ -220,7 +220,7 @@ or hides the mouse pointer if the argument is
returns the current mouse pointer coordinates and button state in
.Va x , y ,
buttons.
-The return value reflects if the mouse pointer
+The return value reflects if the mouse pointer
is currently shown on screen or not.
.Pp
.Fn VGLMouseSetImage
@@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ argument to
.Va color
byte value.
.Pp
-.Fn VGLLine
+.Fn VGLLine
draw a line from
.Va x1 , y1
to
@@ -270,29 +270,29 @@ and lower right hand corner at
in color
.Va color .
.Pp
-.Fn VGLEllipse
-draw an ellipse centered at
+.Fn VGLEllipse
+draw an ellipse centered at
.Va xc , yc
-make it
+make it
.Va a
-pixels wide, and
+pixels wide, and
.Va b
pixels high in color
.Va color .
.Pp
.Fn VGLFilledEllipse
-draw a filled (solid) ellipse centered at
+draw a filled (solid) ellipse centered at
.Va xc , yc
-make it
+make it
.Va a
-pixels wide, and
+pixels wide, and
.Va b
pixels high in color
.Va color .
.Pp
.Fn VGLBitmapCreate
-create a bitmap object and initialize it with the specified
-values and bit data.
+create a bitmap object and initialize it with the specified
+values and bit data.
.Va type
must be
.Dv MEMBUF
@@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ for the in-memory bitmap.
.Va bits
may be NULL so that bitmap data may be associated later.
.Pp
-There also is a macro,
+There also is a macro,
.Fn VGLBITMAP_INITIALIZER "type" "xsize" "ysize" "bits"
to initialize a statically declared bitmap object.
.Pp
@@ -313,11 +313,11 @@ allocate a bit data buffer for the specified object.
.Fn VGLBitmapCopy
copy a rectangle of pixels from bitmap
.Va src
-upper left hand corner at
+upper left hand corner at
.Va srcx , srcy
to bitmap
.Va dst
-at
+at
.Va dstx , dsty
of the size
.Va width , height .
@@ -327,9 +327,9 @@ write the character
.Va ch
at position
.Va x , y
-in foreground color
+in foreground color
.Va fgcol .
-If
+If
.Va fill
is != 0, use the color
.Va bgcol
@@ -342,9 +342,9 @@ write the string
.Va str
at position
.Va x , y
-in foreground color
+in foreground color
.Va fgcol .
-If
+If
.Va fill
is != 0, use the color
.Va bgcol
@@ -362,7 +362,7 @@ this function sets the palette used, the arguments
should point to byte arrays of 256 positions each.
.Pp
.Fn VGLSetPaletteIndex
-set the palette index
+set the palette index
.Va color
to the specified RGB value.
.Pp
@@ -372,7 +372,7 @@ set the border color to color
.Pp
.Fn VGLSetVScreenSize
change the virtual screen size of the display. Note that this
-function must be called when our vty is in the foreground.
+function must be called when our vty is in the foreground.
And
.Va object
must be
@@ -382,11 +382,11 @@ Passing a in-memory bitmap to this function results in error.
The desired virtual screen width may not be achievable because
of the video card hardware. In such case the video driver (and
underlaying video BIOS) may choose the next largest values.
-Always examine
-.Va object->VXsize
-and
-.Va VYsize
-after calling this function, in order to see how the virtual screen
+Always examine
+.Va object->VXsize
+and
+.Va VYsize
+after calling this function, in order to see how the virtual screen
is actually set up.
.Pp
In order to set up the largest possible virtual screen, you may
@@ -396,8 +396,8 @@ call this function with arbitrary large values.
.Pp
.Fn VGLPanSreen
change the origin of the displayed screen in the virtual screen.
-Note that this function must be called when our vty is in the
-foreground.
+Note that this function must be called when our vty is in the
+foreground.
.Va object
must be
.Va VGLDisplay .
@@ -411,7 +411,7 @@ the user should first see when it's done.
.Sh AUTHORS
.An S\(/oren Schmidt Aq sos@FreeBSD.org
.Sh HISTORY
-The
+The
.Nm vgl
library appeared in
.Fx 3.0 .
diff --git a/lib/libz/zlib.3 b/lib/libz/zlib.3
index 7ecaf6d972ba..1c2950932f43 100644
--- a/lib/libz/zlib.3
+++ b/lib/libz/zlib.3
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ The zlib home page is:
http://www.cdrom.com/pub/infozip/zlib/
.LP
The data format used by the zlib library is described by RFC
-(Request for Comments) 1950 to 1952 in the files:
+(Request for Comments) 1950 to 1952 in the files:
.IP
ftp://ds.internic.net/rfc/rfc1950.txt (zlib format)
.br
diff --git a/lib/msun/man/acos.3 b/lib/msun/man/acos.3
index 2776bbe5e4e4..582e1c08dd5d 100644
--- a/lib/msun/man/acos.3
+++ b/lib/msun/man/acos.3
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@ A domain error occurs for arguments not in the range [-1, +1].
For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see
.Xr math 3 .
.Sh RETURN VALUES
-The
+The
.Fn acos
and the
.Fn acosf
diff --git a/lib/msun/man/acosh.3 b/lib/msun/man/acosh.3
index 0b4961fe6ec3..1b423abc8358 100644
--- a/lib/msun/man/acosh.3
+++ b/lib/msun/man/acosh.3
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Fn acosh
-and the
+and the
.Fn acoshf
functions compute the inverse hyperbolic cosine
of the real
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see
.Sh RETURN VALUES
The
.Fn acosh
-and the
+and the
.Fn acoshf
functions
return the inverse hyperbolic cosine of
@@ -84,5 +84,5 @@ causes a reserved operand fault.
.Sh HISTORY
The
.Fn acosh
-function appeared in
+function appeared in
.Bx 4.3 .
diff --git a/lib/msun/man/asin.3 b/lib/msun/man/asin.3
index 8b26bd273f83..6515fbdfc47a 100644
--- a/lib/msun/man/asin.3
+++ b/lib/msun/man/asin.3
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Fn asin
-and the
+and the
.Fn asinf
functions compute the principal value of the arc sine of
.Fa x .
@@ -58,7 +58,7 @@ For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see
.Sh RETURN VALUES
The
.Fn asin
-and the
+and the
.Fn asinf
functions return the arc sine in the range
.Bk -words
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ a reserved operand fault generated.
.Xr atan2 3 ,
.Xr cos 3 ,
.Xr cosh 3 ,
-.Xr math 3 ,
+.Xr math 3 ,
.Xr sin 3 ,
.Xr sinh 3 ,
.Xr tan 3 ,
diff --git a/lib/msun/man/asinh.3 b/lib/msun/man/asinh.3
index 00e431356ad9..09450f97f6b6 100644
--- a/lib/msun/man/asinh.3
+++ b/lib/msun/man/asinh.3
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Fn asinh
-and the
+and the
.Fn asinhf
functions compute the inverse hyperbolic sine
of the real
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see
.Sh RETURN VALUES
The
.Fn asinh
-and the
+and the
.Fn asinhf
functions
return the inverse hyperbolic sine of
@@ -72,5 +72,5 @@ return the inverse hyperbolic sine of
.Sh HISTORY
The
.Fn asinh
-function appeared in
+function appeared in
.Bx 4.3 .
diff --git a/lib/msun/man/atan.3 b/lib/msun/man/atan.3
index c5e360d0b2b8..4c6fd6446586 100644
--- a/lib/msun/man/atan.3
+++ b/lib/msun/man/atan.3
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see
.Sh RETURN VALUES
The
.Fn atan
-and the
+and the
.Fn atanf
function returns the arc tangent in the range
.Bk -words
diff --git a/lib/msun/man/atan2.3 b/lib/msun/man/atan2.3
index 457ab08d442e..0c124e75597a 100644
--- a/lib/msun/man/atan2.3
+++ b/lib/msun/man/atan2.3
@@ -60,7 +60,7 @@ The
and the
.Fn atan2f
functions, if successful,
-return the arc tangent of
+return the arc tangent of
.Fa y/ Ns Ar x
in the range
.Bk -words
diff --git a/lib/msun/man/atanh.3 b/lib/msun/man/atanh.3
index 95cea4dc9ecc..bff082b84f6f 100644
--- a/lib/msun/man/atanh.3
+++ b/lib/msun/man/atanh.3
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Fn atanh
-and the
+and the
.Fn atanhf
functions compute the inverse hyperbolic tangent
of the real
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see
.Sh RETURN VALUES
The
.Fn atanh
-and the
+and the
.Fn atanhf
functions
return the inverse hyperbolic tangent of
diff --git a/lib/msun/man/cos.3 b/lib/msun/man/cos.3
index 32a3762a15ed..bd1b31364467 100644
--- a/lib/msun/man/cos.3
+++ b/lib/msun/man/cos.3
@@ -53,14 +53,14 @@ and the
functions compute the cosine of
.Fa x
(measured in radians).
-A large magnitude argument may yield a result with little or no
+A large magnitude argument may yield a result with little or no
significance.
For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see
.Xr math 3 .
.Sh RETURN VALUES
The
.Fn cos
-and the
+and the
.Fn cosf
functions return the cosine value.
.Sh SEE ALSO
diff --git a/lib/msun/man/cosh.3 b/lib/msun/man/cosh.3
index 4c9d9b393bc5..764677271198 100644
--- a/lib/msun/man/cosh.3
+++ b/lib/msun/man/cosh.3
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Fn cosh
-and the
+and the
.Fn coshf
functions compute the hyperbolic cosine of
.Fa x .
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ of
is too large; in this event, the global variable
.Va errno
is set to
-.Er ERANGE .
+.Er ERANGE .
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr acos 3 ,
.Xr asin 3 ,
diff --git a/lib/msun/man/erf.3 b/lib/msun/man/erf.3
index ba66892c20d1..6157fd8864c9 100644
--- a/lib/msun/man/erf.3
+++ b/lib/msun/man/erf.3
@@ -57,20 +57,20 @@ These functions calculate the error function of
.Pp
The
.Fn erf
-and the
+and the
.Fn erff
functions calculate the error function of x; where
.Bd -ragged -offset indent
.if n \{\
erf(x) = 2/sqrt(pi)\(**\|integral from 0 to x of exp(\-t\(**t) dt. \}
.if t \{\
-erf\|(x) :=
+erf\|(x) :=
(2/\(sr\(*p)\|\(is\d\s8\z0\s10\u\u\s8x\s10\d\|exp(\-t\u\s82\s10\d)\|dt. \}
.Ed
.Pp
The
.Fn erfc
-and the
+and the
.Fn erfcf
functions calculate the complementary error function of
.Fa x ;
diff --git a/lib/msun/man/exp.3 b/lib/msun/man/exp.3
index 2ebaeb20f69a..7885eed16b3c 100644
--- a/lib/msun/man/exp.3
+++ b/lib/msun/man/exp.3
@@ -89,7 +89,7 @@ functions compute the exponential value of the given argument
.Pp
The
.Fn expm1
-and the
+and the
.Fn expm1f
functions compute the value exp(x)\-1 accurately even for tiny argument
.Fa x .
@@ -98,7 +98,7 @@ The
.Fn log
and the
.Fn logf
-functions compute the value of the natural logarithm of argument
+functions compute the value of the natural logarithm of argument
.Fa x .
.Pp
The
@@ -131,12 +131,12 @@ to the exponent
.Fn log x ,
.Fn expm1 x
and
-.Fn log1p x
-are accurate to within
+.Fn log1p x
+are accurate to within
an
.Em ulp ,
and
-.Fn log10 x
+.Fn log10 x
to within about 2
.Em ulps ;
an
@@ -268,10 +268,10 @@ infinite or \*(Na) before computing x**0 cannot care
whether 0**0 = 1 or not.
Any program that depends
upon 0**0 to be invalid is dubious anyway since that
-expression's meaning and, if invalid, its consequences
+expression's meaning and, if invalid, its consequences
vary from one computer system to another.
.It
-Some Algebra texts (e.g. Sigler's) define x**0 = 1 for
+Some Algebra texts (e.g. Sigler's) define x**0 = 1 for
all x, including x = 0.
This is compatible with the convention that accepts a[0]
as the value of polynomial
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ The reason for setting 0**0 = 1 anyway is this:
If x(z) and y(z) are
.Em any
functions analytic (expandable
-in power series) in z around z = 0, and if there
+in power series) in z around z = 0, and if there
x(0) = y(0) = 0, then x(z)**y(z) \(-> 1 as z \(-> 0.
.Ed
.It
diff --git a/lib/msun/man/floor.3 b/lib/msun/man/floor.3
index 29d2283b1ddb..39323833666d 100644
--- a/lib/msun/man/floor.3
+++ b/lib/msun/man/floor.3
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ The
.Fn floor
and the
.Fn floorf
-function returns the largest integral value
+function returns the largest integral value
(represented as a double precision number)
less than or equal to
.Fa x .
diff --git a/lib/msun/man/ieee.3 b/lib/msun/man/ieee.3
index c989bda40610..f0186e204842 100644
--- a/lib/msun/man/ieee.3
+++ b/lib/msun/man/ieee.3
@@ -51,19 +51,19 @@
.Nd functions for IEEE arithmetic
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Fd #include <math.h>
-.Ft double
+.Ft double
.Fn copysign "double x" "double y"
-.Ft float
+.Ft float
.Fn copysignf "float x" "float y"
-.Ft int
+.Ft int
.Fn finite "double x"
-.Ft int
+.Ft int
.Fn finitef "float x"
.Ft int
.Fn ilogb "double x"
.Ft int
.Fn ilogbf "float x"
-.Ft double
+.Ft double
.Fn nextafter "double x" "double y"
.Ft float
.Fn nextafterf "float x" "float y"
@@ -71,12 +71,12 @@
.Fn remainder "double x" "double y"
.Ft float
.Fn remainderf "float x" "float y"
-.Ft double
+.Ft double
.Fn scalbn "double x" "int n"
-.Ft float
+.Ft float
.Fn scalbnf "float x" "int n"
.Sh DESCRIPTION
-These functions are required or recommended by
+These functions are required or recommended by
.St -ieee754 .
.Pp
.Fn copysign
@@ -109,18 +109,18 @@ return
.Fa x Ns 's exponent
.Fa n ,
in integer format.
-.Fn ilogb \*(Pm\*(If
-returns
+.Fn ilogb \*(Pm\*(If
+returns
.Dv INT_MAX
and
.Fn ilogb 0
-returns
+returns
.Dv INT_MIN .
.Pp
-.Fn nextafter
+.Fn nextafter
and
.Fn nextafterf
-return the next machine representable number from
+return the next machine representable number from
.Fa x
in direction
.Fa y .
@@ -176,7 +176,7 @@ computed by exponent manipulation.
.Sh HISTORY
The
.Nm ieee
-functions appeared in
+functions appeared in
.Bx 4.3 .
.Sh STANDARDS
.St -ieee754
diff --git a/lib/msun/man/ieee_test.3 b/lib/msun/man/ieee_test.3
index 61b6418bfeb1..84f78a5341b8 100644
--- a/lib/msun/man/ieee_test.3
+++ b/lib/msun/man/ieee_test.3
@@ -45,20 +45,20 @@
.Nd IEEE test functions
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Fd #include <math.h>
-.Ft double
+.Ft double
.Fn logb "double x"
-.Ft float
+.Ft float
.Fn logbf "float x"
-.Ft double
+.Ft double
.Fn scalb "double x" "double n"
-.Ft float
+.Ft float
.Fn scalbf "float x" "float n"
.Ft double
.Fn significand "double x"
.Ft float
.Fn significandf "float x"
.Sh DESCRIPTION
-These functions allow users to test conformance to
+These functions allow users to test conformance to
.St -ieee754 .
Their use is not otherwise recommended.
.Pp
@@ -81,22 +81,22 @@ return
.Fa x Ns \(**(2** Ns Fa n )
computed by exponent manipulation.
.Pp
-.Fn significand x
+.Fn significand x
and
-.Fn significandf x
+.Fn significandf x
return
.Fa sig ,
-where
-.Fa x
-:=
+where
+.Fa x
+:=
.Fa sig No \(** 2** Ns Fa n
-with 1 \(<=
+with 1 \(<=
.Fa sig
< 2.
.Fn significand x
and
.Fn significandf x
-are not defined when
+are not defined when
.Fa x
is 0, \*(Pm\*(If, or \*(Na.
.Sh SEE ALSO
diff --git a/lib/msun/man/j0.3 b/lib/msun/man/j0.3
index e743149a4c73..dfd58b7ddee1 100644
--- a/lib/msun/man/j0.3
+++ b/lib/msun/man/j0.3
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ compute the
.Em Bessel function of the second kind for the integer
.Em order
.Fa n
-for the positive
+for the positive
.Em real
value
.Fa x .
diff --git a/lib/msun/man/lgamma.3 b/lib/msun/man/lgamma.3
index eb3d34baafe4..0b7e31b66bbf 100644
--- a/lib/msun/man/lgamma.3
+++ b/lib/msun/man/lgamma.3
@@ -126,7 +126,7 @@ will underflow.
.Sh HISTORY
The
.Fn lgamma
-function appeared in
+function appeared in
.Bx 4.3 .
The
.Fn gamma
diff --git a/lib/msun/man/math.3 b/lib/msun/man/math.3
index d0633e5868e2..73e8d7b6693c 100644
--- a/lib/msun/man/math.3
+++ b/lib/msun/man/math.3
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Declarations for these functions may be obtained from the include file
.SH "LIST OF FUNCTIONS"
Each of the following double functions has a float counterpart with the
name ending in f, as an example the float counterpart of double acos(double
-x) is float acosf(float x).
+x) is float acosf(float x).
.sp 2
.nf
.ta \w'copysign'u+2n +\w'infnan.3m'u+10n +\w'inverse trigonometric func'u
@@ -381,7 +381,7 @@ correctly through multiplication and division, and
.If (finite)/\(+- \0=\0\(+-0
(nonzero)/0 =
.If \(+- .
-But
+But
.if n \
Infinity\-Infinity, Infinity\(**0 and Infinity/Infinity
.if t \
@@ -450,7 +450,7 @@ listed below in declining order of probable importance.
.ta \w'Invalid Operation'u+6n +\w'Gradual Underflow'u+2n
Exception Default Result
.tc \(ru
-
+
.tc
Invalid Operation \*(nn, or FALSE
.if n \{\
diff --git a/lib/msun/man/rint.3 b/lib/msun/man/rint.3
index c8e320d9d979..d4b7aeb3810e 100644
--- a/lib/msun/man/rint.3
+++ b/lib/msun/man/rint.3
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ The
.Fn rint
and the
.Fn rintf
-functions return the integral value (represented as a double or float
+functions return the integral value (represented as a double or float
precision number) nearest to
.Fa x
according to the prevailing rounding mode.
diff --git a/lib/msun/man/sinh.3 b/lib/msun/man/sinh.3
index c7921c9a012c..78995a0dfb95 100644
--- a/lib/msun/man/sinh.3
+++ b/lib/msun/man/sinh.3
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ The
and the
.Fn sinhf
functions return the hyperbolic sine value unless
-the magnitude
+the magnitude
of
.Fa x
is too large; in this event, the global variable
diff --git a/lib/msun/man/tanh.3 b/lib/msun/man/tanh.3
index 4659366392be..e17ed3887b79 100644
--- a/lib/msun/man/tanh.3
+++ b/lib/msun/man/tanh.3
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ For a discussion of error due to roundoff, see
.Sh RETURN VALUES
The
.Fn tanh
-and the
+and the
.Fn tanhf
functions return the hyperbolic tangent value.
.Sh SEE ALSO
diff --git a/libexec/bootpd/bootpd.8 b/libexec/bootpd/bootpd.8
index 82c7b40c4170..b06b4f6ec8fe 100644
--- a/libexec/bootpd/bootpd.8
+++ b/libexec/bootpd/bootpd.8
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
.Oc
.Nm bootpgw
.Op Fl i
-.Op Fl s
+.Op Fl s
.Op Fl t Ar timeout
.Op Fl d Ar level
.Ar server
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ it does not read a configuration file.
.Pp
Either program automatically detects whether it was invoked from inetd
or from a shell and automatically selects the appropriate mode.
-The
+The
.Fl s
or
.Fl i
diff --git a/libexec/fingerd/fingerd.8 b/libexec/fingerd/fingerd.8
index 30d09d0fba37..f4cd685e0270 100644
--- a/libexec/fingerd/fingerd.8
+++ b/libexec/fingerd/fingerd.8
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ closes its connections as soon as the output is finished.
.Pp
If the line is null (i.e. just a
.Aq Tn CRLF
-is sent) then
+is sent) then
.Xr finger
returns a
.Dq default
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ Use an alternate program as the local information provider.
The default local program
executed by
.Nm
-is
+is
.Xr finger 1 .
By specifying a customized local server,
this option allows a system manager
diff --git a/libexec/ftpd/ftpd.8 b/libexec/ftpd/ftpd.8
index 8af58f267c9d..dd3293452a09 100644
--- a/libexec/ftpd/ftpd.8
+++ b/libexec/ftpd/ftpd.8
@@ -72,7 +72,7 @@ Available options:
.It Fl d
Debugging information is written to the syslog using LOG_FTP.
.It Fl l
-Each successful and failed
+Each successful and failed
.Xr ftp 1
session is logged using syslog with a facility of LOG_FTP.
If this option is specified twice, the retrieve (get), store (put), append,
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ will revert to historical behavior with regard to security checks on
user operations and restrictions on PORT requests.
Currently,
.Nm
-will only honor PORT commands directed to unprivileged ports on the
+will only honor PORT commands directed to unprivileged ports on the
remote user's host (which violates the FTP protocol specification but
closes some security holes).
.It Fl S
@@ -172,7 +172,7 @@ If the file
.Pa /etc/ftpwelcome
exists,
.Nm
-prints it before issuing the
+prints it before issuing the
.Dq ready
message.
If the file
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ in the anonymous user's case.
.Pp
The ftp server currently supports the following ftp requests.
The case of the requests is ignored. Requests marked [RW] are
-disabled if
+disabled if
.Fl r
is specified.
.Bl -column "Request" -offset indent
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ This allows users to utilize the metacharacters
.Dq Li \&*?[]{}~ .
.Pp
.Nm Ftpd
-authenticates users according to six rules.
+authenticates users according to six rules.
.Pp
.Bl -enum -offset indent
.It
@@ -305,7 +305,7 @@ Entries in this file interpreted as group names are prefixed by an "at"
.Ql \&@
sign.
.It
-The user must have a standard shell returned by
+The user must have a standard shell returned by
.Xr getusershell 3 .
.It
If the user name appears in the file
@@ -344,10 +344,10 @@ When the
option is set, all transfers are logged as well.
.El
.Pp
-In the last case,
+In the last case,
.Nm
takes special measures to restrict the client's access privileges.
-The server performs a
+The server performs a
.Xr chroot 2
to the home directory of the
.Dq ftp
@@ -369,7 +369,7 @@ The files pwd.db (see
.Xr passwd 5 )
and
.Xr group 5
-must be present for the
+must be present for the
.Xr ls
command to be able to produce owner names rather than numbers.
The password field in
@@ -423,7 +423,7 @@ It defaults to
.Pa /etc/ftpmotd .
.El
.Pp
-Lines beginning with a '#' are ignored and can be used to include
+Lines beginning with a '#' are ignored and can be used to include
comments.
.Pp
Defining a virtual host for the primary IP address or hostname
diff --git a/libexec/getNAME/getNAME.1 b/libexec/getNAME/getNAME.1
index 0c65f157bbf7..a6de3735a3d9 100644
--- a/libexec/getNAME/getNAME.1
+++ b/libexec/getNAME/getNAME.1
@@ -36,10 +36,10 @@
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Nm
-utility
+utility
get name sections from manual pages.
Without options
-.Nm
+.Nm
building
.Xr apropos 1
database entries.
diff --git a/libexec/getty/getty.8 b/libexec/getty/getty.8
index 3418ca7e114e..fe9d8798388e 100644
--- a/libexec/getty/getty.8
+++ b/libexec/getty/getty.8
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
.Nd set terminal mode
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Nm
-.Oo
+.Oo
.Ar type
.Op Ar tty
.Oc
diff --git a/libexec/getty/ttys.5 b/libexec/getty/ttys.5
index b4a5219150d8..3f00428548f0 100644
--- a/libexec/getty/ttys.5
+++ b/libexec/getty/ttys.5
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@ and control the use of terminal special files.
This information is read with the
.Xr getttyent 3
library routines.
-There is one line in the
+There is one line in the
.Nm
file per special device file.
Fields are separated by tabs and/or spaces.
diff --git a/libexec/pppoed/pppoed.8 b/libexec/pppoed/pppoed.8
index a1a7cd983051..952967536b10 100644
--- a/libexec/pppoed/pppoed.8
+++ b/libexec/pppoed/pppoed.8
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ offers service
and waits for a
.Dv SUCCESS
indication from the PPPoE node. On receipt of the SUCCESS indication,
-.Nm
+.Nm
will execute
.Pp
.D1 Ic exec /usr/sbin/ppp -direct Ar provider
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ does not currently allow node chaining. This may change in the future.
.Sh HISTORY
The
.Nm
-program was written by
+program was written by
.An Brian Somers Aq brian@Awfulhak.org
and first appeared in
.Fx 3.4 .
diff --git a/libexec/rexecd/rexecd.8 b/libexec/rexecd/rexecd.8
index 66bd406b09fb..753c06d95d6a 100644
--- a/libexec/rexecd/rexecd.8
+++ b/libexec/rexecd/rexecd.8
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
.Op Fl i
.Sh DESCRIPTION
.Nm Rexecd
-is the server for the
+is the server for the
.Xr rexec 3
routine. The server provides remote execution facilities
with authentication based on user names and
@@ -64,10 +64,10 @@ byte. The resultant string is
interpreted as an
.Tn ASCII
number, base 10.
-.It
+.It
If the number received in step 1 is non-zero,
it is interpreted as the port number of a secondary
-stream to be used for the
+stream to be used for the
.Em stderr .
A second connection is then created to the specified
port on the client's machine.
@@ -76,12 +76,12 @@ A NUL terminated user name of at most 16 characters
is retrieved on the initial socket.
.It
A NUL terminated, unencrypted password of at most
-16 characters is retrieved on the initial socket.
+16 characters is retrieved on the initial socket.
.It
A NUL terminated command to be passed to a
shell is retrieved on the initial socket. The length of
the command is limited by the upper bound on the size of
-the system's argument list.
+the system's argument list.
.It
.Nm Rexecd
then validates the user as is done at login time
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ No password file entry for the user name existed.
.It Sy Password incorrect.
The wrong password was supplied.
.It Sy \&No remote directory.
-The
+The
.Xr chdir
command to the home directory failed.
.It Sy Try again.
diff --git a/libexec/rlogind/rlogind.8 b/libexec/rlogind/rlogind.8
index cd447488d255..9f30fd813ef1 100644
--- a/libexec/rlogind/rlogind.8
+++ b/libexec/rlogind/rlogind.8
@@ -43,7 +43,7 @@
.Op Fl Daln
.Sh DESCRIPTION
.Nm Rlogind
-is the server for the
+is the server for the
.Xr rlogin 1
program. The server provides a remote login facility
with authentication based on privileged port numbers from trusted hosts.
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Enable Kerberos authentication.
.It Fl v
Enable vacuous mode.
.It Fl x
-Enable
+Enable
.Tn DES
encryption for all data passed via the rlogin
session. This may impact response time
@@ -112,14 +112,14 @@ verifying that the name and address correspond.
Normal authentication is bypassed if the address verification fails.
.El
.Pp
-Once the source port and address have been checked,
+Once the source port and address have been checked,
.Nm
proceeds with the authentication process described in
.Xr rshd 8 .
-It then allocates a pseudo terminal (see
+It then allocates a pseudo terminal (see
.Xr pty 4 ) ,
and manipulates file descriptors so that the slave
-half of the pseudo terminal becomes the
+half of the pseudo terminal becomes the
.Em stdin ,
.Em stdout ,
and
diff --git a/libexec/rpc.rquotad/rpc.rquotad.8 b/libexec/rpc.rquotad/rpc.rquotad.8
index cbaa4db93713..9d3c8af88556 100644
--- a/libexec/rpc.rquotad/rpc.rquotad.8
+++ b/libexec/rpc.rquotad/rpc.rquotad.8
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 1994 Theo de Raadt
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -33,8 +33,8 @@
.Dt RPC.RQUOTAD 8
.Os
.Sh NAME
-.Nm rpc.rquotad
-.Nd remote quota server
+.Nm rpc.rquotad
+.Nd remote quota server
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Nm /usr/libexec/rpc.rquotad
.Sh DESCRIPTION
@@ -42,7 +42,7 @@
is a
.Xr rpc 3
server which returns quotas for a user of a local filesystem
-which is NFS-mounted onto a remote machine.
+which is NFS-mounted onto a remote machine.
.Xr Quota 1
uses the results to display user quotas for remote filesystems.
.Nm Rpc.rquotad
diff --git a/libexec/rpc.rstatd/rpc.rstatd.8 b/libexec/rpc.rstatd/rpc.rstatd.8
index dac969430888..ade5bbdec76d 100644
--- a/libexec/rpc.rstatd/rpc.rstatd.8
+++ b/libexec/rpc.rstatd/rpc.rstatd.8
@@ -37,14 +37,14 @@
.Dt RPC.RSTATD 8
.Os
.Sh NAME
-.Nm rpc.rstatd
+.Nm rpc.rstatd
.Nd kernel statistics server
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Nm /usr/libexec/rpc.rstatd
.Sh DESCRIPTION
.Nm Rpc.rstatd
is a server which returns performance statistics obtained from the kernel.
-These statistics are read using the
+These statistics are read using the
.Xr rup 1
command.
The
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ daemon is normally invoked by
.Nm Rpc.rstatd
uses an
.Tn RPC
-protocol defined in
+protocol defined in
.Pa /usr/include/rpcsvc/rstat.x .
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr rup 1 ,
diff --git a/libexec/rpc.rusersd/rpc.rusersd.8 b/libexec/rpc.rusersd/rpc.rusersd.8
index 6c35a8fd8f61..e5bbe2fe96e1 100644
--- a/libexec/rpc.rusersd/rpc.rusersd.8
+++ b/libexec/rpc.rusersd/rpc.rusersd.8
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
.Dt RPC.RUSERSD 8
.Os
.Sh NAME
-.Nm rpc.rusersd
+.Nm rpc.rusersd
.Nd logged in users server
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Nm /usr/libexec/rpc.rusersd
@@ -57,7 +57,7 @@ daemon is normally invoked by
.Nm Rpc.rusersd
uses an
.Tn RPC
-protocol defined in
+protocol defined in
.Pa /usr/include/rpcsvc/rnusers.x .
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr rusers 1 ,
diff --git a/libexec/rpc.rwalld/rpc.rwalld.8 b/libexec/rpc.rwalld/rpc.rwalld.8
index 94f4e95a6642..6846e2ee9555 100644
--- a/libexec/rpc.rwalld/rpc.rwalld.8
+++ b/libexec/rpc.rwalld/rpc.rwalld.8
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
.Dt RPC.RWALLD 8
.Os
.Sh NAME
-.Nm rpc.rwalld
+.Nm rpc.rwalld
.Nd write messages to users currently logged in server
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Nm /usr/libexec/rpc.rwalld
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
.Nm Rpc.rwalld
is a server which will send a message to users
currently logged in to the system. This server
-invokes the
+invokes the
.Xr wall 1
command to actually write the messages to the
system.
@@ -60,18 +60,18 @@ is not invoked by
.Xr inetd 8 .
.El
.Pp
-Messages are sent to this server by the
+Messages are sent to this server by the
.Xr rwall 1
command.
The
.Nm
-daemon is normally invoked by
+daemon is normally invoked by
.Xr inetd 8 .
.Pp
.Nm Rpc.rwalld
uses an
.Tn RPC
-protocol defined in
+protocol defined in
.Pa /usr/include/rpcsvc/rwall.x .
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr rwall 1 ,
diff --git a/libexec/rpc.sprayd/rpc.sprayd.8 b/libexec/rpc.sprayd/rpc.sprayd.8
index 566c7e3a878d..5ca9d889c727 100644
--- a/libexec/rpc.sprayd/rpc.sprayd.8
+++ b/libexec/rpc.sprayd/rpc.sprayd.8
@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Copyright (c) 1994 Christos Zoulas
.\" All rights reserved.
.\"
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
.Dt RPC.SPRAYD 8
.Os
.Sh NAME
-.Nm rpc.sprayd
+.Nm rpc.sprayd
.Nd spray server
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Nm /usr/libexec/rpc.sprayd
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@ daemon is normally invoked by
.Nm Rpc.sprayd
uses an
.Tn RPC
-protocol defined in
+protocol defined in
.Pa /usr/include/rpcsvc/spray.x .
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr spray 8
diff --git a/libexec/rshd/rshd.8 b/libexec/rshd/rshd.8
index 622633dfe906..81eac4fc3165 100644
--- a/libexec/rshd/rshd.8
+++ b/libexec/rshd/rshd.8
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
The
.Nm
server
-is the server for the
+is the server for the
.Xr rcmd 3
routine and, consequently, for the
.Xr rsh 1
@@ -78,7 +78,7 @@ number, base 10.
.It
If the number received in step 2 is non-zero,
it is interpreted as the port number of a secondary
-stream to be used for the
+stream to be used for the
.Em stderr .
A second connection is then created to the specified
port on the client's machine. The source port of this
@@ -109,7 +109,7 @@ machine.
A null terminated command to be passed to a
shell is retrieved on the initial socket. The length of
the command is limited by the upper bound on the size of
-the system's argument list.
+the system's argument list.
.It
.Nm Rshd
then validates the user using
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@ from doing any validation based on the user's
file,
unless the user is the superuser.
.It
-If the file
+If the file
.Pa /var/run/nologin
exists and the user is not the superuser,
the connection is closed.
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ list (as configured into the system).
No password file entry for the user name existed
or the authentication procedure described above failed.
.It Sy Remote directory.
-The
+The
.Xr chdir 2
function to the home directory failed.
.It Sy Logins not available right now.
@@ -206,10 +206,10 @@ was attempted outside the allowed hours defined in
.Pa /etc/login.conf
for the local user's login class.
.It Sy Can't make pipe.
-The pipe needed for the
+The pipe needed for the
.Em stderr ,
wasn't created.
-.It Sy Can't fork; try again.
+.It Sy Can't fork; try again.
A
.Xr fork 2
by the server failed.
diff --git a/libexec/telnetd/telnetd.8 b/libexec/telnetd/telnetd.8
index 173dbef16e69..d6fcae9a4d75 100644
--- a/libexec/telnetd/telnetd.8
+++ b/libexec/telnetd/telnetd.8
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ option may be used to start up
.Nm
manually, instead of through
.Xr inetd 8 .
-If started up this way,
+If started up this way,
.Ar port
may be specified to run
.Nm
@@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ to print out debugging information
to the connection, allowing the user to see what
.Nm
is doing.
-There are several possible values for
+There are several possible values for
.Ar debugmode :
.Bl -tag -width exercise
.It Cm options
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ Print information about the negotiation of
.Tn TELNET
options.
.It Cm report
-Print the
+Print the
.Cm options
information, plus some additional information
about what processing is going on.
@@ -328,7 +328,7 @@ a specific authentication type without having to recompile
operates by allocating a pseudo-terminal device (see
.Xr pty 4 )
for a client, then creating a login process which has
-the slave side of the pseudo-terminal as
+the slave side of the pseudo-terminal as
.Dv stdin ,
.Dv stdout
and
@@ -342,7 +342,7 @@ between the remote client and the login process.
.Pp
When a
.Tn TELNET
-session is started up,
+session is started up,
.Nm
sends
.Tn TELNET
diff --git a/libexec/tftpd/tftpd.8 b/libexec/tftpd/tftpd.8
index f6116dafcd5e..ef8be4a651de 100644
--- a/libexec/tftpd/tftpd.8
+++ b/libexec/tftpd/tftpd.8
@@ -64,7 +64,7 @@ The server is normally started by
The use of
.Xr tftp 1
does not require an account or password on the remote system.
-Due to the lack of authentication information,
+Due to the lack of authentication information,
.Nm
will allow only publicly readable files to be
accessed.
@@ -86,12 +86,12 @@ as server program arguments in
.Pa /etc/inetd.conf .
In this case access is restricted to files whose
names are prefixed by the one of the given directories.
-The given directories are also treated as a search path for
+The given directories are also treated as a search path for
relative filename requests.
.Pp
-The
+The
.Fl s
-option provides additional security by changing
+option provides additional security by changing
.Nm Ns No 's
root directory, thereby prohibiting accesses outside of the specified
.Ar directory .
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ The
.Fl s
option is required for
.Fl c
-and the specified
+and the specified
.Ar directory
is used as a base.
.It Fl C
@@ -134,8 +134,8 @@ except it falls back to
if a directory does not exist for the client's IP.
.It Fl l
Log all requests using
-.Xr syslog 3
-with the facility of
+.Xr syslog 3
+with the facility of
.Dv LOG_FTP .
Note: Logging of
.Dv LOG_FTP
diff --git a/libexec/xtend/xtend.8 b/libexec/xtend/xtend.8
index 38527e993255..75f23b3d0f7a 100644
--- a/libexec/xtend/xtend.8
+++ b/libexec/xtend/xtend.8
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ is issued, otherwise a single-line response containing
.Sy ERROR
is produced.
.It Ic dump
-causes
+causes
.Nm
to dump the current status of all devices to an
.Tn ASCII
diff --git a/sbin/atm/atm/atm.8 b/sbin/atm/atm/atm.8
index 67764055e31e..3988daab535a 100644
--- a/sbin/atm/atm/atm.8
+++ b/sbin/atm/atm/atm.8
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ IP management subcommands:
[<netif>] <host>
.ti -5
.B atm set arpserver
-<netif> <ATM address> | local [<IP prefix> ...]
+<netif> <ATM address> | local [<IP prefix> ...]
.ti -5
.B atm show ARP
[<host>]
diff --git a/sbin/badsect/badsect.8 b/sbin/badsect/badsect.8
index 5aa4b01922a2..7ac3e7245e46 100644
--- a/sbin/badsect/badsect.8
+++ b/sbin/badsect/badsect.8
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ currently requires the running of the standard
formatter.
Thus to deal with a newly bad block
or on disks where the drivers
-do not support the bad-blocking standard
+do not support the bad-blocking standard
.Nm
may be used to good effect.
.Pp
@@ -88,7 +88,7 @@ and run
on the file system. The bad sectors should show up in two files
or in the bad sector files and the free list. Have
.Xr fsck
-remove files containing the offending bad sectors, but
+remove files containing the offending bad sectors, but
.Em do not
have it remove the
.Pa BAD/ Ns Em nnnnn
@@ -103,11 +103,11 @@ works by giving the specified sector numbers in a
system call,
creating an illegal file whose first block address is the block containing
bad sector and whose name is the bad sector number.
-When it is discovered by
+When it is discovered by
.Xr fsck 8
it will ask
.Dq Li "HOLD BAD BLOCK \&?" .
-A positive response will cause
+A positive response will cause
.Xr fsck 8
to convert the inode to a regular file containing the bad block.
.Sh SEE ALSO
diff --git a/sbin/bsdlabel/bsdlabel.5 b/sbin/bsdlabel/bsdlabel.5
index fcd4b0d66b90..efd31df38bef 100644
--- a/sbin/bsdlabel/bsdlabel.5
+++ b/sbin/bsdlabel/bsdlabel.5
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ A copy of the in-core label for a disk can be obtained with the
.Xr ioctl 2 ;
this works with a file descriptor for a block or character (``raw'') device
for any partition of the disk.
-The in-core copy of the label is set by the
+The in-core copy of the label is set by the
.Dv DIOCSDINFO
.Xr ioctl 2 .
The offset of a partition cannot generally be changed while it is open,
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ nor can it be made smaller while it is open.
One exception is that any change is allowed if no label was found
on the disk, and the driver was able to construct only a skeletal label
without partition information.
-Finally, the
+Finally, the
.Dv DIOCWDINFO
.Xr ioctl 2
operation sets the in-core label and then updates the on-disk label;
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ struct disklabel {
u_int16_t d_subtype; /* controller/d_type specific */
char d_typename[16]; /* type name, e.g. "eagle" */
- /*
+ /*
* d_packname contains the pack identifier and is returned when
* the disklabel is read off the disk or in-core copy.
* d_boot0 and d_boot1 are the (optional) names of the
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ struct dos_partition {
unsigned char dp_mid;
#define DOSMID_386BSD (0x14|0x80) /* 386bsd|bootable */
unsigned char dp_sid;
-#define DOSSID_386BSD (0x44|0x80) /* 386bsd|active */
+#define DOSSID_386BSD (0x44|0x80) /* 386bsd|active */
unsigned char dp_dum1;
unsigned char dp_dum2;
unsigned char dp_ipl_sct;
diff --git a/sbin/bsdlabel/bsdlabel.8 b/sbin/bsdlabel/bsdlabel.8
index 8c7e69d4e06e..8432686e8c8a 100644
--- a/sbin/bsdlabel/bsdlabel.8
+++ b/sbin/bsdlabel/bsdlabel.8
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ is described under each command.
.Pp
.Ss Disk device name
.Pp
-All
+All
.Nm
forms require a disk device name, which should always be the raw
device name representing the disk or slice. For example
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ will automatically prepend it.
.Ss Reading the disk label
.Pp
To examine or save the label on a disk drive, use
-.Nm
+.Nm
without options:
.Pp
.Nm
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ if the disk has no label, or the partition types on the disk are incorrect,
the kernel may have constructed or modified the label.
If the
.Fl r
-flag is given,
+flag is given,
.Nm
reads the label from the raw disk and displays it. Both versions are usually
identical except in the case where a label has not yet been initialized or
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ You should never use this command on a base disk unless you intend to create a
.Dq dangerously-dedicated
disk, such as
.Ar da0 .
-This command is typically run on a slice such as
+This command is typically run on a slice such as
.Ar da0s1 .
.Pp
.Nm
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ This command is typically run on a slice such as
.Pp
This form corresponds to the
.Dq write label
-command described above.
+command described above.
In addition to writing a new volume label, it also installs the bootstrap.
If run on a base disk this command will create a
.Dq dangerously-dedicated
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ disklabel that would have been written will be printed to stdout.
.Pp
This form corresponds to the
.Dq restore label
-command described above.
+command described above.
In addition to restoring the volume label, it also installs the bootstrap.
If run on a base disk this command will create a
.Dq dangerously-dedicated
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ Specify the names explicitly with the
.Fl b
and
.Fl s
-flags.
+flags.
.Fl b
indicates the primary boot program and
.Fl s
@@ -427,11 +427,11 @@ If the
.Fl b
and
.Fl s
-flags are not specified, but
+flags are not specified, but
.Ar disktype
-was specified, the names of the programs are taken from the
+was specified, the names of the programs are taken from the
.Dq b0
-and
+and
.Dq b1
parameters of the
.Xr disktab 5
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ to edit your newly created label, adding appropriate partitions.
Finally newfs the filesystem partitions you created in the label. A typical
disklabel partitioning scheme would be to have an
.Dq a
-partition
+partition
of approximately 128MB to hold the root filesystem, a
.Dq b
partition for
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ label. The format is:
# /dev/da1c:
type: SCSI
disk: da0s1
-label:
+label:
flags:
bytes/sector: 512
sectors/track: 51
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ trackskew: 0
cylinderskew: 0
headswitch: 0 # milliseconds
track-to-track seek: 0 # milliseconds
-drivedata: 0
+drivedata: 0
8 partitions:
# size offset fstype [fsize bsize bps/cpg]
@@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ option when writing a label.
.It Nm flags
Flags may be
.Ar removable ,
-.Ar ecc
+.Ar ecc
or
.Ar badsect .
.Ar removable
@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ is set for removable media drives, but no current
driver evaluates this
flag.
.Ar ecc
-is no longer supported;
+is no longer supported;
.Ar badsect
specifies that the drive can perform bad sector remapping.
.It Nm sectors/unit
@@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ use.
See the definitions starting with
.Dv FS_UNUSED
in
-.Pa /usr/include/sys/disklabel.h
+.Pa /usr/include/sys/disklabel.h
for more details.
.It fsize
For
@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ cylinder boundary.
.Sh EXAMPLES
.Dl disklabel da0
.Pp
-Display the in-core label for
+Display the in-core label for
.Pa da0s1
as obtained via
.Pa /dev/da0s1 .
@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ label. Normally you specify the slice.
.Pp
.Dl disklabel da0s1 > savedlabel
.Pp
-Save the in-core label for
+Save the in-core label for
.Pa da0s1
into the file
.Pa savedlabel .
@@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ flag to restore the label at a later date.
.Pp
.Dl disklabel -w -r /dev/da0s1 da2212 foo
.Pp
-Create a label for
+Create a label for
.Pa da0s1
based on information for
.Dq da2212
@@ -713,28 +713,28 @@ Any existing bootstrap code will be clobbered.
.Pp
.Dl disklabel -e -r da0s1
.Pp
-Read the on-disk label for
+Read the on-disk label for
.Pa da0s1 ,
edit it and reinstall in-core as well as on-disk. Existing bootstrap code is
unaffected.
.Pp
.Dl disklabel -e -r -n da0s1
.Pp
-Read the on-disk label for
+Read the on-disk label for
.Pa da0s1 ,
edit it, and display what the new label would be (in sectors). It does
NOT install the new label either in-core or on-disk.
.Pp
.Dl disklabel -r -w da0s1 auto
.Pp
-Try to auto-detect the required information from
+Try to auto-detect the required information from
.Pa da0s1 ,
and write a new label to the disk. Use another disklabel -e command to edit the
partitioning and file system information.
.Pp
.Dl disklabel -R da0s1 savedlabel
.Pp
-Restore the on-disk and in-core label for
+Restore the on-disk and in-core label for
.Pa da0s1
from information in
.Pa savedlabel .
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ Existing bootstrap code is unaffected.
.Pp
.Dl disklabel -R -n da0s1 label_layout
.Pp
-Display what the label would be for
+Display what the label would be for
.Pa da0s1
using the partition layout in
.Pa label_layout .
@@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ partition sizes.
.Pp
.Dl disklabel -B da0s1
.Pp
-Install a new bootstrap on
+Install a new bootstrap on
.Pa da0s1 .
The boot code comes from
.Pa /boot/boot1
@@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ which could be used as a source file for
# /dev/ad0s1c:
type: ESDI
disk: ad0s1
-label:
+label:
flags:
bytes/sector: 512
sectors/track: 63
@@ -815,16 +815,16 @@ trackskew: 0
cylinderskew: 0
headswitch: 0 # milliseconds
track-to-track seek: 0 # milliseconds
-drivedata: 0
+drivedata: 0
8 partitions:
# size offset fstype [fsize bsize bps/cpg]
a: 400M 0 4.2BSD 4096 16384 75 # (Cyl. 0 - 812*)
- b: 1G * swap
- c: * * unused
- e: 204800 * 4.2BSD
- f: 5g * 4.2BSD
- g: * * 4.2BSD
+ b: 1G * swap
+ c: * * unused
+ e: 204800 * 4.2BSD
+ f: 5g * 4.2BSD
+ g: * * 4.2BSD
.Ed
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr ccd 4 ,
@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ drivedata: 0
The kernel device drivers will not allow the size of a disk partition
to be decreased or the offset of a partition to be changed while it is open.
Some device drivers create a label containing only a single large partition
-if a disk is unlabeled; thus, the label must be written to the
+if a disk is unlabeled; thus, the label must be written to the
.Dq a
partition of the disk while it is open. This sometimes requires the desired
label to be set in two steps, the first one creating at least one other
diff --git a/sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.8 b/sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.8
index 7038d2a4ed73..4b537a36b514 100644
--- a/sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.8
+++ b/sbin/camcontrol/camcontrol.8
@@ -52,7 +52,7 @@
.Op device id
.Op generic args
.Nm
-.Ic inquiry
+.Ic inquiry
.Op device id
.Op generic args
.Op Fl D
@@ -377,7 +377,7 @@ that is to be written. If the format is
bytes of data will be read from standard input and written to the device.
.El
.It Ic debug
-Turn on CAM debugging printfs in the kernel. This requires options CAMDEBUG
+Turn on CAM debugging printfs in the kernel. This requires options CAMDEBUG
in your kernel config file. WARNING: enabling debugging printfs currently
causes an EXTREME number of kernel printfs. You may have difficulty
turning off the debugging printfs once they start, since the kernel will be
@@ -607,14 +607,14 @@ variable allows the user to specify an alternate mode page format file.
.Pp
The
.Ev EDITOR
-variable determines which text editor
+variable determines which text editor
.Nm
starts when editing mode pages.
.Sh FILES
.Bl -tag -width /usr/share/misc/scsi_modes -compact
.It Pa /usr/share/misc/scsi_modes
is the SCSI mode format database.
-.It Pa /dev/xpt0
+.It Pa /dev/xpt0
is the transport layer device.
.It Pa /dev/pass*
are the CAM application passthrough devices.
@@ -717,7 +717,7 @@ utility and
.Xr scsi 3
library, written by Julian Elischer and Peter Dufault. The
.Xr scsi 8
-program first appeared in 386BSD 0.1.2.4, and first appeared in
+program first appeared in 386BSD 0.1.2.4, and first appeared in
.Fx
in
.Fx 2.0.5 .
@@ -734,7 +734,7 @@ camcontrol cmd -n da -u 1 -c "00 00 00 00 00 v" 0x00 -v
The sense information from the test unit ready command would not get
printed out, since the first
.Xr getopt 3
-call in
+call in
.Nm
bails out when it sees the second argument to
.Fl c
diff --git a/sbin/ccdconfig/ccdconfig.8 b/sbin/ccdconfig/ccdconfig.8
index 6134148c14e3..2b7786221839 100644
--- a/sbin/ccdconfig/ccdconfig.8
+++ b/sbin/ccdconfig/ccdconfig.8
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ argument is optional.
ccd0 16 none /dev/da2e /dev/da3e
.Ed
.Pp
-The component devices need to name partitions of type
+The component devices need to name partitions of type
.Li FS_BSDFFS
(or
.Dq 4.2BSD
@@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ as shown by
.Sh EXAMPLES
A number of ccdconfig examples are shown below. The arguments passed
to ccdconfig are exactly the same as you might place in the
-.Pa /etc/ccd.conf
+.Pa /etc/ccd.conf
configuration file. The first example creates a 4-disk stripe out of
four scsi disk partitions. The stripe uses a 64 sector interleave.
The second example is an example of a complex stripe/mirror combination.
@@ -160,7 +160,7 @@ mirror. /dev/da2e is mirrored with /dev/da4e and assigned to ccd0.
.Pp
When you create a new ccd disk you generally want to
.Nm disklabel
-it before doing anything else. Once you create the initial label you can
+it before doing anything else. Once you create the initial label you can
edit it, adding additional partitions. The label itself takes up the first
16 sectors of the ccd disk. If all you are doing is creating filesystems
with newfs, you do not have to worry about this as newfs will skip the
@@ -186,7 +186,7 @@ device list making up the ccd disk, will usually destroy any prior
data on that ccd disk. If this occurs it is usually a good idea to
reinitialize the label before [re]constructing your ccd disk.
.Sh RECOVERY
-An error on a ccd disk is usually unrecoverable unless you are using the
+An error on a ccd disk is usually unrecoverable unless you are using the
mirroring option. But mirroring has its own perils: It assumes that
both copies of the data at any given sector are the same. This holds true
until a write error occurs or until you replace either side of the mirror.
diff --git a/sbin/cxconfig/cxconfig.8 b/sbin/cxconfig/cxconfig.8
index a6701fef37ce..40ebf79c4989 100644
--- a/sbin/cxconfig/cxconfig.8
+++ b/sbin/cxconfig/cxconfig.8
@@ -10,17 +10,17 @@
.Op Fl a
.Op Ar <channel> Op Ar <option>...
.Sh DESCRIPTION
-The
+The
.Nm
utility is used for configuring the channel options of
the Cronyx-Sigma adapter.
.Pp
To change channel options the channel should be free: the corresponding
-network interface in ``down'' state, the asynchronous terminal device
+network interface in ``down'' state, the asynchronous terminal device
.Pa /dev/tty*
closed.
Generally, the channel options are set up during the operating
-system startup, for example from the
+system startup, for example from the
.Pa /etc/rc
file.
.Pp
@@ -76,15 +76,15 @@ Set the zero channel hardware interface type.
.Bl -tag -width 10n
.It "nrz, nrzi, manchester"
Set the data line signal encoding.
-In the case of
+In the case of
.Em NRZ
encoding the zero bit is transmitted by the zero signal
level, the one bit - by the positive signal level.
-In the case of
+In the case of
.Em NRZI
encoding the zero bit is transmitted by the change of
the signal level, the one bit - by the constant signal level.
-In the case of
+In the case of
.Em Manchester
encoding the zero bit is encoded as 01 value,
the one bit - as 10 value.
@@ -96,9 +96,9 @@ is derived from the received data.
Set the local loopback mode.
.It "+extclock, -extclock"
Set the timing clock source of synchronous channels. There are
-two possible variants:
+two possible variants:
.Em "external clock"
-source or
+source or
.Em "internal clock"
generation.
.Pp
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ external modem hardware. In this mode the external timing
signal is received on TXCIN pin of the connector, and it is
used as a synchronization clock for transmitting data (TXD).
.Pp
-In the case of
+In the case of
.Em "internal clock"
mode the transmitted data (TXD)
are synchronized using the internal on-board timing generator,
diff --git a/sbin/disklabel/disklabel.5 b/sbin/disklabel/disklabel.5
index fcd4b0d66b90..efd31df38bef 100644
--- a/sbin/disklabel/disklabel.5
+++ b/sbin/disklabel/disklabel.5
@@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ A copy of the in-core label for a disk can be obtained with the
.Xr ioctl 2 ;
this works with a file descriptor for a block or character (``raw'') device
for any partition of the disk.
-The in-core copy of the label is set by the
+The in-core copy of the label is set by the
.Dv DIOCSDINFO
.Xr ioctl 2 .
The offset of a partition cannot generally be changed while it is open,
@@ -92,7 +92,7 @@ nor can it be made smaller while it is open.
One exception is that any change is allowed if no label was found
on the disk, and the driver was able to construct only a skeletal label
without partition information.
-Finally, the
+Finally, the
.Dv DIOCWDINFO
.Xr ioctl 2
operation sets the in-core label and then updates the on-disk label;
@@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ struct disklabel {
u_int16_t d_subtype; /* controller/d_type specific */
char d_typename[16]; /* type name, e.g. "eagle" */
- /*
+ /*
* d_packname contains the pack identifier and is returned when
* the disklabel is read off the disk or in-core copy.
* d_boot0 and d_boot1 are the (optional) names of the
@@ -412,7 +412,7 @@ struct dos_partition {
unsigned char dp_mid;
#define DOSMID_386BSD (0x14|0x80) /* 386bsd|bootable */
unsigned char dp_sid;
-#define DOSSID_386BSD (0x44|0x80) /* 386bsd|active */
+#define DOSSID_386BSD (0x44|0x80) /* 386bsd|active */
unsigned char dp_dum1;
unsigned char dp_dum2;
unsigned char dp_ipl_sct;
diff --git a/sbin/disklabel/disklabel.8 b/sbin/disklabel/disklabel.8
index 8c7e69d4e06e..8432686e8c8a 100644
--- a/sbin/disklabel/disklabel.8
+++ b/sbin/disklabel/disklabel.8
@@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ is described under each command.
.Pp
.Ss Disk device name
.Pp
-All
+All
.Nm
forms require a disk device name, which should always be the raw
device name representing the disk or slice. For example
@@ -142,7 +142,7 @@ will automatically prepend it.
.Ss Reading the disk label
.Pp
To examine or save the label on a disk drive, use
-.Nm
+.Nm
without options:
.Pp
.Nm
@@ -163,7 +163,7 @@ if the disk has no label, or the partition types on the disk are incorrect,
the kernel may have constructed or modified the label.
If the
.Fl r
-flag is given,
+flag is given,
.Nm
reads the label from the raw disk and displays it. Both versions are usually
identical except in the case where a label has not yet been initialized or
@@ -355,7 +355,7 @@ You should never use this command on a base disk unless you intend to create a
.Dq dangerously-dedicated
disk, such as
.Ar da0 .
-This command is typically run on a slice such as
+This command is typically run on a slice such as
.Ar da0s1 .
.Pp
.Nm
@@ -371,7 +371,7 @@ This command is typically run on a slice such as
.Pp
This form corresponds to the
.Dq write label
-command described above.
+command described above.
In addition to writing a new volume label, it also installs the bootstrap.
If run on a base disk this command will create a
.Dq dangerously-dedicated
@@ -394,7 +394,7 @@ disklabel that would have been written will be printed to stdout.
.Pp
This form corresponds to the
.Dq restore label
-command described above.
+command described above.
In addition to restoring the volume label, it also installs the bootstrap.
If run on a base disk this command will create a
.Dq dangerously-dedicated
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@ Specify the names explicitly with the
.Fl b
and
.Fl s
-flags.
+flags.
.Fl b
indicates the primary boot program and
.Fl s
@@ -427,11 +427,11 @@ If the
.Fl b
and
.Fl s
-flags are not specified, but
+flags are not specified, but
.Ar disktype
-was specified, the names of the programs are taken from the
+was specified, the names of the programs are taken from the
.Dq b0
-and
+and
.Dq b1
parameters of the
.Xr disktab 5
@@ -475,7 +475,7 @@ to edit your newly created label, adding appropriate partitions.
Finally newfs the filesystem partitions you created in the label. A typical
disklabel partitioning scheme would be to have an
.Dq a
-partition
+partition
of approximately 128MB to hold the root filesystem, a
.Dq b
partition for
@@ -520,7 +520,7 @@ label. The format is:
# /dev/da1c:
type: SCSI
disk: da0s1
-label:
+label:
flags:
bytes/sector: 512
sectors/track: 51
@@ -534,7 +534,7 @@ trackskew: 0
cylinderskew: 0
headswitch: 0 # milliseconds
track-to-track seek: 0 # milliseconds
-drivedata: 0
+drivedata: 0
8 partitions:
# size offset fstype [fsize bsize bps/cpg]
@@ -555,7 +555,7 @@ option when writing a label.
.It Nm flags
Flags may be
.Ar removable ,
-.Ar ecc
+.Ar ecc
or
.Ar badsect .
.Ar removable
@@ -564,7 +564,7 @@ is set for removable media drives, but no current
driver evaluates this
flag.
.Ar ecc
-is no longer supported;
+is no longer supported;
.Ar badsect
specifies that the drive can perform bad sector remapping.
.It Nm sectors/unit
@@ -652,7 +652,7 @@ use.
See the definitions starting with
.Dv FS_UNUSED
in
-.Pa /usr/include/sys/disklabel.h
+.Pa /usr/include/sys/disklabel.h
for more details.
.It fsize
For
@@ -679,7 +679,7 @@ cylinder boundary.
.Sh EXAMPLES
.Dl disklabel da0
.Pp
-Display the in-core label for
+Display the in-core label for
.Pa da0s1
as obtained via
.Pa /dev/da0s1 .
@@ -693,7 +693,7 @@ label. Normally you specify the slice.
.Pp
.Dl disklabel da0s1 > savedlabel
.Pp
-Save the in-core label for
+Save the in-core label for
.Pa da0s1
into the file
.Pa savedlabel .
@@ -703,7 +703,7 @@ flag to restore the label at a later date.
.Pp
.Dl disklabel -w -r /dev/da0s1 da2212 foo
.Pp
-Create a label for
+Create a label for
.Pa da0s1
based on information for
.Dq da2212
@@ -713,28 +713,28 @@ Any existing bootstrap code will be clobbered.
.Pp
.Dl disklabel -e -r da0s1
.Pp
-Read the on-disk label for
+Read the on-disk label for
.Pa da0s1 ,
edit it and reinstall in-core as well as on-disk. Existing bootstrap code is
unaffected.
.Pp
.Dl disklabel -e -r -n da0s1
.Pp
-Read the on-disk label for
+Read the on-disk label for
.Pa da0s1 ,
edit it, and display what the new label would be (in sectors). It does
NOT install the new label either in-core or on-disk.
.Pp
.Dl disklabel -r -w da0s1 auto
.Pp
-Try to auto-detect the required information from
+Try to auto-detect the required information from
.Pa da0s1 ,
and write a new label to the disk. Use another disklabel -e command to edit the
partitioning and file system information.
.Pp
.Dl disklabel -R da0s1 savedlabel
.Pp
-Restore the on-disk and in-core label for
+Restore the on-disk and in-core label for
.Pa da0s1
from information in
.Pa savedlabel .
@@ -742,7 +742,7 @@ Existing bootstrap code is unaffected.
.Pp
.Dl disklabel -R -n da0s1 label_layout
.Pp
-Display what the label would be for
+Display what the label would be for
.Pa da0s1
using the partition layout in
.Pa label_layout .
@@ -755,7 +755,7 @@ partition sizes.
.Pp
.Dl disklabel -B da0s1
.Pp
-Install a new bootstrap on
+Install a new bootstrap on
.Pa da0s1 .
The boot code comes from
.Pa /boot/boot1
@@ -801,7 +801,7 @@ which could be used as a source file for
# /dev/ad0s1c:
type: ESDI
disk: ad0s1
-label:
+label:
flags:
bytes/sector: 512
sectors/track: 63
@@ -815,16 +815,16 @@ trackskew: 0
cylinderskew: 0
headswitch: 0 # milliseconds
track-to-track seek: 0 # milliseconds
-drivedata: 0
+drivedata: 0
8 partitions:
# size offset fstype [fsize bsize bps/cpg]
a: 400M 0 4.2BSD 4096 16384 75 # (Cyl. 0 - 812*)
- b: 1G * swap
- c: * * unused
- e: 204800 * 4.2BSD
- f: 5g * 4.2BSD
- g: * * 4.2BSD
+ b: 1G * swap
+ c: * * unused
+ e: 204800 * 4.2BSD
+ f: 5g * 4.2BSD
+ g: * * 4.2BSD
.Ed
.Sh SEE ALSO
.Xr ccd 4 ,
@@ -837,7 +837,7 @@ drivedata: 0
The kernel device drivers will not allow the size of a disk partition
to be decreased or the offset of a partition to be changed while it is open.
Some device drivers create a label containing only a single large partition
-if a disk is unlabeled; thus, the label must be written to the
+if a disk is unlabeled; thus, the label must be written to the
.Dq a
partition of the disk while it is open. This sometimes requires the desired
label to be set in two steps, the first one creating at least one other
diff --git a/sbin/dump/dump.8 b/sbin/dump/dump.8
index da013d890439..e1b9f5136684 100644
--- a/sbin/dump/dump.8
+++ b/sbin/dump/dump.8
@@ -224,7 +224,7 @@ filesystem name,
increment level
and
.Xr ctime 3
-format dump date.
+format dump date.
There may be only one entry per filesystem at each level.
The
.Pa dumpdates
diff --git a/sbin/dumpon/dumpon.8 b/sbin/dumpon/dumpon.8
index ab3333692c1b..011ec172b756 100644
--- a/sbin/dumpon/dumpon.8
+++ b/sbin/dumpon/dumpon.8
@@ -50,21 +50,21 @@
is used to specify a device where the kernel can save a crash dump in
the case of a panic.
.Pp
-Calls to
+Calls to
.Nm
normally occur from the system multi-user initialization file
.Pa /etc/rc ,
controlled by the
.Dq dumpdev
-variable in the boot time configuration file
+variable in the boot time configuration file
.Pa /etc/rc.conf .
.Pp
-The size of the specified dump device must be at least 64 KB greater the
+The size of the specified dump device must be at least 64 KB greater the
size of physical memory.
.Pp
The
.Fl v
-flag causes
+flag causes
.Nm
to be verbose about its activity.
.Sh NOTES
@@ -79,13 +79,13 @@ and
a device containing a filesystem,
should be used as the dump device.
.Pp
-The
+The
.Nm
program operates by setting the
.Xr sysctl 3
MIB variable
.Dq kern.dumpdev
-to the device number of the designated
+to the device number of the designated
.Ar special_file
or to
.Dv NODEV
diff --git a/sbin/fdisk/fdisk.8 b/sbin/fdisk/fdisk.8
index 0c98b7db6482..b6f1ad8eda54 100644
--- a/sbin/fdisk/fdisk.8
+++ b/sbin/fdisk/fdisk.8
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ An example follows:
parameters to be used for BIOS calculations are:
cylinders=769 heads=15 sectors/track=33 (495 blks/cyl)
-
+
Warning: BIOS sector numbering starts with sector 1
Information from DOS bootblock is:
The data for partition 1 is:
diff --git a/sbin/fdisk_pc98/fdisk.8 b/sbin/fdisk_pc98/fdisk.8
index 56fc6cf001ed..0b80ea082136 100644
--- a/sbin/fdisk_pc98/fdisk.8
+++ b/sbin/fdisk_pc98/fdisk.8
@@ -141,10 +141,10 @@ An example follows:
******* Working on device /dev/rda0 *******
parameters extracted from in-core disklabel are:
cylinders=33075 heads=8 sectors/track=32 (256 blks/cyl)
-
+
parameters to be used for BIOS calculations are:
cylinders=33075 heads=8 sectors/track=32 (256 blks/cyl)
-
+
Media sector size is 512
Warning: BIOS sector numbering starts with sector 1
Information from DOS bootblock is:
diff --git a/sbin/ffsinfo/ffsinfo.8 b/sbin/ffsinfo/ffsinfo.8
index a8c0d46b7602..a2b5f834f519 100644
--- a/sbin/ffsinfo/ffsinfo.8
+++ b/sbin/ffsinfo/ffsinfo.8
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
.\" Copyright (c) 2000 Christoph Herrmann, Thomas-Henning von Kamptz
.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1989, 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
.\" Christoph Herrmann and Thomas-Henning von Kamptz, Munich and Frankfurt.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
.\" without specific prior written permission.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@
.Ar special | file
.Sh DESCRIPTION
.Nm Ffsinfo
-extends the
+extends the
.Xr dumpfs 8
program.
.Pp
@@ -123,7 +123,7 @@ will dump
with all available information.
.Sh BUGS
Currently
-.Nm
+.Nm
can only dump unmounted file systems.
Do not try dumping a mounted file system, your system may panic and you will
not be able to use the file system any longer.
diff --git a/sbin/fsck/fsck.8 b/sbin/fsck/fsck.8
index 8de9f228696e..4244ad211cdc 100644
--- a/sbin/fsck/fsck.8
+++ b/sbin/fsck/fsck.8
@@ -39,14 +39,14 @@
.Op Fl dvplfyn
.Op Fl B | F
.Op Fl l Ar maxparallel
-.Op Fl t Ar fstype
-.Op Fl T Ar fstype : Ns Ar fsoptions
+.Op Fl t Ar fstype
+.Op Fl T Ar fstype : Ns Ar fsoptions
.Op Ar special | node ...
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Nm
command invokes filesystem-specific programs to check
-the special devices listed in the
+the special devices listed in the
.Xr fstab 5
file or in the command line for consistency.
.Pp
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ Enter preen mode.
In preen mode, only a restricted class of innocuous
filesystem inconsistencies will be corrected.
If unexpected inconsistencies caused by hardware or
-software failures are encounted, the check program
+software failures are encounted, the check program
will exit with a failure.
See the manual pages for the individual check programs
for a list of the sorts of failures that they correct
@@ -178,7 +178,7 @@ Causes
.Nm
to assume yes
as the answer to all operator questions.
-.It Fl T Ar fstype : Ns Ar fsoptions
+.It Fl T Ar fstype : Ns Ar fsoptions
List of comma separated file system specific options for the specified
file system type, in the same format as
.Xr mount 8 .
diff --git a/sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck_ffs.8 b/sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck_ffs.8
index 6a0aae1955c3..2486b49c3b8a 100644
--- a/sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck_ffs.8
+++ b/sbin/fsck_ffs/fsck_ffs.8
@@ -119,7 +119,7 @@ Without the
.Fl p
option,
.Nm
-audits and interactively repairs inconsistent conditions for filesystems.
+audits and interactively repairs inconsistent conditions for filesystems.
If the filesystem is inconsistent the operator is prompted for concurrence
before each correction is attempted.
It should be noted that some of the corrective actions which are not
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ or
.Li no .
If the operator does not have write permission on the filesystem
.Nm
-will default to a
+will default to a
.Fl n
action.
.Pp
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ The filesystem is in the old (static table) format.
The filesystem is in the new (dynamic table) format.
.It 2
The filesystem supports 32-bit uid's and gid's,
-short symbolic links are stored in the inode,
+short symbolic links are stored in the inode,
and directories have an added field showing the file type.
.It 3
If maxcontig is greater than one,
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@ possible without user interaction.
Conversion in preen mode is best used when all the filesystems
are being converted at once.
The format of a filesystem can be determined from the
-first line of output from
+first line of output from
.Xr dumpfs 8 .
.It Fl f
Force
@@ -225,7 +225,7 @@ In particular, systems that do not wish to have lost files accessible
by all users on the system should use a more restrictive
set of permissions such as 700.
.It Fl n
-Assume a no response to all questions asked by
+Assume a no response to all questions asked by
.Nm
except for
.Ql CONTINUE? ,
@@ -234,7 +234,7 @@ do not open the filesystem for writing.
.It Fl p
Preen filesystems (see above).
.It Fl y
-Assume a yes response to all questions asked by
+Assume a yes response to all questions asked by
.Nm ;
this should be used with great caution as this is a free license
to continue after essentially unlimited trouble has been encountered.
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ Incorrect link counts.
.It
Size checks:
.Bl -item -offset indent -compact
-.It
+.It
Directory size not a multiple of DIRBLKSIZ.
.It
Partially truncated file.
@@ -264,7 +264,7 @@ Blocks not accounted for anywhere.
.It
Directory checks:
.Bl -item -offset indent -compact
-.It
+.It
File pointing to unallocated inode.
.It
Inode number out of range.
@@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ or having the wrong inode number.
.It
Super Block checks:
.Bl -item -offset indent -compact
-.It
+.It
More blocks for inodes than there are in the filesystem.
.It
Bad free block map format.
@@ -288,7 +288,7 @@ Total free block and/or free inode count incorrect.
.Pp
Orphaned files and directories (allocated but unreferenced) are,
with the operator's concurrence, reconnected by
-placing them in the
+placing them in the
.Pa lost+found
directory.
The name assigned is the inode number.
@@ -302,7 +302,7 @@ If there is insufficient space its size is increased.
contains default list of filesystems to check.
.El
.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
-The diagnostics produced by
+The diagnostics produced by
.Nm
are fully enumerated and explained in Appendix A of
.Rs
diff --git a/sbin/fsck_ifs/fsck_ifs.8 b/sbin/fsck_ifs/fsck_ifs.8
index 6cee3fc68c8d..23f7f0945cce 100644
--- a/sbin/fsck_ifs/fsck_ifs.8
+++ b/sbin/fsck_ifs/fsck_ifs.8
@@ -133,7 +133,7 @@ Without the
.Fl p
option,
.Nm
-audits and interactively repairs inconsistent conditions for filesystems.
+audits and interactively repairs inconsistent conditions for filesystems.
If the filesystem is inconsistent the operator is prompted for concurrence
before each correction is attempted.
It should be noted that some of the corrective actions which are not
@@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ or
.Li no .
If the operator does not have write permission on the filesystem
.Nm
-will default to a
+will default to a
.Fl n
action.
.Pp
@@ -179,7 +179,7 @@ The filesystem is in the old (static table) format.
The filesystem is in the new (dynamic table) format.
.It 2
The filesystem supports 32-bit uid's and gid's,
-short symbolic links are stored in the inode,
+short symbolic links are stored in the inode,
and directories have an added field showing the file type.
.It 3
If maxcontig is greater than one,
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ possible without user interaction.
Conversion in preen mode is best used when all the filesystems
are being converted at once.
The format of a filesystem can be determined from the
-first line of output from
+first line of output from
.Xr dumpfs 8 .
.It Fl f
Force
@@ -222,7 +222,7 @@ In particular, systems that do not wish to have lost files accessible
by all users on the system should use a more restrictive
set of permissions such as 700.
.It Fl n
-Assume a no response to all questions asked by
+Assume a no response to all questions asked by
.Nm
except for
.Ql CONTINUE? ,
@@ -231,13 +231,13 @@ do not open the filesystem for writing.
.It Fl p
Preen filesystems (see above).
.It Fl y
-Assume a yes response to all questions asked by
+Assume a yes response to all questions asked by
.Nm ;
this should be used with great caution as this is a free license
to continue after essentially unlimited trouble has been encountered.
.El
.Pp
-If no filesystems are given to
+If no filesystems are given to
.Nm
then a default list of filesystems is read from
the file
@@ -255,7 +255,7 @@ Incorrect link counts.
.It
Size checks:
.Bl -item -offset indent -compact
-.It
+.It
Directory size not a multiple of DIRBLKSIZ.
.It
Partially truncated file.
@@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ Blocks not accounted for anywhere.
.It
Directory checks:
.Bl -item -offset indent -compact
-.It
+.It
File pointing to unallocated inode.
.It
Inode number out of range.
@@ -280,7 +280,7 @@ or having the wrong inode number.
.It
Super Block checks:
.Bl -item -offset indent -compact
-.It
+.It
More blocks for inodes than there are in the filesystem.
.It
Bad free block map format.
@@ -291,7 +291,7 @@ Total free block and/or free inode count incorrect.
.Pp
Orphaned files and directories (allocated but unreferenced) are,
with the operator's concurrence, reconnected by
-placing them in the
+placing them in the
.Pa lost+found
directory.
The name assigned is the inode number.
@@ -308,7 +308,7 @@ the raw device should always be used.
contains default list of filesystems to check.
.El
.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
-The diagnostics produced by
+The diagnostics produced by
.Nm
are fully enumerated and explained in Appendix A of
.Rs
diff --git a/sbin/fsdb/fsdb.8 b/sbin/fsdb/fsdb.8
index 1e4ef60082c4..e5fdd7fa35ac 100644
--- a/sbin/fsdb/fsdb.8
+++ b/sbin/fsdb/fsdb.8
@@ -37,12 +37,12 @@
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Nm
.Op Fl d
-.Op Fl f
+.Op Fl f
.Op Fl r
.Ar fsname
.Sh DESCRIPTION
.Nm Fsdb
-opens
+opens
.Ar fsname
(usually a raw disk partition) and runs a command loop
allowing manipulation of the file system's inode data. You are prompted
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@ Open the filesystem read/only, and disables all commands that would
write to it.
.El
.Sh COMMANDS
-Besides the built-in
+Besides the built-in
.Xr editline 3
commands,
.Nm
@@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ as the new current inode.
Revert to the previously current inode.
.Pp
.It Cm clri Ar i-number
-Clear
+Clear
.Ar i-number .
.Pp
.It Cm lookup Ar name
@@ -121,7 +121,7 @@ Set the active inode's link count to
.Pp
.It Cm ls
List the current inode's directory entries. This command is valid only
-if the current inode is a directory.
+if the current inode is a directory.
.Pp
.It Cm rm Ar name
.It Cm del Ar name
@@ -190,7 +190,7 @@ Change the generation number of the current inode to
.It Cm ctime Ar time
.It Cm atime Ar time
Change the modification, change, or access time (respectively) on the
-current inode to
+current inode to
.Ar time .
.Ar Time
should be in the format
@@ -201,7 +201,7 @@ is an optional nanosecond specification. If no nanoseconds are specified, the
.Va mtimensec ,
.Va ctimensec ,
or
-.Va atimensec
+.Va atimensec
field will be set to zero.
.Pp
.It Cm quit , q , exit , Em <EOF>
@@ -239,4 +239,4 @@ ported it to
Use this tool with extreme caution--you can damage an FFS file system
beyond what
.Xr fsck 8
-can repair.
+can repair.
diff --git a/sbin/growfs/growfs.8 b/sbin/growfs/growfs.8
index fc527aa3ed75..5651324d57de 100644
--- a/sbin/growfs/growfs.8
+++ b/sbin/growfs/growfs.8
@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
.\" Copyright (c) 2000 Christoph Herrmann, Thomas-Henning von Kamptz
.\" Copyright (c) 1980, 1989, 1993 The Regents of the University of California.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" This code is derived from software contributed to Berkeley by
.\" Christoph Herrmann and Thomas-Henning von Kamptz, Munich and Frankfurt.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -21,7 +21,7 @@
.\" 4. Neither the name of the University nor the names of its contributors
.\" may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
.\" without specific prior written permission.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE REGENTS AND CONTRIBUTORS ``AS IS'' AND
.\" ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE
@@ -50,19 +50,19 @@
.Ar special
.Sh DESCRIPTION
.Nm
-extends the
+extends the
.Xr newfs 8
program.
-Before running
+Before running
.Nm
-the disk must be labeled to a bigger size using
+the disk must be labeled to a bigger size using
.Xr disklabel 8 .
-If you are using volumes you must grow them using
+If you are using volumes you must grow them using
.Xr vinum 8 .
.Nm
extends the size of the file system on the specified special file.
Currently
-.Nm
+.Nm
can only grow unmounted file systems.
Do not try growing a mounted file system, your system may panic and you will
not be able to use the file system any longer.
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ Most of the options you have used with
.Xr newfs 8
once can not be changed.
In fact you can only increase the size of the file system.
-Use
+Use
.Xr tunefs 8
for other changes.
.Pp
@@ -81,11 +81,11 @@ Cause the new file system parameters to be printed out without actually growing
the file system.
.It Fl y
.Dq Expert mode .
-Normally
-.Nm
+Normally
+.Nm
will ask you, if you took a backup of your data before and will do some tests
-if
-.Ar special
+if
+.Ar special
is currently mounted or if there are any active snapshots on the filesystem
specified.
This will be suppressed.
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ The
.Ar size
of the file system after growing in sectors.
This value defaults to the size of the raw partition specified in
-.Ar special
+.Ar special
(in other words,
.Nm
will grow the file system to the size of the entire partition).
@@ -105,15 +105,15 @@ will grow the file system to the size of the entire partition).
.Pp
will grow
.Pa /dev/vinum/testvol
-up to 2GB if there is enough space in
+up to 2GB if there is enough space in
.Pa /dev/vinum/testvol .
.Sh BUGS
In some cases on
.Fx
3.x it is possible, that
.Nm
-did not recognize exactly, if the file system is mounted or not and
-exits with an error message, then use
+did not recognize exactly, if the file system is mounted or not and
+exits with an error message, then use
.Nm
.Fl y
if you are sure, that the file system is not mounted.
@@ -146,7 +146,7 @@ every 2 GB of total filesystem size.
.Xr ffsinfo 8 ,
.Xr fsck 8 ,
.Xr newfs 8 ,
-.Xr tunefs 8 ,
+.Xr tunefs 8 ,
.Xr vinum 8
.Sh AUTHORS
.An Christoph Herrmann Aq chm@FreeBSD.org
diff --git a/sbin/i386/cxconfig/cxconfig.8 b/sbin/i386/cxconfig/cxconfig.8
index a6701fef37ce..40ebf79c4989 100644
--- a/sbin/i386/cxconfig/cxconfig.8
+++ b/sbin/i386/cxconfig/cxconfig.8
@@ -10,17 +10,17 @@
.Op Fl a
.Op Ar <channel> Op Ar <option>...
.Sh DESCRIPTION
-The
+The
.Nm
utility is used for configuring the channel options of
the Cronyx-Sigma adapter.
.Pp
To change channel options the channel should be free: the corresponding
-network interface in ``down'' state, the asynchronous terminal device
+network interface in ``down'' state, the asynchronous terminal device
.Pa /dev/tty*
closed.
Generally, the channel options are set up during the operating
-system startup, for example from the
+system startup, for example from the
.Pa /etc/rc
file.
.Pp
@@ -76,15 +76,15 @@ Set the zero channel hardware interface type.
.Bl -tag -width 10n
.It "nrz, nrzi, manchester"
Set the data line signal encoding.
-In the case of
+In the case of
.Em NRZ
encoding the zero bit is transmitted by the zero signal
level, the one bit - by the positive signal level.
-In the case of
+In the case of
.Em NRZI
encoding the zero bit is transmitted by the change of
the signal level, the one bit - by the constant signal level.
-In the case of
+In the case of
.Em Manchester
encoding the zero bit is encoded as 01 value,
the one bit - as 10 value.
@@ -96,9 +96,9 @@ is derived from the received data.
Set the local loopback mode.
.It "+extclock, -extclock"
Set the timing clock source of synchronous channels. There are
-two possible variants:
+two possible variants:
.Em "external clock"
-source or
+source or
.Em "internal clock"
generation.
.Pp
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ external modem hardware. In this mode the external timing
signal is received on TXCIN pin of the connector, and it is
used as a synchronization clock for transmitting data (TXD).
.Pp
-In the case of
+In the case of
.Em "internal clock"
mode the transmitted data (TXD)
are synchronized using the internal on-board timing generator,
diff --git a/sbin/i386/fdisk/fdisk.8 b/sbin/i386/fdisk/fdisk.8
index 0c98b7db6482..b6f1ad8eda54 100644
--- a/sbin/i386/fdisk/fdisk.8
+++ b/sbin/i386/fdisk/fdisk.8
@@ -138,7 +138,7 @@ An example follows:
parameters to be used for BIOS calculations are:
cylinders=769 heads=15 sectors/track=33 (495 blks/cyl)
-
+
Warning: BIOS sector numbering starts with sector 1
Information from DOS bootblock is:
The data for partition 1 is:
diff --git a/sbin/i386/nextboot/nextboot.8 b/sbin/i386/nextboot/nextboot.8
index 192eb31c255c..b57c4b064806 100644
--- a/sbin/i386/nextboot/nextboot.8
+++ b/sbin/i386/nextboot/nextboot.8
@@ -20,14 +20,14 @@ program
.Nm
controls the actions of the boot blocks at the time of the next boot.
If compiled with the correct option,
-the boot blocks will check the nameblock for a magic number and a
+the boot blocks will check the nameblock for a magic number and a
default name to use for booting.
-If compiled to do so they will also
+If compiled to do so they will also
delete the name from the block, ensuring that if the boot should fail,
then it will not be tried again.
It is the job of
.Pa /etc/rc
-to use
+to use
.Nm
to re-install the string if that boot is found to have succeeded.
This allows a one-time only boot string to be used for such applications
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ The following options are available:
.It Fl b
Is used for bootstrapping (initially configuring) the nameblock.
Without
-this,
+this,
.Nm
will refuse to write to a block that does not already contain the magic
number.
@@ -59,13 +59,13 @@ and
flags are mutually exclusive.
.Sh DESCRIPTION
.Nm Nextboot
-first checks that the disk has an fdisk table and checks that none of the
+first checks that the disk has an fdisk table and checks that none of the
partitions defined in that table include the nameblock.
-If the name block is
+If the name block is
shown to be unused, it will install the bootstrings given as arguments,
one after the other, each preceded by a small magic number, and NULL
terminated.
-The end of the list of strings is delimited by a sequence of
+The end of the list of strings is delimited by a sequence of
0xff bytes.
If the boot blocks are compiled to write back the nameblock
after each boot, it will zero out the supplied names as it uses them,
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ An example of usage might be:
.Pp
Which would instruct the boot blocks at the next boot,
to try boot the experimental kernel off the SCSI disk.
-If for any reason this failed, the next boot attempt would
+If for any reason this failed, the next boot attempt would
boot the kernel
.Pa /kernel.old
off the IDE drive. (Assuming the write-back option were enabled) If this
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ to change the default boot string.
Note, that should the file specified in
the nameblock be non-existent, then the name compiled into the boot blocks
will be used for the boot rather than the next name in the nameblock.
-The
+The
nameblock is only consulted
.Em once
per boot.
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ This program works only in conjunction with the legacy boot code.
The entire program should be made more user-friendly.
The option of whether to write back or not should be stored on the
disk and not a compile time option.
-I want to rethink this at some
+I want to rethink this at some
later stage to make it co-exist with disks that do not have
a fdisk partitioning table (i.e. purely disklabel'd systems).
.Pp
diff --git a/sbin/init/init.8 b/sbin/init/init.8
index d50133c127da..ce4e10a3e6e5 100644
--- a/sbin/init/init.8
+++ b/sbin/init/init.8
@@ -86,7 +86,7 @@ then
.Nm
will require that the super-user password be
entered before the system will start a single-user shell.
-The password check is skipped if the
+The password check is skipped if the
.Em console
is marked as
.Dq secure .
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ This is the default initial value.
Insecure mode \- immutable and append-only flags may be turned off.
All devices may be read or written subject to their permissions.
.It Ic 1
-Secure mode \- the system immutable and system append-only flags may not
+Secure mode \- the system immutable and system append-only flags may not
be turned off;
disks for mounted filesystems,
.Pa /dev/mem ,
@@ -150,11 +150,11 @@ it can be set before going multi-user, e.g., by the startup script
.Xr rc 8 ,
using
.Xr sysctl 8
-to set the
+to set the
.Dq kern.securelevel
variable to the required security level.
.Pp
-In multi-user operation,
+In multi-user operation,
.Nm
maintains
processes for the terminal ports found in the file
@@ -232,7 +232,7 @@ file and are now on,
executes the command specified in the second field.
If the command or window field for a line is changed,
the change takes effect at the end of the current
-login session (e.g., the next time
+login session (e.g., the next time
.Nm
starts a process on the line).
If a line is commented out or deleted from
@@ -389,10 +389,10 @@ Systems without
.Xr sysctl
behave as though they have security level \-1.
.Pp
-Setting the security level above 1 too early in the boot sequence can
-prevent
-.Xr fsck 8
-from repairing inconsistent filesystems. The
-preferred location to set the security level is at the end of
-.Pa /etc/rc
+Setting the security level above 1 too early in the boot sequence can
+prevent
+.Xr fsck 8
+from repairing inconsistent filesystems. The
+preferred location to set the security level is at the end of
+.Pa /etc/rc
after all multi-user startup actions are complete.
diff --git a/sbin/kget/kget.8 b/sbin/kget/kget.8
index c40cdca7497b..ae79e655b365 100644
--- a/sbin/kget/kget.8
+++ b/sbin/kget/kget.8
@@ -55,7 +55,7 @@ Usage:
.Nm
.Ar filename
.Pp
-where
+where
.Ar filename
is either a regular file (which is overwritten) or -, indicating that
standard output should be used.
diff --git a/sbin/md5/md5.1 b/sbin/md5/md5.1
index 49f13475d7d8..50bd126ddaf2 100644
--- a/sbin/md5/md5.1
+++ b/sbin/md5/md5.1
@@ -44,7 +44,7 @@ Quiet mode - only the MD5 sum is printed out. Overrides the
option.
.It Fl r
Reverses the format of the output. This helps with visual diffs. Does nothing
-when combined with the
+when combined with the
.Fl ptx
options.
.It Fl t
diff --git a/sbin/mdconfig/mdconfig.8 b/sbin/mdconfig/mdconfig.8
index 08c0597a5b75..6ed7e8afd41b 100644
--- a/sbin/mdconfig/mdconfig.8
+++ b/sbin/mdconfig/mdconfig.8
@@ -50,7 +50,7 @@
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Nm
.Fl a
-.Fl t Ar type
+.Fl t Ar type
.Oo
.Fl o
.Oo Cm no Oc Ns Ar option
@@ -67,7 +67,7 @@
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Nm
-command configures and enables
+command configures and enables
.Xr md 4
devices.
.Pp
@@ -79,7 +79,7 @@ This will configure and attach a memory disk with the
parameters specified and attach it to the system.
.It Fl d
Detach a memory disk from the system and release all resources.
-.It Fl t Ar type
+.It Fl t Ar type
Select the type of the memory disk.
.Bl -tag -width "preload"
.It Cm malloc
@@ -87,7 +87,7 @@ Storage for this type of memory disk is allocated with
.Xr malloc 9 .
This limits the size to the malloc bucket limit in the kernel.
.It Cm vnode
-A file specified with
+A file specified with
.Fl f Ar file
becomes the backingstore for this memory disk.
.It Cm swap
@@ -182,7 +182,7 @@ first appeared in
.Fx 5.0
as a cleaner replacement for the
.Xr vn 4
-and
+and
.Xr vnconfig 8
combo.
.Sh AUTHORS
diff --git a/sbin/mknod/mknod.8 b/sbin/mknod/mknod.8
index 71b56069fbd4..ade5fc77f493 100644
--- a/sbin/mknod/mknod.8
+++ b/sbin/mknod/mknod.8
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ user name.
The
.Ar group
may be either a numeric group ID or a group name.
-Similar to the user name,
+Similar to the user name,
if a group name is also a numeric group ID, the operand is used as a
group name.
.El
diff --git a/sbin/mount_nfs/mount_nfs.8 b/sbin/mount_nfs/mount_nfs.8
index 9e467a3e8037..97600b5ef827 100644
--- a/sbin/mount_nfs/mount_nfs.8
+++ b/sbin/mount_nfs/mount_nfs.8
@@ -217,7 +217,7 @@ compatibility with historic versions of
Same as
.Fl b .
.It conn
-Same as not specifying
+Same as not specifying
.Fl c .
.It dumbtimer
Same as
diff --git a/sbin/mount_ntfs/mount_ntfs.8 b/sbin/mount_ntfs/mount_ntfs.8
index ca2d601cb1d1..265e9660554c 100644
--- a/sbin/mount_ntfs/mount_ntfs.8
+++ b/sbin/mount_ntfs/mount_ntfs.8
@@ -63,7 +63,7 @@ contains the file system).
The options are as follows:
.Bl -tag -width Ds
.It Fl a
-Force behaviour to return MS-DOS 8.3 names also on
+Force behaviour to return MS-DOS 8.3 names also on
.Fn readdir .
.It Fl i
Make name lookup case insensitive for all names except POSIX names.
@@ -95,7 +95,7 @@ Default is $DATA.
is an attribute name.
Default is none.
.Sh EXAMPLES
-To mount an ntfs volume located in
+To mount an ntfs volume located in
.Pa /dev/ad1s1 :
.Bd -literal -offset indent
# mount_ntfs /dev/ad1s1 /mnt
diff --git a/sbin/mount_nullfs/mount_nullfs.8 b/sbin/mount_nullfs/mount_nullfs.8
index b0ff132188bd..c94cd0f97fea 100644
--- a/sbin/mount_nullfs/mount_nullfs.8
+++ b/sbin/mount_nullfs/mount_nullfs.8
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@ The
.Nm
filesystem differs from a traditional
loopback file system in two respects: it is implemented using
-a stackable layers techniques, and it's
+a stackable layers techniques, and it's
.Do null-node Dc Ns s
stack above
all lower-layer vnodes, not just over directory vnodes.
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ for constructing new layers.
.\"
.\"
.Sh INSTANTIATING NEW NULL LAYERS
-New null layers are created with
+New null layers are created with
.Nm .
.Nm Mount_nullfs
takes two arguments, the pathname
@@ -126,8 +126,8 @@ on the lower layer. Finally, it replaces the null-nodes
in the arguments and, if a vnode is returned by the operation,
stacks a null-node on top of the returned vnode.
.Pp
-Although bypass handles most operations,
-.Em vop_getattr ,
+Although bypass handles most operations,
+.Em vop_getattr ,
.Em vop_inactive ,
.Em vop_reclaim ,
and
@@ -156,7 +156,7 @@ are created as a result of vnode operations on
this or other null vnode stacks.
.Pp
New vnode stacks come into existence as a result of
-an operation which returns a vnode.
+an operation which returns a vnode.
The bypass routine stacks a null-node above the new
vnode before returning it to the caller.
.Pp
@@ -164,24 +164,24 @@ For example, imagine mounting a null layer with
.Bd -literal -offset indent
mount_nullfs /usr/include /dev/layer/null
.Ed
-Changing directory to
+Changing directory to
.Pa /dev/layer/null
will assign
the root null-node (which was created when the null layer was mounted).
-Now consider opening
+Now consider opening
.Pa sys .
A vop_lookup would be
done on the root null-node. This operation would bypass through
-to the lower layer which would return a vnode representing
-the UFS
+to the lower layer which would return a vnode representing
+the UFS
.Pa sys .
Null_bypass then builds a null-node
-aliasing the UFS
+aliasing the UFS
.Pa sys
and returns this to the caller.
-Later operations on the null-node
+Later operations on the null-node
.Pa sys
-will repeat this
+will repeat this
process when constructing other vnode stacks.
.\"
.\"
@@ -193,12 +193,12 @@ then begin modifying the copy.
can be used to easily rename
all variables.
.Pp
-The umap layer is an example of a layer descended from the
+The umap layer is an example of a layer descended from the
null layer.
.\"
.\"
.Sh INVOKING OPERATIONS ON LOWER LAYERS
-There are two techniques to invoke operations on a lower layer
+There are two techniques to invoke operations on a lower layer
when the operation cannot be completely bypassed. Each method
is appropriate in different situations. In both cases,
it is the responsibility of the aliasing layer to make
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@ This method is most suitable when you wish to invoke the operation
currently being handled on the lower layer.
It has the advantage that
the bypass routine already must do argument mapping.
-An example of this is
+An example of this is
.Em null_getattrs
in the null layer.
.Pp
@@ -229,7 +229,7 @@ is that vnode arguments must be manually mapped.
UCLA Technical Report CSD-910056,
.Em "Stackable Layers: an Architecture for File System Development" .
.Sh BUGS
-THIS FILESYSTEM TYPE IS NOT YET FULLY SUPPORTED (READ: IT DOESN'T WORK)
+THIS FILESYSTEM TYPE IS NOT YET FULLY SUPPORTED (READ: IT DOESN'T WORK)
AND USING IT MAY, IN FACT, DESTROY DATA ON YOUR SYSTEM. USE AT YOUR
OWN RISK. BEWARE OF DOG. SLIPPERY WHEN WET.
.Pp
diff --git a/sbin/mount_nwfs/mount_nwfs.8 b/sbin/mount_nwfs/mount_nwfs.8
index 5d31ce18a5ad..fa1855b7eab9 100644
--- a/sbin/mount_nwfs/mount_nwfs.8
+++ b/sbin/mount_nwfs/mount_nwfs.8
@@ -41,14 +41,14 @@ possible to create connection without any mounts (but use it for them) with
.Pp
Note two forms of command line.
In the first form, server and user specified
-via
+via
.Fl S
and
.Fl U
options respectively.
In the second form server and user specified in
.Ar special
-part of
+part of
.Xr mount 8
command line arguments (the
.Fl S ,
@@ -84,22 +84,22 @@ before
Path to mount volume.
.It Fl c Ar case
Select a
-.Ar case
+.Ar case
option which affects on name representation.
-.Ar Case
+.Ar Case
can be one of the following:
.Bl -tag -width "ValueXX"
.It Em Value
.Em Meaning
.It l
-All existing file names converted to lower case.
+All existing file names converted to lower case.
Newly created file gets a lower case under OS2 name space.
This is the default when mounting volumes with DOS name space.
.It L
Same as 'l' but file system tries to be case insensitive.
May not work well.
.It n
-No case conversion is performed.
+No case conversion is performed.
.Em Warning !
Use this option with DOS name space only as a last resort,
because creating a lower case name in the DOS name space
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ is taken from mount point, default value for the dir mode adds execute
permission where the file mode gives read permission.
.Pp
Note that these permissions can differ from the rights granted by NetWare
-server.
+server.
.It Fl n Ar namespace
Don't use
.Ar namespace .
@@ -141,21 +141,21 @@ tries to use an environment variable
.Ev LC_* .
.It Fl w Ar scheme
Select a
-.Ar scheme
+.Ar scheme
used to convert file names between NetWare and
.Fx .
-Currently only
-.Ar koi2cp866
-and
-.Ar asis
+Currently only
+.Ar koi2cp866
+and
+.Ar asis
can be here.
-Please note, that scheme should be enabled at compile
+Please note, that scheme should be enabled at compile
time in
.Pa config.mk
file.
.It Fl M Ar mode
-See
-.Xr ncplogin 1
+See
+.Xr ncplogin 1
for details.
If this option is omitted, connection permissions
assumed the same as directory mode
diff --git a/sbin/mount_std/mount_std.8 b/sbin/mount_std/mount_std.8
index 34c793ae3821..28fed28aec84 100644
--- a/sbin/mount_std/mount_std.8
+++ b/sbin/mount_std/mount_std.8
@@ -58,12 +58,12 @@ The
.Nm
command is a generic mechanism for attaching ``standard'' filesystems to
the filesystem. The
-.Nm
-command currently supports the following filesystems:
-.Nm devfs ,
+.Nm
+command currently supports the following filesystems:
+.Nm devfs ,
.Nm fdescfs ,
-.Nm linprocfs
-and
+.Nm linprocfs
+and
.Nm procfs .
A ``standard'' filesystem is one which:
.Bl -enum -offset indent
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ Refer to the following manual pages for detailed information
on these file system:
.Xr devfs 5 ,
.Xr fdescfs 5 ,
-.Xr linprocfs 5
+.Xr linprocfs 5
and
.Xr procfs 5 .
.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
diff --git a/sbin/mount_umapfs/mount_umapfs.8 b/sbin/mount_umapfs/mount_umapfs.8
index c40f0a0993e6..5524c2e634d3 100644
--- a/sbin/mount_umapfs/mount_umapfs.8
+++ b/sbin/mount_umapfs/mount_umapfs.8
@@ -68,7 +68,7 @@ uid 2000 in the local environment. The
.Nm
command allows the subtree from smith's original environment to be
mapped in such a way that all files with owning uid 1000 look like
-they are actually owned by uid 2000.
+they are actually owned by uid 2000.
.Pp
The options are as follows:
.Bl -tag -width indent
@@ -79,37 +79,37 @@ flag followed by a comma separated string of options.
See the
.Xr mount 8
man page for possible options and their meanings.
-.It Ar target
+.It Ar target
Should be the current location of the sub-tree in the
-local system's name space.
-.It Ar mount-point
+local system's name space.
+.It Ar mount-point
Should be a directory
-where the mapped subtree is to be placed.
-.It Fl u Ar uid-mapfile
-.It Fl g Ar gid-mapfile
+where the mapped subtree is to be placed.
+.It Fl u Ar uid-mapfile
+.It Fl g Ar gid-mapfile
Describe the mappings to be made between identifiers.
Briefly, the format of these files is a count of the number of
mappings on the first line, with each subsequent line containing
a single mapping. Each of these mappings consists of an id in
the local environment and the corresponding id from the original environment,
-separated by white space.
-.Ar Uid-mapfile
+separated by white space.
+.Ar Uid-mapfile
should contain all uid
-mappings, and
-.Ar gid-mapfile
+mappings, and
+.Ar gid-mapfile
should contain all gid mappings.
-Any uids not mapped in
-.Ar uid-mapfile
+Any uids not mapped in
+.Ar uid-mapfile
will be treated as user NOBODY,
-and any gids not mapped in
-.Ar gid-mapfile
+and any gids not mapped in
+.Ar gid-mapfile
will be treated as group
NULLGROUP. At most 64 uids can be mapped for a given subtree, and
at most 16 groups can be mapped by a given subtree.
.El
.Pp
The mapfiles can be located anywhere in the file hierarchy, but they
-must be owned by root, and they must be writable only by root.
+must be owned by root, and they must be writable only by root.
.Nm Mount_umapfs
will refuse to map the sub-tree if the ownership or permissions on
these files are improper. It will also balk if the count of mappings
@@ -124,7 +124,7 @@ sophisticated.
.Xr mount 8 ,
.Xr mount_nullfs 8
.Sh BUGS
-THIS FILESYSTEM TYPE IS NOT YET FULLY SUPPORTED (READ: IT DOESN'T WORK)
+THIS FILESYSTEM TYPE IS NOT YET FULLY SUPPORTED (READ: IT DOESN'T WORK)
AND USING IT MAY, IN FACT, DESTROY DATA ON YOUR SYSTEM. USE AT YOUR
OWN RISK. BEWARE OF DOG. SLIPPERY WHEN WET.
.Pp
diff --git a/sbin/mount_unionfs/mount_unionfs.8 b/sbin/mount_unionfs/mount_unionfs.8
index b9c7b193d925..2bd06ad1859a 100644
--- a/sbin/mount_unionfs/mount_unionfs.8
+++ b/sbin/mount_unionfs/mount_unionfs.8
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (c) 1994
.\" The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" This code is derived from software donated to Berkeley by
.\" Jan-Simon Pendry.
.\"
diff --git a/sbin/mountd/netgroup.5 b/sbin/mountd/netgroup.5
index 919f1fe3b22d..ba58b2c73da1 100644
--- a/sbin/mountd/netgroup.5
+++ b/sbin/mountd/netgroup.5
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ similar platforms.)
.It
If the
.Pa /etc/netgroup
-exists and contains only local
+exists and contains only local
.Nm
information (with no
.Tn NIS
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ The interpretation of access restrictions based on the member tuples of a
netgroup is left up to the various network applications.
Also, it is not obvious how the domain specification
applies to the
-.Bx
+.Bx
environment.
.Pp
The
diff --git a/sbin/newfs/newfs.8 b/sbin/newfs/newfs.8
index b17a74a3eac2..687d22e686cc 100644
--- a/sbin/newfs/newfs.8
+++ b/sbin/newfs/newfs.8
@@ -68,9 +68,9 @@
.Sh DESCRIPTION
.Nm Newfs
is used to initialize and clear filesystems before first use.
-Before running
+Before running
.Nm
-the disk must be labeled using
+the disk must be labeled using
.Xr disklabel 8 .
.Nm Newfs
builds a file system on the specified special file.
@@ -157,8 +157,8 @@ specifies the average file size on the file system.
.It Fl m Ar free space \&%
The percentage of space reserved from normal users; the minimum free
space threshold.
-The default value used is
-defined by
+The default value used is
+defined by
.Dv MINFREE
from
.Aq Pa ufs/ffs/fs.h ,
@@ -191,7 +191,7 @@ for more details on how to set this option.
.It Fl s Ar size
The size of the file system in sectors. This value defaults to the size of the
raw partition specified in
-.Ar special
+.Ar special
(in other words,
.Nm
will use the entire partition for the file system).
@@ -203,7 +203,7 @@ This option is useful for synthetic disks such as
.Nm vinum .
.El
.Pp
-The following options override the standard sizes for the disk geometry.
+The following options override the standard sizes for the disk geometry.
Their default values are taken from the disk label.
Changing these defaults is useful only when using
.Nm
@@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ to build a file system whose raw image will eventually be used on a
different type of disk than the one on which it is initially created
(for example on a write-once disk).
Note that changing any of these values from their defaults will make
-it impossible for
+it impossible for
.Xr fsck 8
to find the alternate superblocks if the standard superblock is lost.
.Bl -tag -width indent
diff --git a/sbin/nextboot/nextboot.8 b/sbin/nextboot/nextboot.8
index 192eb31c255c..b57c4b064806 100644
--- a/sbin/nextboot/nextboot.8
+++ b/sbin/nextboot/nextboot.8
@@ -20,14 +20,14 @@ program
.Nm
controls the actions of the boot blocks at the time of the next boot.
If compiled with the correct option,
-the boot blocks will check the nameblock for a magic number and a
+the boot blocks will check the nameblock for a magic number and a
default name to use for booting.
-If compiled to do so they will also
+If compiled to do so they will also
delete the name from the block, ensuring that if the boot should fail,
then it will not be tried again.
It is the job of
.Pa /etc/rc
-to use
+to use
.Nm
to re-install the string if that boot is found to have succeeded.
This allows a one-time only boot string to be used for such applications
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@ The following options are available:
.It Fl b
Is used for bootstrapping (initially configuring) the nameblock.
Without
-this,
+this,
.Nm
will refuse to write to a block that does not already contain the magic
number.
@@ -59,13 +59,13 @@ and
flags are mutually exclusive.
.Sh DESCRIPTION
.Nm Nextboot
-first checks that the disk has an fdisk table and checks that none of the
+first checks that the disk has an fdisk table and checks that none of the
partitions defined in that table include the nameblock.
-If the name block is
+If the name block is
shown to be unused, it will install the bootstrings given as arguments,
one after the other, each preceded by a small magic number, and NULL
terminated.
-The end of the list of strings is delimited by a sequence of
+The end of the list of strings is delimited by a sequence of
0xff bytes.
If the boot blocks are compiled to write back the nameblock
after each boot, it will zero out the supplied names as it uses them,
@@ -81,7 +81,7 @@ An example of usage might be:
.Pp
Which would instruct the boot blocks at the next boot,
to try boot the experimental kernel off the SCSI disk.
-If for any reason this failed, the next boot attempt would
+If for any reason this failed, the next boot attempt would
boot the kernel
.Pa /kernel.old
off the IDE drive. (Assuming the write-back option were enabled) If this
@@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ to change the default boot string.
Note, that should the file specified in
the nameblock be non-existent, then the name compiled into the boot blocks
will be used for the boot rather than the next name in the nameblock.
-The
+The
nameblock is only consulted
.Em once
per boot.
@@ -107,7 +107,7 @@ This program works only in conjunction with the legacy boot code.
The entire program should be made more user-friendly.
The option of whether to write back or not should be stored on the
disk and not a compile time option.
-I want to rethink this at some
+I want to rethink this at some
later stage to make it co-exist with disks that do not have
a fdisk partitioning table (i.e. purely disklabel'd systems).
.Pp
diff --git a/sbin/nfsd/nfsd.8 b/sbin/nfsd/nfsd.8
index 544756a891dc..c62b7d8fbdf0 100644
--- a/sbin/nfsd/nfsd.8
+++ b/sbin/nfsd/nfsd.8
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Serve
clients.
.El
.Pp
-For example,
+For example,
.Dq Li "nfsd -u -t -n 6"
serves
.Tn UDP
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ RFC1094 and
.Pp
If
.Nm
-detects that
+detects that
.Tn NFS
is not loaded in the running kernel, it will attempt
to load a loadable kernel module containing
diff --git a/sbin/nologin/nologin.5 b/sbin/nologin/nologin.5
index d2932773da2c..9d63c889e115 100644
--- a/sbin/nologin/nologin.5
+++ b/sbin/nologin/nologin.5
@@ -39,11 +39,11 @@
.Nm nologin
.Nd disallow logins
.Sh DESCRIPTION
-Programs such as
+Programs such as
.Xr login 1
-disallow logins if the file
+disallow logins if the file
.Pa /var/run/nologin
-exists.
+exists.
Programs display the contents of
.Pa /var/run/nologin
to the user and exit.
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ To disable logins on a per-account basis,
investigate
.Xr nologin 8 .
.Sh SECURITY
-Ignored by
+Ignored by
.Xr login 1
for user root.
.Sh FILES
diff --git a/sbin/nologin/nologin.8 b/sbin/nologin/nologin.8
index 9a384f1f2a54..8903fa0e3a70 100644
--- a/sbin/nologin/nologin.8
+++ b/sbin/nologin/nologin.8
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
.Os
.Sh NAME
.Nm nologin
-.Nd politely refuse a login
+.Nd politely refuse a login
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Nm
.Sh DESCRIPTION
diff --git a/sbin/nos-tun/nos-tun.8 b/sbin/nos-tun/nos-tun.8
index c0f15ecd7819..e9509d92e95a 100644
--- a/sbin/nos-tun/nos-tun.8
+++ b/sbin/nos-tun/nos-tun.8
@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
-.\"
+.\"
.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
.\" "THE BEER-WARE LICENSE" (Revision 42):
.\" <phk@FreeBSD.org> wrote this file. As long as you retain this notice you
.\" can do whatever you want with this stuff. If we meet some day, and you think
.\" this stuff is worth it, you can buy me a beer in return. Poul-Henning Kamp
.\" ----------------------------------------------------------------------------
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
-.\"
+.\"
.Dd April 11, 1998
.Dt NOS-TUN 8
.Os
diff --git a/sbin/pc98/fdisk/fdisk.8 b/sbin/pc98/fdisk/fdisk.8
index 56fc6cf001ed..0b80ea082136 100644
--- a/sbin/pc98/fdisk/fdisk.8
+++ b/sbin/pc98/fdisk/fdisk.8
@@ -141,10 +141,10 @@ An example follows:
******* Working on device /dev/rda0 *******
parameters extracted from in-core disklabel are:
cylinders=33075 heads=8 sectors/track=32 (256 blks/cyl)
-
+
parameters to be used for BIOS calculations are:
cylinders=33075 heads=8 sectors/track=32 (256 blks/cyl)
-
+
Media sector size is 512
Warning: BIOS sector numbering starts with sector 1
Information from DOS bootblock is:
diff --git a/sbin/ping/ping.8 b/sbin/ping/ping.8
index 8173ae406ff5..c95f23176aba 100644
--- a/sbin/ping/ping.8
+++ b/sbin/ping/ping.8
@@ -111,7 +111,7 @@ Outputs packets as fast as they come back or one hundred times per second,
whichever is more.
For every
.Tn ECHO_REQUEST
-sent a period
+sent a period
.Dq .\&
is printed, while for every
.Tn ECHO_REPLY
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ flag was required to display such errors, but
displays all ICMP error messages. On a busy machine, this output can
be overbearing. Without the
.Fl Q
-flag,
+flag,
.Nm
prints out any ICMP error messages caused by its own ECHO_REQUEST
messages.
@@ -213,13 +213,13 @@ Bypass the normal routing tables and send directly to a host on an attached
network.
If the host is not on a directly-attached network, an error is returned.
This option can be used to ping a local host through an interface
-that has no route through it
+that has no route through it
.Po
e.g., after the interface was dropped by
.Xr routed 8
.Pc .
.It Fl s Ar packetsize
-Specify the number of data bytes to be sent.
+Specify the number of data bytes to be sent.
The default is 56, which translates into 64
.Tn ICMP
data bytes when combined
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@ When using
.Nm
for fault isolation, it should first be run on the local host, to verify
that the local network interface is up and running.
-Then, hosts and gateways further and further away should be
+Then, hosts and gateways further and further away should be
.Dq pinged .
Round-trip times and packet loss statistics are computed.
If duplicate packets are received, they are not included in the packet
@@ -374,7 +374,7 @@ the
field of
.Tn ICMP ECHO_REQUEST
packets to 255.
-This is why you will find you can
+This is why you will find you can
.Dq ping
some hosts, but not reach them with
.Xr telnet 1
@@ -400,7 +400,7 @@ In this case the
value in the received packet will be 255 minus the
number of routers in the round-trip path.
.It
-Set it to 255; this is what current
+Set it to 255; this is what current
.Bx
systems do.
In this case the
diff --git a/sbin/quotacheck/quotacheck.8 b/sbin/quotacheck/quotacheck.8
index 0881c88984e4..fef9e0247c4b 100644
--- a/sbin/quotacheck/quotacheck.8
+++ b/sbin/quotacheck/quotacheck.8
@@ -114,10 +114,10 @@ and
which are located at the root of the associated file system.
These defaults may be overridden in
.Pa /etc/fstab .
-If a file is not present,
+If a file is not present,
.Nm
will create it.
-These files should be edited with the
+These files should be edited with the
.Xr edquota 8
utility.
.Pp
@@ -125,16 +125,16 @@ utility.
is normally run at boot time from the
.Pa /etc/rc
file.
-The rc startup procedure is controlled by the
+The rc startup procedure is controlled by the
.Pa /etc/rc.conf
-variable
+variable
.Ar check_quotas .
-Note that to enable this functionality in
+Note that to enable this functionality in
.Pa /etc/rc
you also need to enable startup quota procedures
with the variable
-.Ar enable_quotas
-in
+.Ar enable_quotas
+in
.Pa /etc/rc.conf .
.Pp
.Nm Quotacheck
diff --git a/sbin/reboot/boot_i386.8 b/sbin/reboot/boot_i386.8
index fca3f3685d03..c9cd26bbc293 100644
--- a/sbin/reboot/boot_i386.8
+++ b/sbin/reboot/boot_i386.8
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ the listing will be of the relevant subdirectory.)
Specify boot file and flags.
.Bl -tag -width indent
.It Ar bios_drive
-The drive number as recognized by the BIOS.
+The drive number as recognized by the BIOS.
0 for the first drive, 1 for the second drive, etc.
.It Ar interface
The type of controller to boot from. Note that the controller is required
@@ -179,14 +179,14 @@ commands present in the script.
.It Fl D
toggle single and dual console configurations. In the single
configuration the console will be either the internal display
-or the serial port, depending on the state of the
+or the serial port, depending on the state of the
.Fl h
-option below. In the dual console configuration,
-both the internal display and the serial port will become the console
-at the same time, regardless of the state of the
+option below. In the dual console configuration,
+both the internal display and the serial port will become the console
+at the same time, regardless of the state of the
.Fl h
option. However, the dual console configuration takes effect only during
-the boot prompt. Once the kernel is loaded, the console specified
+the boot prompt. Once the kernel is loaded, the console specified
by the
.Fl h
option becomes the only console.
@@ -197,14 +197,14 @@ as early as possible in kernel initialization.
.It Fl g
use the GDB remote debugging protocol.
.It Fl h
-toggle internal and serial consoles. You can use this to switch
-console devices. For instance, if you boot from the internal console,
+toggle internal and serial consoles. You can use this to switch
+console devices. For instance, if you boot from the internal console,
you can use the
.Fl h
-option to force the kernel to use the serial port as its
-console device. Alternatively, if you boot from the serial port,
-you can use this option to force the kernel to use the internal display
-as the console instead.
+option to force the kernel to use the serial port as its
+console device. Alternatively, if you boot from the serial port,
+you can use this option to force the kernel to use the internal display
+as the console instead.
The serial port driver
.Xr sio 4
has a flag to override this option.
@@ -212,7 +212,7 @@ If that flag is set, the serial port will always be used as the console,
regardless of the
.Fl h
option described here. See the man page for
-.Xr sio 4
+.Xr sio 4
for more details.
.It Fl P
probe the keyboard. If no keyboard is found, the
diff --git a/sbin/reboot/reboot.8 b/sbin/reboot/reboot.8
index 0252fa609f2b..a16eef1b212c 100644
--- a/sbin/reboot/reboot.8
+++ b/sbin/reboot/reboot.8
@@ -76,11 +76,11 @@ device has previously been specified with
The halt or reboot is
.Em not
logged to the system log.
-This option is intended for applications such as
+This option is intended for applications such as
.Xr shutdown 8 ,
that call
.Nm
-or
+or
.Nm halt
and log this themselves.
.It Fl n
@@ -95,9 +95,9 @@ This option should probably not be used.
.It Fl p
The system will turn off the power
if it can.
-This is of course likely to make
+This is of course likely to make
.Nm
-rather similar to
+rather similar to
.Nm halt .
.El
.Pp
diff --git a/sbin/restore/restore.8 b/sbin/restore/restore.8
index f07a5ef941f3..d2214b59a1b9 100644
--- a/sbin/restore/restore.8
+++ b/sbin/restore/restore.8
@@ -122,7 +122,7 @@ added to the extraction list
.Fl h
flag is specified on the command line).
Files that are on the extraction list are prepended with a ``*''
-when they are listed by
+when they are listed by
.Ic ls .
.It Ic \&cd Ar arg
Change the current working directory to the specified argument.
@@ -134,7 +134,7 @@ deleted from the extraction list
(unless the
.Fl h
flag is specified on the command line).
-The most expedient way to extract most of the files from a directory
+The most expedient way to extract most of the files from a directory
is to add the directory to the extraction list and then delete
those files that are not needed.
.It Ic extract
@@ -163,10 +163,10 @@ have their owner, modes, and times set;
nothing is extracted from the dump.
This is useful for cleaning up after a restore has been prematurely aborted.
.It Ic verbose
-The sense of the
+The sense of the
.Fl v
flag is toggled.
-When set, the verbose flag causes the
+When set, the verbose flag causes the
.Ic ls
command to list the inode numbers of all entries.
It also causes
@@ -211,9 +211,9 @@ cd /mnt
restore rf /dev/sa0
.Ed
.Pp
-Note that
+Note that
.Nm
-leaves a file
+leaves a file
.Pa restoresymtable
in the root directory to pass information between incremental
restore passes.
@@ -244,7 +244,7 @@ flag replaces the function of the old
program.
.It Fl x
The named files are read from the given media.
-If a named file matches a directory whose contents
+If a named file matches a directory whose contents
are on the backup
and the
.Fl h
@@ -307,7 +307,7 @@ Use Kerberos authentication when contacting the remote tape server.
was compiled.)
.Pp
.It Fl h
-Extract the actual directory,
+Extract the actual directory,
rather than the files that it references.
This prevents hierarchical restoration of complete subtrees
from the dump.
@@ -317,9 +317,9 @@ This is useful if only a few files are being extracted,
and one wants to avoid regenerating the complete pathname
to the file.
.It Fl N
-Do the extraction normally, but do not actually write any changes
+Do the extraction normally, but do not actually write any changes
to disk.
-This can be used to check the integrity of dump media
+This can be used to check the integrity of dump media
or other test purposes.
.It Fl s Ar fileno
Read from the specified
@@ -348,7 +348,7 @@ Always try to skip over the bad block(s) and continue.
.El
.Sh DIAGNOSTICS
Complaints if it gets a read error.
-If
+If
.Fl y
has been specified, or the user responds
.Ql y ,
@@ -395,7 +395,7 @@ or that has too low an incremental level has been loaded.
.Pp
.It Incremental dump too high
When doing incremental restore,
-a dump that does not begin its coverage where the previous incremental
+a dump that does not begin its coverage where the previous incremental
dump left off,
or that has too high an incremental level has been loaded.
.Pp
@@ -410,7 +410,7 @@ then no extracted files have been corrupted,
though files may not be found on the tape.
.Pp
.It resync restore, skipped <num> blocks
-After a dump read error,
+After a dump read error,
.Nm
may have to resynchronize itself.
This message lists the number of blocks that were skipped over.
diff --git a/sbin/route/route.8 b/sbin/route/route.8
index f9d005cabb00..b5332e727dec 100644
--- a/sbin/route/route.8
+++ b/sbin/route/route.8
@@ -59,7 +59,7 @@ The
utility supports a limited number of general options,
but a rich command language, enabling the user to specify
any arbitrary request that could be delivered via the
-programmatic interface discussed in
+programmatic interface discussed in
.Xr route 4 .
.Pp
The following options are available:
@@ -113,9 +113,9 @@ The flush command has the syntax:
.Op Ar family
.Ed
.Pp
-If the
+If the
.Cm flush
-command is specified,
+command is specified,
.Nm
will ``flush'' the routing tables of all gateway entries.
When the address family may is specified by any of the
@@ -153,7 +153,7 @@ The optional modifiers
and
.Fl host
force the destination to be interpreted as a network or a host, respectively.
-Otherwise, if the
+Otherwise, if the
.Ar destination
has a
.Dq local address part
@@ -199,21 +199,21 @@ which is the default route.
.Pp
If the destination is directly reachable
via an interface requiring
-no intermediary system to act as a gateway, the
+no intermediary system to act as a gateway, the
.Fl interface
modifier should be specified;
the gateway given is the address of this host on the common network,
indicating the interface to be used for transmission.
Alternately, if the interface is point to point the name of the interface
itself may be given, in which case the route remains valid even
-if the local or remote addresses change.
+if the local or remote addresses change.
.Pp
The optional modifiers
.Fl xns ,
.Fl osi ,
.Fl atalk ,
and
-.Fl link
+.Fl link
specify that all subsequent addresses are in the
.Tn XNS ,
.Tn OSI ,
@@ -253,8 +253,8 @@ specifies network mask of
.Li ffff:ffff:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000:0000
to be used.
The default value of prefixlen is 64 to get along with
-the aggregatable address.
-But 0 is assumed if
+the aggregatable address.
+But 0 is assumed if
.Cm default
is specified.
Note that the qualifier works only for
@@ -294,7 +294,7 @@ These may be individually locked by preceding each such modifier to
be locked by
the
.Fl lock
-meta-modifier, or one can
+meta-modifier, or one can
specify that all ensuing metrics may be locked by the
.Fl lockrest
meta-modifier.
@@ -325,7 +325,7 @@ entry, as reported by
.Pp
All symbolic names specified for a
.Ar destination
-or
+or
.Ar gateway
are looked up first as a host name using
.Xr gethostbyname 3 .
@@ -345,17 +345,17 @@ the routing tables.
.It "add [host \&| network ] %s: gateway %s flags %x"
The specified route is being added to the tables. The
values printed are from the routing table entry supplied
-in the
+in the
.Xr ioctl 2
call.
If the gateway address used was not the primary address of the gateway
(the first one returned by
.Xr gethostbyname 3 ) ,
the gateway address is printed numerically as well as symbolically.
-.It "delete [ host \&| network ] %s: gateway %s flags %x"
+.It "delete [ host \&| network ] %s: gateway %s flags %x"
As above, but when deleting an entry.
.It "%s %s done"
-When the
+When the
.Cm flush
command is specified, each routing table entry deleted
is indicated with a message of this form.
diff --git a/sbin/slattach/slattach.8 b/sbin/slattach/slattach.8
index ddc571b4dbb3..83eb98100111 100644
--- a/sbin/slattach/slattach.8
+++ b/sbin/slattach/slattach.8
@@ -56,7 +56,7 @@
.Op Fl K Ar keepalive
.Op Fl O Ar outfill
.Op Fl S Ar unit
-.Ar ttyname
+.Ar ttyname
.Sh DESCRIPTION
.Nm Slattach
is used to assign a tty line to a network interface,
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ By default sliplogin dynamically assigns the unit number.
.It Ar ttyname
Specify the name of the tty device.
.Ar Ttyname
-should be a string of the form
+should be a string of the form
.Ql ttyXX
or
.Ql /dev/ttyXX .
@@ -193,7 +193,7 @@ the server and log in, etc.
To reconfigure the network interface in case the slip unit number
changes, use the
.Fl u Ar unit-command
-option to specify a script or executable that will be invoked as
+option to specify a script or executable that will be invoked as
.Ql sh \-c Ar unit-command old new
where
.Ar old
diff --git a/share/man/man3/pthread_attr.3 b/share/man/man3/pthread_attr.3
index c34df1ee42e1..6707b0a21f7d 100644
--- a/share/man/man3/pthread_attr.3
+++ b/share/man/man3/pthread_attr.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd April 28, 2000
.Dt PTHREAD_ATTR 3
@@ -108,7 +108,7 @@ functions set the attribute that corresponds to each function name.
The
.Fn pthread_attr_get*
functions copy the value of the attribute that corresponds to each function name
-to the location pointed to by the second function parameter.
+to the location pointed to by the second function parameter.
.Sh RETURN VALUES
If successful, these functions return 0.
Otherwise, an error number is returned to indicate the error.
diff --git a/share/man/man3/pthread_condattr.3 b/share/man/man3/pthread_condattr.3
index 5b0200fdcba4..d117c7505642 100644
--- a/share/man/man3/pthread_condattr.3
+++ b/share/man/man3/pthread_condattr.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd April 28, 2000
.Dt PTHREAD_CONDATTR 3
diff --git a/share/man/man3/pthread_detach.3 b/share/man/man3/pthread_detach.3
index 75c9d42f08c4..a3b660fdde64 100644
--- a/share/man/man3/pthread_detach.3
+++ b/share/man/man3/pthread_detach.3
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ If
has not terminated,
.Fn pthread_detach
will not cause it to terminate.
-The effect of multiple
+The effect of multiple
.Fn pthread_detach
calls on the same target thread is unspecified.
.Sh RETURN VALUES
diff --git a/share/man/man3/pthread_exit.3 b/share/man/man3/pthread_exit.3
index 5f6f75bd5212..1eabc9bcb94b 100644
--- a/share/man/man3/pthread_exit.3
+++ b/share/man/man3/pthread_exit.3
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ is undefined if called from a cancellation handler or destructor function
that was invoked as the result of an implicit or explicit call to
.Fn pthread_exit .
.Pp
-After a thread has terminated, the result of access to local (auto)
+After a thread has terminated, the result of access to local (auto)
variables of the thread is undefined.
Thus, references to local variables
of the exiting thread should not be used for the
diff --git a/share/man/man3/pthread_kill.3 b/share/man/man3/pthread_kill.3
index b5bb859a34ca..a18a969cdd75 100644
--- a/share/man/man3/pthread_kill.3
+++ b/share/man/man3/pthread_kill.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd April 27, 2000
.Dt PTHREAD_KILL 3
diff --git a/share/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr.3 b/share/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr.3
index ec79518a23d6..555cdd4735db 100644
--- a/share/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr.3
+++ b/share/man/man3/pthread_mutexattr.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd May 1, 2000
.Dt PTHREAD_MUTEXATTR 3
diff --git a/share/man/man3/pthread_once.3 b/share/man/man3/pthread_once.3
index 736e32e94e2e..72a132249ccb 100644
--- a/share/man/man3/pthread_once.3
+++ b/share/man/man3/pthread_once.3
@@ -76,7 +76,7 @@ is not a cancellation point.
However, if
.Fn init_routine
is a cancellation point and is cancelled, the effect on
-.Fa once_control is as if
+.Fa once_control is as if
.Fn pthread_once
was never called.
.Pp
diff --git a/share/man/man3/pthread_rwlock_destroy.3 b/share/man/man3/pthread_rwlock_destroy.3
index bd1bfe8360f7..70acf928ebe2 100644
--- a/share/man/man3/pthread_rwlock_destroy.3
+++ b/share/man/man3/pthread_rwlock_destroy.3
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@
.Sh DESCRIPTION
The
.Fn pthread_rwlock_destroy
-function is used to destroy a read/write lock previously created with
+function is used to destroy a read/write lock previously created with
.Fn pthread_rwlock_init .
.Sh RETURN VALUES
If successful, the
diff --git a/share/man/man3/pthread_rwlockattr_destroy.3 b/share/man/man3/pthread_rwlockattr_destroy.3
index 80db1a95882d..ab6a6e17768b 100644
--- a/share/man/man3/pthread_rwlockattr_destroy.3
+++ b/share/man/man3/pthread_rwlockattr_destroy.3
@@ -40,7 +40,7 @@
The
.Fn pthread_rwlockattr_destroy
function is used to destroy a read/write lock attribute object
-previously created with
+previously created with
.Fn pthread_rwlockattr_init .
.Sh RETURN VALUES
If successful, the
diff --git a/share/man/man3/pthread_schedparam.3 b/share/man/man3/pthread_schedparam.3
index 3e2e32ebfb62..96287e5b6e7b 100644
--- a/share/man/man3/pthread_schedparam.3
+++ b/share/man/man3/pthread_schedparam.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd May 1, 2000
.Dt PTHREAD_SCHEDPARAM 3
diff --git a/share/man/man3/pthread_sigmask.3 b/share/man/man3/pthread_sigmask.3
index a335107f5b11..6af3464edc76 100644
--- a/share/man/man3/pthread_sigmask.3
+++ b/share/man/man3/pthread_sigmask.3
@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
.\" Copyright (C) 2000 Jason Evans <jasone@freebsd.org>.
.\" All rights reserved.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without
.\" modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions
.\" are met:
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
.\" notice(s), this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in
.\" the documentation and/or other materials provided with the
.\" distribution.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) ``AS IS'' AND ANY
.\" EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
.\" IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR
@@ -24,7 +24,7 @@
.\" WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE
.\" OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE,
.\" EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
-.\"
+.\"
.\" $FreeBSD$
.Dd April 27, 2000
.Dt PTHREAD_SIGMASK 3
diff --git a/usr.sbin/mount_nwfs/mount_nwfs.8 b/usr.sbin/mount_nwfs/mount_nwfs.8
index 5d31ce18a5ad..fa1855b7eab9 100644
--- a/usr.sbin/mount_nwfs/mount_nwfs.8
+++ b/usr.sbin/mount_nwfs/mount_nwfs.8
@@ -41,14 +41,14 @@ possible to create connection without any mounts (but use it for them) with
.Pp
Note two forms of command line.
In the first form, server and user specified
-via
+via
.Fl S
and
.Fl U
options respectively.
In the second form server and user specified in
.Ar special
-part of
+part of
.Xr mount 8
command line arguments (the
.Fl S ,
@@ -84,22 +84,22 @@ before
Path to mount volume.
.It Fl c Ar case
Select a
-.Ar case
+.Ar case
option which affects on name representation.
-.Ar Case
+.Ar Case
can be one of the following:
.Bl -tag -width "ValueXX"
.It Em Value
.Em Meaning
.It l
-All existing file names converted to lower case.
+All existing file names converted to lower case.
Newly created file gets a lower case under OS2 name space.
This is the default when mounting volumes with DOS name space.
.It L
Same as 'l' but file system tries to be case insensitive.
May not work well.
.It n
-No case conversion is performed.
+No case conversion is performed.
.Em Warning !
Use this option with DOS name space only as a last resort,
because creating a lower case name in the DOS name space
@@ -120,7 +120,7 @@ is taken from mount point, default value for the dir mode adds execute
permission where the file mode gives read permission.
.Pp
Note that these permissions can differ from the rights granted by NetWare
-server.
+server.
.It Fl n Ar namespace
Don't use
.Ar namespace .
@@ -141,21 +141,21 @@ tries to use an environment variable
.Ev LC_* .
.It Fl w Ar scheme
Select a
-.Ar scheme
+.Ar scheme
used to convert file names between NetWare and
.Fx .
-Currently only
-.Ar koi2cp866
-and
-.Ar asis
+Currently only
+.Ar koi2cp866
+and
+.Ar asis
can be here.
-Please note, that scheme should be enabled at compile
+Please note, that scheme should be enabled at compile
time in
.Pa config.mk
file.
.It Fl M Ar mode
-See
-.Xr ncplogin 1
+See
+.Xr ncplogin 1
for details.
If this option is omitted, connection permissions
assumed the same as directory mode
diff --git a/usr.sbin/mountd/netgroup.5 b/usr.sbin/mountd/netgroup.5
index 919f1fe3b22d..ba58b2c73da1 100644
--- a/usr.sbin/mountd/netgroup.5
+++ b/usr.sbin/mountd/netgroup.5
@@ -135,7 +135,7 @@ similar platforms.)
.It
If the
.Pa /etc/netgroup
-exists and contains only local
+exists and contains only local
.Nm
information (with no
.Tn NIS
@@ -181,7 +181,7 @@ The interpretation of access restrictions based on the member tuples of a
netgroup is left up to the various network applications.
Also, it is not obvious how the domain specification
applies to the
-.Bx
+.Bx
environment.
.Pp
The
diff --git a/usr.sbin/nfsd/nfsd.8 b/usr.sbin/nfsd/nfsd.8
index 544756a891dc..c62b7d8fbdf0 100644
--- a/usr.sbin/nfsd/nfsd.8
+++ b/usr.sbin/nfsd/nfsd.8
@@ -103,7 +103,7 @@ Serve
clients.
.El
.Pp
-For example,
+For example,
.Dq Li "nfsd -u -t -n 6"
serves
.Tn UDP
@@ -125,7 +125,7 @@ RFC1094 and
.Pp
If
.Nm
-detects that
+detects that
.Tn NFS
is not loaded in the running kernel, it will attempt
to load a loadable kernel module containing
diff --git a/usr.sbin/nologin/nologin.5 b/usr.sbin/nologin/nologin.5
index d2932773da2c..9d63c889e115 100644
--- a/usr.sbin/nologin/nologin.5
+++ b/usr.sbin/nologin/nologin.5
@@ -39,11 +39,11 @@
.Nm nologin
.Nd disallow logins
.Sh DESCRIPTION
-Programs such as
+Programs such as
.Xr login 1
-disallow logins if the file
+disallow logins if the file
.Pa /var/run/nologin
-exists.
+exists.
Programs display the contents of
.Pa /var/run/nologin
to the user and exit.
@@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ To disable logins on a per-account basis,
investigate
.Xr nologin 8 .
.Sh SECURITY
-Ignored by
+Ignored by
.Xr login 1
for user root.
.Sh FILES
diff --git a/usr.sbin/nologin/nologin.8 b/usr.sbin/nologin/nologin.8
index 9a384f1f2a54..8903fa0e3a70 100644
--- a/usr.sbin/nologin/nologin.8
+++ b/usr.sbin/nologin/nologin.8
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
.Os
.Sh NAME
.Nm nologin
-.Nd politely refuse a login
+.Nd politely refuse a login
.Sh SYNOPSIS
.Nm
.Sh DESCRIPTION